MP. 5-75
(Ad: A0l2, BS)

A Selected Bibliography
of the Nearshore Environment:

Florida West Coast

Compiled by Carl H. Saloman

MISCELLANEOUS PAPER NO. 5-75
APRIL 1975

Approved for public release;
distribution unlimited.
Prepared for

U. S. ARMY, CORPS OF ENGINEERS
co COASTAL ENGINEERING

ard RESEARCH CENTER
oe Kingman Building

Fort Belvoir Va. 22060

Reprint or republication of any of this material shall give appropriate
credit to the U.S. Army Coastal Engineering Research Center.

Limited free distribution within the United States of single copies of
this publication has been made by this Center. Additional copies are
available from:

National Technical Information Service
ATTN: Operations Division

5285 Port Royal Road

Springfield, Virginia 22151

The findings in this report are not to be construed as an official
Department of the Army position unless so designated by other

authorized documents.

UNCLASSIFIED
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGE (When Data Entered)

REPORT DOCUMENTATION PAGE Tea eae

1. REPORT NUMBER 2. GOVT ACCESSION NO, 3. RECIPIENT'S CATALOG NUMBER
MP 5-75

4. TITLE (and Subtitle) 5. TYPE OF REPORT & PERIOD COVERED

A SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE NEARSHORE Miscellaneous Paper
ENVIRONMENT: FLORIDA WEST COAST 6. PERFORMING ORG. REPORT NUMBER

AU THOR(s) 8. CONTRACT OR GRANT NUMBER(s)

Interservice Agreement Nos.

Compiled by Carl H. Saloman 7-18, 72-33, and 73-27

PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS 10. PROGRAM ELEMENT, PROJECT, TASK

National Marine Fisheries Service

Gulf Coastal Fisheries Center

Banana City Laboratory G31266
i E i 0

AREA & WORK UNIT NUMBERS

CONTROLLING OFFICE NAME AND ADDRESS 12. REPORT DATE
Department of the Army April 1975
Coastal Engineering Research Center (CERRE-EC) 13. NUMBER OF PAGES

Kingman Building, Fort Belvoir, Virginia 22060 268
MONITORING AGENCY NAME & ADDRESS(if different from Controlling Office) 15. SECURITY CLASS. (of this report)

Unclassified

15a, DECL ASSIFICATION/ DOWNGRADING ~
SCHEDULE

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT (of this Report)

Approved for public release; distribution unlimited

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT (of the abstract entered in Block 20, if different from Report)

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES

KEY WORDS (Continue on reverse side if necessary and identify by block number)

Coastal Engineering Ecology
Bibliography Florida West Coast

ABSTRACT (Continue on reverse side if necesaary and identify by block number)

A collection of over 2,900 references on ecological and coastal
engineering subjects related to the nearshore environment of. the Florida
west coast. References are grouped by subject and alphabetized by author
within each subject heading.

DD , hen 1473 ~~ EDITION OF 1 NOV 65 IS OBSOLETE

UNCLASSIFIED

—— ae
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGE (When Data Entered)

PREFACE

This collection of selected references is published to assist
engineers and scientists in ecological research and in the planning and
preparation of related engineering reports. The work was carried out
under the coastal ecology research program of the U.S. Army Coastal
Engineering Research Center (CERC).

These references were compiled as part of a predredging study at
Sand Key and Treasure Island, Florida, by Mr. Carl H. Saloman, Fishery
Biologist of the Gulf Coastal Fisheries Center, National Marine
Fisheries Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration,
under Interservice Agreements No. 71-18, 72-33, and 73-27 with CERC.

Mr. Robert M. Yancey, Chief, Ecology Branch, Research Division was
the CERC contract monitor for this report.

Comments on this publication are invited.

Approved for publication in accordance with Public Law 166, 79th
Congress, approved 31 July 1945, as supplemented by Public Law 172,
88th Congress, approved 7 November 1963.

JAMES L. TRAY
Colonel, Corps“of Engineers
Commander and Director

ILI

CONTENTS

PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT . Sf OG VO VOUOMG DOM amo ro
Lmsi@all Ceeemopseyny a5 6 0 0'0 6 6 0 5 6 6
Chemical Oceanography .......

Ee@lORyV oo 6 0 6 0 616 6 06 6 6 66 0 60 6 O 6

ike

Dis

30

4. S@alsiimemeE@lony 6 oc) 0.0 610 0 6.6.0.0 .0.6 0.0.6
Beebeacheswands BeachwETostonmem cata eae ans mann eile
6.

IDacreletyees lara) Ioabilisbnys 5 6 6 o 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 6

BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ..
- Benthic Flora and Fauna .

Aebachwands Fa Sherelesisschienncners

PIKVEOILEMUEOMN 6 9 6 016 0 6 6 6.0/0.0 6604 0
» GZo@pllamseem o 60 oa 0 6 6.00 659 00.0556 00

AMIS Qe Tieui(cieiscudt sy Hoty cali cell ome tol UMCUeMM CIENT rer Mite toni tes ce an

WER ETOOWES 6 0 6.06.06 015 6 010, 6
S@ULE Were (5 bo 16 16: Bo OG Wo 6 No Hao oh b

SCamGEaSSe sistas ie ce une) Motmsineiitenvenih ley kei teOn von even sci Tenitouianele et lite

We) (oe) Se fen) (Sy dS ES) SS)

SDOMGSS GG dso loo 6 0 6 0 AG 6.010 0 6 Ol ooo 5

pa
oO

EhVGICOHORINS 6 9 0000 5660106686 00000050 02

=
b

o BITVOZOEMS o 6 0.6 066600560056 050006

—
N

o Jen Snes > 6 6 bio a6 6615 6 6 6 ©

WOLKE 9 og 6/5 65 6G! clio 6 670 GG 0 0 6
Zo OWBEGES oo 606 6 6 010 000660
bo) Capreilopryous 5 6 6 6566600 605 6 6

=
lo
°

LAPS OTS ite Wcsicc bre Meme Tent okne tien eo kerk. is Nien 27 >-iv ven “oi eereeiar neh code te pmeeene
Nemerteansie sere keace a: Gi) ee) Shey cae

Nematodes @ wakes. chic lite oe

Phononidsaren miesmen emics ce read ee te Maes oan
RolyChaetesiy it wwe te wali coy els, 6 eee

o MINTEOCNASGEES 6 6 5 6 6 ooo
abpoymiyemllalss 5 5 5 65 6

mhOoAan oF p

ispesealopiders (PYenogontda) waa) as) 6) + =

IL{sVo. (CHAS EEVOCEINS ae co oman 6 On 6 "q .6 ONG. GF
aemOsitracods) << lel.
b. Barnacles
c. Mantis Shrimp
Glo Gumaceeme 6 oo 6 6 ¢

Page

CONTENTS—Continued
Page

UO Go 0) Go OG 6 0 6 6 6.6010 6 6 06 6 6 0 Alla
5 Mupslyools} 6 6 6 6 0 0 ooo Doo ooo oo oo a) BIO
> Pemaeiel Sarl) 6050 oo Oooo OO a oe AY
o Gercriglasin Sissi) 6 6 6600000 oo BS
Sori WOMSeee 6 0100606010 00600000606 00 285
5 Wine! Sines) 6 6 5 0 6160 0 006 0 0 0 Oho 60 6 oo wo 0 ZSY
(Ghat: lo\ Pairs RCE ao eoe KORACH LOE MN hO yO .O-fOe 6.1 <oY.0 Go 0 Soloseh) 2Alll

A Ce Re 0g Mh Oo

Wo W@meinglems o 66 ob DO OOO OOOO OB OOo og GAY)
Hs WireOcnorgeeas \6 566 616 6600 060005 606 000 6 255
19, Cepeilocnomdazes o.s0o0t0000055000000000 6 25f
AO, Balilsiogrepmas co o1o0 0000000000056 000 6 259)

I. PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

iN Physical Oceanography.

Adams, R. M., and EB. F. Sorgnit
1951. Comparison of summer and winter sea temperatures, Gulf of
Mexico. Dep. Oceanogr., Texas A & M College, July.

Armstrong, R. S.
1967. The Subtropical Underwater of the eastern Gulf of Mexico.
Bull. Commer. Fish. Rev. 29(3):6-8.

Armstrong, R. S., and J. R. Grady
1967. Geronimo cruises entire Gulf of Mexico in late winter.
Commer. Fish. Rev. 29(10):35-h0.
1968. Late summer waters of the Gulf of Mexico. Commer.
Fish. Rev. 30(8/9) :50-60.

Arthur, R. S.
19147. Revised wave forecasting graphs and procedure. Scripps
Inst. Oceanogr. Wave Rep. 73. lh p.

Mpisswalia, Co Bog dheo
1955. Some recent oceanographic surveys of the Gulf of Mexico.
Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union. 36(5):885-893.

Austin, H. M.

1971. The characteristics and relationships between the
calculated geostrophic current component and selected
indicator organisms in the Gulf of Mexico Loop Current
System. Ph.D. Dissertation, Dep. Oceanogr., Fla. State
Univ. 369 p.

Austin, H. M., and J. Jones
1972. Seasonal variations in the bulk plankton and its
relations to the water masses of the Florida middle
ground. In press.

Bache, A. D.

1856. Approximate co-tidal lines of diurnal and semi-diurnal
tides of the coast of the United States on the Gulf of
Mexico: Report of the Supt., U. S. Coast Survey, Appendix
35, p. 252-260.

Bail, H., and Associates
1945. Report to Port Authority, St. Petersburg, Fla. 35 p.

Beach Erosion Board, Corps of Engineers
1956. Wave statistics for the Gulf of Mexico off Tampa Bay,
Florida. Tech. Memo. 89.

Balr-Chle GiGi Jie Ave Gor uuu
1967. Temperature-Salinity relationships in the surface layers

of the eastern Gulf of Mexico in August, 1966. M.S. Thesis,
Dep. Oceanogr., Texas A&M Univ. p. 8

Blackman, B., and C. P. Linder
1951. Harbor and coastal problems on the east Gulf coast.
2nd Conf. on Coastal Engineering. p. 226-235.

Bogdanov, D. V., V. A. Sokolov, and N. S. Khromov
1968. Regions of high biological and commercial productivity
in the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea. Oceanology
(cade Sci 0. SS) Gs oso

Bowie, HE. H.
1921. The hurricane of October 25, 1921, at Tampa Florida.

Monthly Weather Review )9:567-569.

Bourret, R., and S. Broida
1960. Turbulent diffusion in the sea. Bull. Mar. Sci. 10(3).

Bretschneider, C. L.

1952. Revised wave forecasting cua Proc. 2nd Conf.
on Coastal Ingineering.

1953. Generation and decay of wind waves in deep water.
Trans. AGU 33:381-389, June, 1953.

1954. Field investigation of wave energy loss in shallow
water ocean waves. Beach Erosion Board Tech. Memo. 6,
September, 195). 21 p.

1956a. Wave forecasting relationships for the Gulf of
Mexico. Beach Erosion Board Tech. Memo. 8h, U. S.
Corps of Ingineers. 28 p.

1956b. Wave statistics for the Gulf of Mexico off Tampa
Bay, Florida. Beach Erosion Board Tech. Memo. 89,
October 1956. 8 p. + Appendices A-C.

1958. Revisions in wave forecasting: deep and shallow
water. Proc. Coastal Engineering Conf. VI, p. 30-67.

Bretschneider, C. L., and R. D. Gaul
1956. Wave statistics for the Gulf of Mexico. Beach
Erosion Board Tech Memos. 85-89, Sept. - Oct. 1956.

Bretschneider, C. L., and R. 0. Reid
1954. Modification of wave height due to bottom friction,
percolation, and refraction. Beach Erosion Board Tech.
Memo. 5, October, 195). 36 p.

Bruun, P., T. Chu, F. Gerritsen, and W. H. Morgan
1962. Storm tides in Florida as related to coastal topography.
Publ. monthly by Fla. Eng. Ind. Exper. Sta., Univ. Fla.,
Gainesville, Fla. Bull. Ser. 109, XVI(1): 16.

Cardner, K., and R. Klausewitze

1970a. Environmental Status Report, July-September, 1970.
Florida Power Corp., St. Petersburg, Florida.

1970b. Environmental Status Report, October-December, 1970.
Florida Power Corp., St. Petersburg, Florida.

1971a. Environmental Status Report, January-March, 1971.
Florida Power Corp., St. Petersburg, Florida.

1971b. Environmental Status Report, April-June, 19/1.
Florida Power Corp., St. Petersburg, Florida.

1971c. Environmental Status Report, July-December, 1971.
Florida Power Corp., St. Petersburg, Florida.

Chesbrough, G.
1967. Sea Surface Temperature as an indicator of Ocean
Currents. M.S. Thesis, Dep. Oceanogr., Texas A & M
Wabi, joe C5.

Chew, F

1955a. On the offshore circulation and a region off the
west coast of Florida. Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union
36 (6) :963-97h.

1955b. The summer circulation of the Florida west coast
offshore water as deduced from the pattern of thermocline
depths and a non-geostrohic equation of motion. Rep.
Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Rep. 55-12. 6p.

1955c. On the offshore circulation and convergent mechanism
in the red tide regions of the west coast of Florida.
Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union 36(6):963-97)

1961. Some implications of the highly saline water off the
southwest coast of Florida. J. Geophys. Res. 66(8):245-2u5h.

Chew, F., K. L. Drennan, and W. J. Demoran
1962. Drift bottle return in the wake of Hurricane Carla, 1961.
J. Geophys. Res. 67(7):2773-2776.

Cline, I. M.
1920. Relation of changes in storm tides on the coast of the
Gulf of Mexico to the center and movement of hurricanes.
Monthly Weather Review 3:127-1)6.

Cochrane, J. D.
196. The Yucatan Current. Annual Progress Report to ONR,
Dep. Oceanogr. and Meteorol., Texas A&M Univ. p. 17-20.
1965. The Yucatan Current and the Equatorial Currents of
the Western Atlantic. Texas A&M Univ. Dep. Oceanogr.
and Meteorol., Ref. 65-17T. p. 6-27.

Coe, W. R.
1953. Resurgent populations of littoral marine invertebrates,
and their dependence on ocean currents and tidal currents.
Ecology 34(1):225-229.

Collier, A., K. Drummond, and G. Austin
1958. Gulf of Mexico, Physical and Chemical Data from Alaska
cruises, with a note on some of the physical oceanography
of the Gulf of Mexico. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Spec.
Sci. Rep., Bull. 29:17.

Curl, H.
1959. Hydrography of the inshore northern Gulf of Mexico.
Fla. State Univ. Inst. Contrib. 113.

Dawson, C. E.
1953. <A survey of the Tampa Bay area. Fla. State Board
Conserv. Tech. Ser. 8. 39 p.

Disney, L. P.
1955. Tide heights along the coasts of the United States.
Proc. Amer. Soc. Civil Eng., Vol. 81, Separate No. 666, April.

Drennan, K. L.
1963. Surface circulation in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico.
Gulf Coast Res. Lab. Oceanogr. Sec. Tech. Rep. 1. 110 p.

Drummond, K. H., and G. B. Austin, Jr.
1958. Some aspects of the physical oceanography of the Gulf
of Mexico, In U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Gulf of
Mexico physical and chemical data from Alaska cruises.
U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 29:5-13.

Dunn, G. E.
1958. Hurricanes and hurricane tides. Coastal Eng. Conf.
Proc. VI:19-29.

Duxbury, A.
1962. Averaged dynamic topographies of the Gulf of Mexico.
limnol. Oceanogr. 7(3):)28-)31.

Franceschini, G.
1955. Reliability of commercial vessel reports of sea
surface temperatures in the Gulf of Mexico. Bull. Mar.
Sci. 5(1):h2-51.

Galktsontiebimor.

195). Historical sketch of the explorations in the Gulf of
Mexico. In U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Gulf of Mexico,
its origin, waters and marine life. U. S. Fish Wildlife
Serv. Fish. Bull. 89:3-36.

Gaul seD))s
1967. Circulation over the continental margin of the northeastern
Gulf of Mexico. Ph.D. Dissertation, Dep. Oceanogr., Texas
A&MUniv. 172 p.

Gaul, R. D., and R. E. Boykin
196. Northeast Gulf of Mexico hydrographic survey data collected

in 1963. Texas A&M Univ., Dep. Oceanogr. Meteorol. Ref.
64-267. 81 p.

Gaul, R. D., R. E. Boykin, and D. HE. Letzring
1966. Northeast Gulf of Mexico hydrographic survey data collected
in 1965. Texas A&M Univ., Ref. 66-8T 1-202.

Gulf Oceanographic Development Foundation, Inc.
1972. Old Salt Tournament, 1972. St. Petersburg, Florida.

Gordon, A. L.
1967. Circulation of the Caribbean Sea. J. Geophys. Res.
72 :6207-6223.

Grace, S. F.
1932. The principal constituent of the tidal motion in the
Gulf of Mexico. Monthly Notices Roy. Astr. Soc. Geophys.
Suppility) Mays peiG-oar

Grose, P. L.
1966. The stratification and circulation of the subsurface
waters of the Gulf of Mexico. Fla. State Univ. Dep.
Oceanogr. Ref. 1. 8h p.

Gunter, G.
197. Catastrophism in the sea and its paleontological
significance, with special reference to the Gulf of
Mexico. Amer. J. Sci. 2h5(11):669-676.

Harding, J. L., and W. D. Nowlin
1966. Encyclopedia of Oceanography; Gulf of Mexico.
Rheinbold Publishing Corporation, New York. p. 1021.

Harris, D. L., and C. V. Lindsay
1957. An index of tide gages and tide gage records for the
Atlantic and Gulf Coasts of the United States. National
Hurricane Res. Project Rep. 7, U. S. Weather Bureau.

Heilprin, A.
1887. Explorations on the west coast of Florida. Trans.
Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philadelphia l. 13) p.

Hela, I.
1956. A pattern of coastal circulation inferred from
synoptic salinity data. Bull. Mar. Sci. 6:7)-83.

Hela, I., D. DeSylva, and C. A. Carpenter
1955. Drift currents in the red tide area of the easternmost
region of the Gulf of Mexico. Univ. Miami, Mar. Lab.,
Rep. to Fla. State Board Conserv. 55-11. 31 p.

Herrera, L. k.
1962. Turbulent diffusion in near shore areas. M. S. Thesis,
Univ. Miami. 79 p.

Hubertz, J. M.
1967. A study of the loop current in the eastern Gulf of
Mexico. M. S. Thesis, Texas A&M Univ, College Station,
WEES — Oa: Sale

Humm, H. J., R. C. Baird, K. Carder, and T. L. Hopkins
1970. Anclote Environmental Project Annual Report, 1970.
Florida Power Corporation, St. Petersburg, Florida.
1971. <Anclote Environmental Project Annual Report, 1971.
Florida Power Corporation, St. Petersburg, Florida.

Hutton, R. F., B. Eldred, K. V. Woodburn, and R. M. Ingle
1956. The ecology of Boca Ciega Bay with special reference
to dredging and filling operations. Fla. State Board
Conserv. Mar. Lab., Tech. Ser. 117. 87 p.

Ichiye, T.
1962. Circulation and water mass distribution in the Gulf
of Mexico. Geofisica Internac. 2(3):l7-76.

Issey MMe We (Eels)
1966. Estuary and coastline hydrodynamics. McGraw-Hill Book
Company, Inc., New York, N. Y.

Johnson, J. W.
1953. Sand transport by littoral currents. Proc. Fifth
Hydraulic Conf., Bull. 3, State Univ., Iowa, Studies
in Engineering.

Johnson, J. W., M. P. O'Brien, and J. D. Isaacs
1948. Graphical construction of wave refraction diagrams.
H. 0. Publ. 605, Hydrogr. Office, U. S. Dep. Navy,
Jan., 1948.

Joyce, EH. A., Jr., and J. Williams
1969. Rationale and pertinent data. Mem. Hourglass Cruises,
Voll il, Parity ela Dep em Nau iVeSOUmenm atone sm lucloy.

Keulegan, G. H.
1952. The form factor in wind tide formulas. U. S. Nat.
Bureau Standards Rep. 1835.

Lee, T.
1967. Sea Surface Temperatures as related to circulation in
the Gulf of Mexico. M. S. Thesis, Dep. Oceanogr., Fla.
State Univ. 2 p.

Leipper, D. F.

1954. Physical Oceanography of the Gulf of Mexico. In
P. S. Galtsoff (ed.), Gulf of Mexico, its origin, waters,
and marine life. U. S. Fish Bull. 89:5)-55.

1967a. A sequence of current patterns in the Gulf of Mexico,
Dep. Oceanogr. Texas A & M Univ. Ref. 67-9T. 18 p.

1967b. Observed ocean conditions and Hurricane Hilda, 196).
J. Atmos. Sci. 2)(2):182-196.

1968. Ocean currents in the Gulf of Mexico, a review.
Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union 9:200.

1970. A sequence of current patterns in the Gulf of Mexico.
J. Geophys. Res. 75(3):637-657.

Lutz, H. C.
1943. Pollution survey of Clearwater Harbor on St. Joseph's
Sound, Pinellas County, July 1943. Typed Report. Fla.
State Board of Health.

Marmer, H. A.
1949. Sea level changes along the coasts of the United States
in recent years. Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union 30(2):201-20).
1954. Tides and sea level in the Gulf of Mexico. in Gulf of
Mexico, its origin, waters, and marine life. Bull. U. S.
Dep. Int., Fish Wildlife Serv. 89:101-118.

McBean, G. A. :
1971. The general circulation in the Gulf of Mexico as a
two-layer basin. Texas A&M Univ, Sea Grant Publ.
(alaealte, 8}

McLellan, H. J., and W. D. Nowlin
1963. Some features of the deep water in the Gulf of Mexico.
J. Mar. Res. 21(3):233-2h5.

Mooers, C. N. K.
1972. Cruise Report GS-7203. A study of Surface and Internal
Tides and Inertial Motions on the West Florida Continental
Shelf, 31 May to 16 June, 1972. Rosenstiel School of
Marine and Atmospheric Sciences. Univ. Miami.

Murphy, E. B., and J. Williams
In Press. Drift Bottle Studies. Mem. Hourglass Cruises.
Fla. Dep. Natur. Resour. Mar. Res. Lab.

Nowlin, W. D.
1971. Water masses and general circulation of the Gulf of
Mexico. Oceanology International 6(2):28-33.

Nowlin, W. D., and H. J. McLellan
1967. <A characterization of the Gulf of Mexico waters in
winter. J. Mar. Res. 25(1):29-59.

Nowlin, W. D., J. M. Hubertz, and R. O. Reid
1968. A detached eddy on the Gulf of Mexico. J. Mar.
Res. 26(2) :185-186.

O'Brien, J. J., and J. Kurdle
1971. An annotated bibliography of the physical circulation
of the eastern Gulf of Mexico. 10 p.

elena, ING
1935. Report on hydrographic observations in the Gulf of
Mexico and adjacent straits made during the Yale oceanographic
expedition on the Mabel Taylor in 1932. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr.
Colin. Bull., Yale Univ. 1):1-93.

Paskausky, P. F.
1969. A Barotropic Prognostic Numerical Model of the Circulation
in the Gulf of Mexico. Ph.D Dissertation, Texas A & M Univ.,
College Station, Texas. 7) p.

Pritchard, D. W.
1955. Estuarine circulation patterns. Proc. Amer. Soc. Civil
Eng., 81 (Separate No. 717).
1967. Observations of circulation in coastal plain estuaries.
Estuaries. Amer. Ass. Advan. Sci. Publ. 83:37-lh.

Pritchard, D. W., and J. H. Carpenter
1960. Measurements of turbulent diffusion in estuarine and
inshore waters. Proc. XII Gen. Assembly, Int. Union
Geod. Geophys., Vol. 51.

Rinkel, M. 0.
1971. Results of Cooperative Investigations - A Pilot Study
of the Eastern Gulf of Mexico. Gulf and Caribbean Fish.
Inst. Proc. 23rd Annu. Session Willenstadt, Curacao.
November, 1970.

13

Rinkel, M. O., and D. M. Dunlop
1961. Current Observations on the Tortugas Shelf in the Gulf
of Mexico. Report to U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv.
Contract. 1h-17-002-09. p. 91-108.

Salsman, G. G.
1962. Notes on periodic temperature variations in the Gulf
of Mexico off Panama City. In National Coastal and Shallow
Water Research Conference. 1st Baltimore, Maryland;
Los Angeles, California, and Tallahassee, Florida.

Salsman, G. G., and W. H. Tolbert
1963. Surface currents in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico.
U. S. Navy Mine Defense Lab. Res. and Devel. Rep. 209. 3 p.

Schmitz, W. J., and W. S. Richardson
1968. On the transport of the Florida current. Deep Sea
Research 15 (6) :679-693.

Schureman, P.
1940. Manual of harmonic analysis and predictions of tides.
Coast and Geodetic Survey Spec. Publ. 98, revised edition.

Sibul, O.
1955. Laboratory study of wind tides in shallow water. U.S.
Army Corps Engineers Beach Erosion Board. Tech. Memo. 61.
50 p.

Sims, H. W., Jr., and R. M. Ingle
1966. Caribbean recruitment of Florida's spring lobster
population. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 29(3):207-2h2.

Slocum, G.
1934-36. Sea surface temperature summaries for various
sections of the Gulf of Mexico. Monthly Weather
Review 62, 193; 63, 1935; 6h, 1936.

Smith, EH. H.
1926. A practical method for determining ocean currents.
Boul, Ws Ser Consw Guerel, io Wh. SO i.

Smith, F. G. W., A. F. Medina, and A. F. B. Abella
1951. Distribution of vertical water movement calculated
from surface drift vectors. Bull. Mar. Sci. 1(3). November.

Smith, J. A., B. Zelter, and S. Broida
1969. Tidal modulation of the Florida Current Surface Flow.
Mar. Tech. Soc. J. 3(3):1-l6.

Stakhiv, E. ;
1968. The dependence of the circulation in the Gulf of Mexico
upon the horizontal distribution of surface temperatures.
M. S. Thesis, Dep. Oceanogr., Fla. State Univ.

Stommel, H., and A. H. Woodcock
1951. Diurnal heating of the surface of the Gulf of Mexico
in the spring of 192. Amer. Geophys. Union Trans. 3(l).
August.

Sverdrup, H. U., M. W. Johnson, and R. H. Fleming
1942. The oceans. Prentice-Hall, Inc., New York. 1087 p.

Sverdrup, H. U., and W. H. Munk
1947. Wind, sea and swell: Theory of relations for forecasting.
HeOnp rubles OOl Ue of) DepaaNanypeeMarche elon lips

Sweitzer, N. B., Jr.
1898. Origin of the Gulf Stream and circulation of waters in
the Gulf of Mexico, with special reference to the effect
on jetty construction. Trans. Amer. Soc. Civil Eng. 0:86-98.

Texas A & M College

1952. Oceanographic survey of the Gulf of Mexico. Physical
and Meteorological data. Cruises 1, 2, 3 of the USFWS
Vessel Alaska. Dep. Oceanogr., Texas A&M.

1953. Oceanographic survey of the Gulf of Mexico. Physical
and Meteorological data. Cruise ) of the USFWS Vessel
Alaska. Dep. Oceanogr., Texas A&M.

1955. Oceanographic survey of the Gulf of Mexico. Physical
and Meteorological data. Cruises 5-2, 5-9, 5-10 of the
A. A. Jakkula. A&M Project 2), Ref. 56-7D, Dep. Oceanogr.,
Texas A & M.

Tolbert, W. H., and G. B. Austin
1959. On the nearshore marine environment of the Gulf of
Mexico at Panama City, Florida. U.S. Naval Mine Defense
Lab, Panama City, Fla. Tech. Pap. TP 161.

Tolbert, W. H., and G. G. Salsman
196). Surface Circulation of the Eastern Gulf of Mexico as
Determined by Drift-Bottle Studies. J. Geophys. Res.
69(2) 3223-229.

U. S. Army Corps of Engineers

1915. Survey of Harbor, Tampa, Florida.

1936. Tampa Harbor, Florida. Egmont current observations.
U. S. Engineer's Office, Jacksonville, Florida.

1937. Beach erosion study of Blind Pass, Florida. House
of Representatives Document 187, 75th Congress, 1st Session.
IS) {Do

1938. Atlantic-Gulf Canal, Florida. House Document 19), 75th
Congress, lst Session. p. 19-625.

190. Little Manatee River, Florida. House Document 552,
75th Congress, 3rd Session. 2h p.

191. Johns Pass, Florida, Survey March, 19).

19l6a. Current observations in Longboat Inlet.

19l6b. Tide observations, Tampa and Old Tampa Bay, Florida.
On file, Jacksonville district.

1947. Port Series 17 (Revised 1947). Department of the Army
and U. S. Maritime Commission.

1948. Preliminary examination report, Big Pass and Little
Pass, Clearwater Bay, Florida. 1931, 1934, 19l1, and
1945 channel alignment of Big Pass and of Little Pass;
1926, 1939, and 1948 shorelines of Caladesi Island and
Hurricane Pass.

199. Tampa Harbor, Florida. House Document 258, 81st
Congress, ist Session. 59 p.

1952. Cooperative study of the Gulf of Mexico shoreline of
Pinellas County, Florida, from Big Pass to Pass-a-Grille
Pass. Office of District Ingineers, Jacksonville, Fla.

195la. Appendix A to Reference 1. House Document 380,
83rd Congress, 2nd Session. 60 p.

195lb. Appendix D to Reference 1. House Document 380,
83rd Congress, 2nd Session. 60 p.

1956. Wave statistics for the Gulf of Mexico off Apalachicola,
Florida. Tech. Memo. 88, Beach Erosion Board, Corps of
Engineers. 25 p.

U. S. Department of Commerce, Coast and Geodetic Survey

19).9a. Tide and Current Glossary. Special Publ. 228, reprinted
1963 with corrections.

1949b. United States Coast pilot, Gulf coast, Key West to
Rio Grande. Third edition (199). 83 p.

1951. Tidal current charts. Tampa Bay. Ser. 7)3:1-10.

1953. Density of sea water at the stations, Atlantic coast,
North and South America. Revised edition (1953). 62 p.

1969a. Tidal current tables, Atlantic coast of North
America-1970. 200 p.

1969b. Tide tables, high and low water predictions, East
coast of North and South America, including Greenland-1970.
200 p.

U. S. Department of Commerce, Coast and Geodetic Survey
1970a. Tidal current tables - 1971, Atlantic coast of North
America. 200 p.
1970b. Tide tables, high and low water predictions - 1971,
Fast coast of North and South America, including Greenland.
290 p.
197la. Tidal current tables - 1972, Atlantic coast of North
America. 200 p.
1971b. Tide tables, high and low water predictions - WO 2 5
East coast of North and South America, including Greenland.
290 Do
2
U. S. Department of Commerce
1970. Bibliography on Meteorology, Climatology and Physical/
Chemical Oceanography. National Oceanic Atmospheric
Administration, U. S. National Oceanographic Data Center,
CICAR. 1:380.

U. S. Department of the Navy
1968. Historical environmental data. Gulf of Mexico. Area 18
completed by W. T. Morton, W. L. Perry and R. S. Rushton.
U. S. Naval Oceanographic Office. Deep Ocean Surveys
during June, 1967.

Vicks, N.
1967. Fishery hydrography of the Northeastern Gulf of Mexico.
3rd Annual 1.0.F. Meeting. Louisiana, 1966.

Wakefield, J. W.
1938. Report on survey of Hillsboro River and Bay in relation
to sewerage disposal improvements in the city of Tampa.
Typed report on file at Florida State Board of Health.

Wennekens, M. P.
1959. Water mass properties of the Straits of Florida and
related waters. Bull. Mar. Sci. 9(1):1-52.

Wert, R. J., and R. O. Reid
1971. A Baroclinic Prognostic Numerical Model of the
Circulation in the Gulf of Mexico, Tech. Dep. 71-3-T,
Texas A & M Univ., College Station, Texas. 99 p.

Wiegel, R. L.
1953. Waves, tides, currents and beaches: glossary of terms
used and list of standard symbols. Council on Wave Research,
The Engineering Foundation, Berkeley, California. 113 p.

Williams, L. K.
1971. Selected Planktonic Foraminifera as biological indicators
of hydrographic conditions in the eastern Gulf of Mexico.
Dep. Oceanogr., Fla. State Univ., Tallahassee, Florida.

Wilson, B. W.
1957. Hurricane wave statistics for the Gulf of Mexico. Beach
Erosion Board. Tech. Memo. 98, U. S. Corps of Engineers. 61 p.

Woodburn, K. V.

1960. Recommendations for location of dredging borrow area,
south of Rocky Point, Old Tampa Bay within the Hillsborough
Port Authority. Fla. State Board Conserv., Spec. Mimeo.
Rep. O02 pap.

1962. Marine life and conservation in the Johns Pass zone of
Boca Ciega Bay, Pinellas County. Fla. State Board Conserv.
Mar. Lab, Spec. Mimeo. Rep. 62-6. 19 p.

Zetler, B. D., and D. V. Hansen
1972. Tides in the Gulf of Mexico. Contributions of the Physical
Oceanography of the Gulf of Mexico, Capurro and Reid, 1972,
Houston, Texas. p. 265-275.

2. Chemical Oceanography.

Adams, A. C., and W. W. Kendall
1891. Report upon an investigation of the fishing grounds off the
West coast of Florida. Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. (1889) 9:289-312.

Adams, R. M., and E. F. Sorgnit
1951. Comparison of summer and winter sea temperatures, Gulf of
Mexico. Dep. Oceanogr., Texas A & M College, July.

Agassiz, A.
1888. Three cruises of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey
Steamer Blake . . . Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard College,
Vols. 14 and 15. Cambridge, Mass.

Alberts, J.
1970. Inorganic controls of dissolved phosphorus in the Gulf of
Mexico. Ph.D. Thesis, Fla. State Univ. 89 p.

Alexander, J. E., and E. F. Corcoran
1967. The distribution of copper in tropical seawater. Limnol.
Oceanogr. 12(2):236-2h2.

American Public Health Association
1965. Standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater,
including bottom sediments and sludges. 12th ed. Amer. Public
Health Ass., Inc., New York. 769 p.

Austin, G. B.
1955. Some recent oceanographic surveys of the Gulf of Mexico.
Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union 36(5):885-892.

Austin, L. H.
1949. A spectrophotometric determination of dissolved oxygen in
water. M. S. Thesis, Univ. Wash., Seattle. 32 p.

Ball, T. F., and E. C. Lafond
1962. Shallow water turbidity studies. U. S. Navy Hlectronics
Laboratory, San Diego, California. Research and Development

Report 1429 pea

Barrett, B. B.
1971. Cooperative Gulf of Mexico estuarine inventory and study,

Louisiana, Phase II, hydrology and Phase III, sedimentology.
Louisiana Wildlife Fish. Comm., New Orleans.

Barts Clayman.
1960. Settleable solids, turbidity, and light penetration as
factors affecting water quality. p. 118-127. In C. Tarzwell
(ed. ) Biological Problems in Water Pollution. U. S. Public
Health Serv. Publ. W60-3.

Bault, EH. I.
1972. Hydrology of Alabama estuaries - cooperative Gulf of Mexico
estuarine inventory. Ala. Mar. Res. Bull. 7.

Bein, S. Jd.
1957. The relationship of total phosphorus concentration in sea
water to red tide blooms. Bull. Mar. Sci. 7(h):316-329.

Bialek, E. L.
1959. Light in the sea. U. S. Navy Hydrographic Office. Informal
oceanographic manuscripts No. 26-60. Unpublished manuscript.
alin $9).
1965. pH of the principal water masses of the world. U. S. Naval
Oceanographic Office. Informal Rep. 0-10-65.

Bigelow, H. B.

1917. Explorations of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey
Steamer Bache in the western Atlantic, January - March 191),
under the direction of the United States Bureau of Fisheries.
Oceanography. App. 5, Rep. U. S. Comm. Fish., 1915 (1917).
Bur. Fish. Doc. 833, 62 p., 53 text-figs., 1 chart. Washington.

Birchett, J. A. K.
1967. Temperature-salinity relationships in the surface layers of
the eastern Gulf of Mexico in August 1966. Unpubl. M. S. Thesis,
Texas A & M Univ.

Black, A. P., and E. Brown
1951. Chemical character of Florida's waters. Fla. State Board
Conserv., Div. Water Survey and Res. p. 21-116.

Bumpus, D. F.
1957. Surface water temperatures along Atlantic and Gulf coasts
of the United States. U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Spec. Sci.
Rep. Fish 21). 153 p.

Bumpus, D. F., and G. L. Clarke
1947. Hydrography of the western Atlantic; transparency of the
coastal and oceanic waters of the western Atlantic. Woods
Hole Oceanogr. Inst. Tech. Rep. 10. Submitted to the Oceanogr.
Div., Hydrogn Off., under Contract N6onr-277 with Off. Nav.
Res., Dec. 19h7.

20

Cairns, J., Jr.
1968. Suspended solids standards for the protection of aquatic
organisms. Purdue Univ. Eng. Bull. 129, Part I. p. 16-27.

Gammack, J. H., IT. J. Joiner, and R. D. Schneeflock
1971. Bibliography of offshore and estuarine areas of Alabama
with selected annotations. Geological Survey of Alabama,
Circe 69%

Chave, K. E., and E. Suess
1967. Suspended materials in sea water. Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci.
2 (29) 991-1000.

Chew, F.
1953. Results of hydrographic and chemical investigations in the
region of the (red tide) bloom on the west coast of Florida
in November 1952. Bull. Mar. Sci. 2(h):610-625.

Clarke, G. L.
1938. Light penetration in the Caribbean Sea and in the Gulf of
Mexico. J. Mar. Res. 1(2):85-93.
191. Observations on transparency in the southwestern section
of the North Atlantic Ocean. J. Mar. Res. )(3):221-230.

Collier, A.
1958. Gulf of Mexico physical and chemical data from Alaska
cruises. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish.
One lif pe

Cooper, L. H. N.
193/a. The nitrogen cycle in the sea. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U. K.,
Voll m22, pe weer
1937b. On the ratio of nitrogen to phosphorus in the sea. J.
Migne., Iehloil, ASSo Wo Keg Wells 225 ido Iie

Corcoran, E. F.

1971. <A study of the distribution and concentration of trace
metals and pesticides of the Florida territorial sea off
ESCAROSA. ESCAROSA 1-71. A data interpretation report to
the Florida Coastal Co-ordinating Council.

Cornell Aeronautical Laboratory, Inc.

1970. Aerial infrared measurements of water surface temperature
patterns at the Crystal River unit one and Higgins Power
Stations. Tech. Rep. Cal. VT-2789-0-1, Prepared for Fla.
Power Corp. 5 p.

2\

Creitz, G. I., and F. A. Richards
1955. The estimation and characterization of plankton populations
by pigment analysis. III. A note on the use of 'Millipore"
menbrane filters in the estimation of plankton pigments. J.
Mar. Res. 14:211-216.

Gira, lo Go 5) dies
1956. The hydrography and phytoplankton ecology of the inshore,
northeastern Gulf of Mexico. Ph.D. Dissertation, Fla. State
Unive OSs or
1959. Hydrography of the inshore northeastern Gulf of Mexico.
Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. (Univ. Tex.) 6:193-205.

Davis, CG. C.
1919. Observations taken in marine waters off Florida in 197
and 198. Quart. J. Filla. Acad. Sci.) 12(2):67=103.

Davis, C. C., and R. H. Williams
1950. Brackish water plankton of mangrove areas in southern
Florida. Ecology 31():519-531.

Dawson, C. E., Jr. i
1953. A survey of the Tampa Bay area. Fla. State Board Conserv.,
Teche Sere Oe Some
1955. A contribution to the hydrography of Apalachicola Bay,
Florida. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. (Univ. Tex.) }\(1):13-35.

Donnelly, P. V., R. A. Overstreet, M. A. Burklew, and J. H. Vuille
1967. A chemical study of southwest Florida river water,
1965-1966, p. 98-11. In Red Tide Studies, Pinellas to
Collier Counties 1963-1966. Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar.
abe.) Sten bebersbuncnisilloridans Protue.) Pap. Sesh salle OE

Dragovich, A.
1961. Relative abundance of plankton off Naples, Florida, and
associated hydrographic data, 1956-57. U.S. Fish Wildlife
Serv. , Spec. Scie vRep. Halshe. 3/25 a5 t lavppe
1963. Hydrology and plankton of coastal waters at Naples,
Florida. Quart J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 26(1):22-h7.

Dragovich, A., J. H. Finucane, and B. Z. May
1961. Counts of red tide organisms, Gymnodinium breve, and
associated oceanographic data from Florida west coast,
1957-59. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish.
BO), aa FS i>

Dragovich, A., J. H. Finucane, J. A. Kelly, Jr., and B. Z. May
1963. Counts of red tide organisms, Gymnodinium breve, and
associated oceanographic data from Florida west coast,
1960-61. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sei. Rep. Fish.
55, iii + Op.

22

Dragovich, A., and J. A. Kelly, Jr.
1966. Distribution and occurrence of Gymnodinium breve on the west
coast of Florida, 1964-65. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci.

Rep. Fish. Sil, iii + 15 p.

Dragovich, A., J. A. Kelly, Jr., and J. H. Finucane
1966. Oceanographic observations of Tampa Bay, Charlotte Harbor,
Pine Island Sound, Florida, and adjacent waters of the Gulf of
Mexico, February 196) through February 1965. U. S. Fish Wildlife
Serv., Data Rep. 13, ii + 72 p. on 2 microfiche.

Dragovich, A., J. A. Kelly, Jr., and H. G. Goodell
1968. Hydrological and geological characteristics of Florida's west
coast tributaries. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull.
66(3) :463-h77.

Dragovich, A., and B. Z. May
1962. Hydrological characteristics of Tampa Bay tributaries. U. S.
Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull. 62:163-176.

Dragovich, A., and J. E. Sykes
1966. Oceanographic atlas for Tampa Bay, Florida, and adjacent
waters of the Gulf of Mexico, 1958-61. U. S. Fish Wildlife
Serv., Circ. 255. 66 p.

Drennan, K. L.
1966. Airborne measurements of infrared sea temperatures in the
northern Gulf of Mexico. Gulf Coast Res. Lab. Oceanogr. Sect.
Tech. Rep. 2:1-10.

Eldred, B. M.
1966. Plankton collections with pertinent data, Tampa Bay, Florida,
and Gulf of Mexico (July 1961 - June 1963). Fla. State Board
Conserv... Spec. Sci. Rep. di. 5 p.

Eldred, B., R. M. Ingle, K. D. Woodburn, R. F. Hutton, and H. Jones
1961. Biological observations on the commercial shrimp, Penaeus
duorarum Burkenroad, in Florida waters. Fla. State Board
Conserv. Prof. Pap. Ser. 3. 139 p.

ERidred, B., J. Williams, G. T. Martin, and E. A. Joyce, Jr.
1965. Seasonal distribution of panaeid larvae and postlarvae of
the Tampa Bay area, Florida. Fla. State Board Conserv. Tech.
Sere li lif pe

Federal Water Pollution Control Administration
1969. FWPCA methods of chemical analysis of water and wastes.
U. S. Dep. Commerce, FWPCA, Div. U. S. Water Quality Res.,
Cincinnati, Ohio. 280 p.

23

Federal Water Pollution Control Administration
1969. Problems and management of water quality in Hillsborough Bay,
Florida. Southeast Region, Federal Water Pollution Control.
Adm. Tampa, Fla.

Finucane, J. H., and A. Dragovich
1959. Counts of red tide organisms, Gymnodinium breve, and associated
oceanographic data from Florida west coast, TISBEGT. We So Witsia
Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 289, iw + 220 p.
1966. Hydrographic observations in Tampa Bay, Florida, and the
adjacent Gulf waters - 1963. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Data
Rep. 1, ii + 81 p. on 2 microfiches.

Florida State Board of Conservation Marine Laboratory
1966. Hourglass cruises. Prog. Rep. 1, mimeo, St. Petersburg,
Fla. 32 p.

Florida Power Corporation
1972. Environmental Status Report. St. Petersburg, Florida. 85 p.

Fredericks, A. D.
1968. Concentrations of organic carbon in the Gulf of Mexico. A
report to the Office of Naval Research, Reference 68-27.

Freiberger, H. Jd.
1972. Nutrient survey of surface waters in southern Florida during a
wet and dry season. Sept. 1970 and March 1971. U. S. Geological
Survey open file rep. 72008.

Galtsoff, P. §. (ed.)
195. Gulf of Mexico its origin, waters, and marine life. U. S.
Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bulll. 55. sav + 60) p.

Gaul, R. D., and R. EF. Boykin
1965. Northeast Gulf of Mexico hydrographic survey data collected
in 196). Texas A&M Res. Found. Proj. 286-D. 85 p.

Geyer, R. A.
1950. A bibliography on the Gulf of Mexico. Texas J. Sci. 2(1):hh-93.

Glooschenko, W. A.
1971. Diel periodicity of chlorophyll a in the Gulf of Mexico.
Qweitag Jo Mila, Meacl Sei. 33())eile7aly2.

Graham, H. W., J. M. Amison, and K. T. Marvin
195). Phosphorus content of waters along the west coast of Florida.
U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 122, iv + 3 p.

\

24

Griffin, G. M., and S. G. Whitney
1971. Turbidity generation and distribution in Tampa Bay as
monitored with a towable optical transmissometer. Trans.
Gulf Coast Ass. Geol. Soc. 21:97-106.

Gunter, G., and G. E. Hall
1962. Biological investigations of Caloosahatchee estuary in
connection with Lake Okeechobee discharges through Caloosahatchee
River. Rep. to District Ingineer, Jacksonville District, U. 5.
Army Corps of Engineers, Jacksonville, Fla., Ser. 0, v + 59
Do cP ILO jolie,

Hach Chemical Company
- Introduction to turbidity measurement. Hach Chemical Co.,
Ames, Iowa. 7 p.

Hollis, E. H., J. G. Boone, C. R. DeRose and G. J. Murphy
196. A literature review of the effects of turbidity and siltation
on aquatic life. Dep. Chesapeake Bay Affairs Staff Rep.
(Amapolis, Md.) 26 p. (Mimeo).

Holmes, R. W.
1970. The Secchi disc in turbid coastal waters. lLimnol. Oceanogr.

15(5):688-69),.

Huet, M.
1965. Water quality criteria for fish life, p. 160-167. In
C. Tarzwell (ed. ) Biological Problems in Water Pollution.
U. S. Public Health Serv. Publ. 999-WP-25.

Hutton, R. F.
1960. Notes on the causes of discolored water along the
southwestern coast of Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci.

23(2):163-16).

Hutton, R. F., B. Eldred, K. D. Woodburn, and R. M. Ingle
1956. The ecology of Boca Ciega Bay with special reference to
dredging and filling operations. Fla. State Board Conserv.,
Tech. Ser. 17.

Jerlov, N. G.
1951. Optical studies of ocean waters. Rep. Swed. Deep Sea
Exped. 3. p. 1-59.
1953. Influence of suspended and dissolved matter on the
transparency of seawater. Tellus. p. 58-65.
1963. Optical oceanography. Oceanography Mar. Biol. Annu.
Rev. 1:89-11).

25

Jones, D., and M. S. Willis
1956. The attenuation of light in sea and estuarine waters in
relation to the concentration of suspended solid matter.
J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U. K. 35(2):432-4hh.

Ketchum, B. H., and J. Keen
1948. Unusual phosphorus concentrations in the Florida "red tide"
seawater. J. Mar. Res. 7:17-21.

Knudsen, M.
1901. Hydrographical tables. G. E. C. Gad, Copenhagen. 63 p.

Little, L. W.
1970. Phosphorus in water and wastewater. An annotated selected
bibliography. UNC Wastewater Research Center Rep. 11, Dep.
Environ. Sci. ing.

Mackenthun, K. M.
1965. Nitrogen and phosphorus in water - an annotated selected
bibliography of their biological effects. U. S. Public Health
Seay, Rules aLs05, Daa jo,

Manheim, F. T., J. ©. Hathaway, and E. Uchupi
1972. Suspended matter in surface waters of the northern Gulf of
Mexico. lLimnol. Oceanogr. 17(1):17-25.

Marine Science Institute, University of South Florida
1971. <Anclote Environmental Proj. Rep. 251 p.

Marshall, N.
1956. Chlorophyll a in the phytoplankton in coastal waters of the
eastern Gulf of Mexico. J. Mar. Res. 15(1):1h-32.

Marvin, K. T.
1955. Oceanographic observations in west coast Florida waters,
1949-52. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish.
WN, stb BD Foe

Maye BauZre
196). Surface calcium-chlorinity relationships. Quart. J. Fla.
Acad. Sci. 27(3):177-185.

McDaniel, W. H., R. N. Hemphill, and W. T. Donaldson
1968. Automatic determination of total Kjeldahl nitrogen in
estuarine water. In Proceedings of Technicon Symposium, 1967.
Automation in Analytical Chemistry, p. 363-367. Mediad, Inc.,
New York.

26

McNulty, J. K., and L. Johnson
1971. Automated determination of total phosphorus in estuarine
water. In Proceedings of the Fifth Technicon International
Congress, 1970, Advances in Automated Analysis 2:353-355.
Thurman Associates, Miami.

Moe, M. A., Jr., andG. T. Martin
1965. Fishes taken in monthly trawl samples offshore of Pinellas
County, Florida, with new additions to the fish fauna of the
Tampa Bay area. Tulane Stud. Zool. 12():129-151.

National Technical Advisory Committee to the Secretary of the Interior
1968. Water Quality Criteria. Report of the National Technical
Advisory Committee to the Secretary of the Interior. 231 p.

Nowlin, W. D., and J. J. McLellan
1967. A characterization of the Gulf of Mexico waters in winter.
J. Mar. Res. 25(1):29-59.

Nowlin, W. D., E. F. Paskausky, and H. J. McLellan
1969. Recent dissolved oxygen measurements in the Gulf of
Mexico deep waters. J. Mar. Res. 27(1):39-hh.

Odumiy Heol.
1953. Dissolved phosphorus in Florida waters. Fla. Geol. Surv.
Rep. of Invest. 9(I) (Misc. Studies), Tallahassee, Fla. 1-0.

Ocdimyy Hel, .and B. Parrish
1954. Boron in Florida waters. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci.
17(2):105-109.

Olson, F. C. W.
1953. Tampa Bay studies, Report No. 1, Contrib. 19, Oceanogr.
Inst., Fla. State Univ. 27 p.

Olson et. Ca Wey, and J. Be Morreilil, (dx:
1955. literature survey of the Tampa Bay area. Pt. I. Fla.
State Univ. Oceanogr. Inst. (Tallahassee, Fla.) 66 p.

Rene, Ne ith
1935. Report on hydrographic observations in the Gulf of Mexico
and the adjacent Straits made during the Yale Oceanographic
expedition of Mabel Taylor in 1932. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr.
Collect. New Haven, Conn. 5(1):93 p.

RarSonspmmuey ty.
1963. Suspended organic matter in sea water. In Progress in
Oceanography Vol. I, Mary Sears, ed. Macmillan Co., New
York. p. 205-239.

aM

Paskausky, D. F., and W. D. Nowlin
1968. Measured and preformed phosphate in the Gulf of Mexico region.
Tech. Rep., Texas A & M Univ., 68-12T.

Phillips, R. C., and V. G. Springer
1960. A report on the hydrography, marine plants and fishes of the
Caloosahatchee River area, Lee County, Florida. Fla. State Board
Conserv., Spec. Sci. Rep. 5, mimeographed. 3) p.

Postma, H.
1961. Suspended matter and Secchi disc visibility in coastal waters.
Netherlands J. Sea Res. 1(3):359-390.

ALCO, do Bog etael Ro lo: Iicstclehy
1959. Colorimetric determinations of nitrite and nitrate nitrogen
in brackish coastal waters. Bull. Mar. Sci. 9:310-31).

Putnam, H. D.
1956. Limiting factors for primary productivity in west coast
Florida estuary. Adv. Water Pollution Res. 3:121-152.

Richards, F. A., and T. G. Thompson
1952. The estimation and characterization of plankton populations
by pigment analysis. II. A spectrophotometric method for the
estimation of plankton pigments. J. Mar. Res. MLNS OM 2e

Rinkel, M. 0.
1971. Results of co-operative investigations = a pilot study of the
eastern Gulf of Mexico. Proc. 23rd Annu. Sess. Gulf Caribbean
isla, LMS we

Rounsefell, G. A., and A. Dragovich
1966. Correlation between oceanographic factors and abundance of
the Florida red tide (Gymnodinium breve Davis), 195)-61.
Bull. Mar. Sci. 16(3):OL-h22.

Ryther, J. H., and G. S. Yentsch
1957. The estimation of phytoplankton production in the ocean from
chlorophyll and light data. Limnol. Oceanogr. 2:281-286.

Saloman, C. H.

1973a. Hydrographic observations in Tampa Bay, Florida - 1970. U. S.
Dep. Commerce, Nat. Mar. Fish. Serv. Data Rep. 77, 2h6 p. on
microfiche.

1973b. Hydrographic observations in the Gulf of Mexico off Pinellas
County, Florida (November 1970 - January.1972). U.S. Dep.
Commerce, Nat. Mar. Fish. Serv. Data Rep. 78, 22) p. on )
microfiche.

28

Salomane Ce, Hd. H. Hamucane. (andi diy Ay Keillliys idie.
196. Hydrographic observations of Tampa Bay, Florida, and
adjacent waters, August 1961 through December 1962. U. S.
Fish Wildlife Serv., Data Rep. 4, ii + 113 p. on 6 microfiche.

Sallomans Cy Hay and di lL.) Layilor

1968. Hydrographic observations in Tampa Bay, Florida, and the
adjacent Gulf of Mexico - 1965-66. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv.,
Data Rep. 2h, 393 p. on 6 microfiche.

197la. Hydrographic observations in Tampa Bay and the adjacent
Gulf of Mexico - 1967. U. S. Dep. Commerce, Nat. Oceanic
Atmos. Admin., Nat. Mar. Fish. Serv., Data Rep. 55, 6) p. on
2 microfiche.

1971b. Hydrographic observations in Tampa Bay and the adjacent
Gulf of Mexico - 1968. U. S. Dep. Commerce, Nat. Oceanic
Atmos. Admin., Nat. Mar. Fish. Serv., Data Rep. 63, 20) p.
on microfiche.

1972. Hydrographic observations in Tampa Bay, Florida - 1969.
U. S. Dep. Commerce, Nat. Oceanic Atmos. Admin., Nat. Mar.
Fish. Serv., Data Rep. 73, 82 p. on 2 microfiche.

Saville, T.
1966. <A study of estuarine pollution problems on a small unpolluted
estuary and a small polluted estuary in Florida. Eng. Prog.,
Univ. Fla. (Gainesville, Fla.) 20(8), viii + 202 p.

Schmacity dis. Dl.
1952. A report on the Palm River Pollution Hillsborough County.
Plas Stabe Board Health, mimeo. 25 p.

pherek, Jo Aj, Jr., and lL. E. Cronin
1970. The effects of suspended and deposited sediments on
estuarine organisms. , An annotated bibliography of selected
references. Natur. Resour. Inst., Univ. Maryland. NRI.
Rete (O19 62 spe

Shoemaker, W. S.
1954. Light penetration in the Gulf of Mexico. In Galtsoff, P. S.

(ed. ), Gulf of Mexico its origin, waters, and marine life. Fish.
Bula, U. S. 55:(89) 2139-10.

Slowey, J. F., and D. W. Hood
1971. Copper, Manganese, and Zine Concentrations in Gulf of Mexico
Waters. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acts. Vol. 35, p. 121-138.

Springer, V. G., and K. D. Woodburn

1960. An ecological study of the fishes of the Tampa Bay area.
Fla. State Board Conserv., Prof. Pap. Ser. 1. 10) p.

Ze)

Steele, J. H.
196). <A study of the production in the Gulf of Mexico. J. Mar.

Res. 22(3):211-222.

Simarolkdleiacl, dg We ilo 5 eiatcl Wo ko Reresoms
1960. <A manual of sea water analysis (with special reference to
the more common micronutrients and to particulate organic
ehacneell 5 Walla) Wstsq) Isleenee! Cztas , Biel, W255) Ws joe

Sverdrup, H. U., M. W. Johnson, and R. H. Fleming
192. The oceans. 1C87 p. Prentice-Hall, Inc., New York.

Taylor, J. L., and C. H. Saloman
1969a. Sediments, oceanographic observations and floristic data
from Tampa Bay, Florida, and adjacent waters, 1961-65. U.S.
Fish Wildlife Serv., Data Rep. 3). 561 p. on 9\ microfiche.
1969b. Some effects of hydraulic dredging and coastal development
in Boca Ciega Bay, Florida. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish.
Bulle Ons —2 iis

diyALeIe5 do lh
1968. The Secchi disc. Limnol. Oceanogr. 13(1):1-6.

United States Department of Interior
1969. Problems and management of water quality in Hillsborough
Bay, Fla. Federal Water Pollution Control Administration. 88 p.

United States Department of Interior, Federal Water Pollution Control
Administration
1968. Water quality considerations for construction and dredging
operations. Federal Activities Coordination Program,
Southeastern Regional Office, 121 Peachtree Street, Atlanta,
Cas 303094 . jos) lig

U. S. Navy Hydrographic Office
194. World atlas of sea surface temperatures. H. O. Publ. 225.

Welle, Po Wa
1927. The present status of turbidity measurements. Chem. Rev.
TIT (4): 331-382.

Wells, It. Os
1919. New determinations of carbon dioxide in water of the Gulf
Om Mexiconn USES Proto) Pape 2 ON lomoe

Williams, J.
1968a. The meaningful use of the Secchi disc. Chesapeake Bay
Institute, The Johns Hopkins Univ. Tech. Rep. li5. Reference
68-15. " p., 13).

30

Williams, J.
1968b. Determination of particle size and concentration from
photometer and Secchi disc measurements. Chesapeake Bay
Institute, The Johns Hopkins Univ. Tech. Rep. )8.
Reference 68-18. p. 1-12.

Williams, R. H.
195. Distribution of chemical constituents of sea water in the
Gulf of Mexico. In P. S. Galtsoff (coordinator), Gulf of
Mexico its origin, waters, and marine life, p. 13-151. U. S.
Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull. 55.

3|

3. Geology.

Agassiz, A.

1878-1879. No. 1.-Letter No. 1 to C. P. Patterson,
Superintendent United States Coast Survey, on the
dredging operations of the United States Coast
Survey steamer Blake. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Harvard Coll. 5:1-9. No. 6.-Letter No. 2 to

C, NPA eeherenssiom 5 6 4 aoscloy joo SS-Obi, Wog IWlj=
iysrereere NOs 3 WO Co Io Renoweiesiom 5 6 © woulcl,.
p. 289-302.

1888. Three cruises of the United States Coast and
Geodetic Survey steamer Blake in the Gulf of
Mexico . . . from 1877-1880. Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., Harvard Coll. qh gaseous

1896. The Florida elevated reef. Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., Harvard Coll. 28:29-62.

Mike, Do, etal Ilo lerRooles
1965. Age of the Florida marine terraces. J. Geol.
73(2):06-11.

Antoine, J. W.
1968. A study of the West Florida Escarpment. Gulf
Coast Ass. Geol. Soc. Trans. 18:297-303.

Antoine, J. W., and W. A. Bryant
1969. Distribution of salt and salt structures in Gulf
of Mexico. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. Bull. 53:25)3-2550.

Antoine, J. W., W. R. Bryant, and B. R. Jones
1967. Structural features of continental shelf, slope,
northeastern Gulf of Mexico. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol.
Bull. 51:257-262.

Antoine, J. W., and J. L. Harding
1965. Structure beneath continental shelf, northeastern
Gulf of Mexico. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. Bull. 9:157-171.

Antoine, J. W., and B. R. Jones
1967. Geophysical studies of the continental slope, scarp,
and basin, eastern Gulf of Mexico. Trans. Gulf Coast
Ass. Geol. Soe. 17:268-286.

Moyollsiia, 125 lho, lorel Tho Tito MMoyallaiia
196). In Summary of the geology of Florida and a guidebook
to the classic exposures by Puri, H. S., and R. O. Vernon.
Mla, Gaol, Sway, Sooo, Puls, S. 3il2 joe

32

Bader, R.
1957. The Oceanographic Environment of the Gulf of Mexico;
Sedimentary characteristics, NAVMINDEFLAB, 17th Mine
Defense Symposium, 1957. (Unpubl. )

Beli ils WGA eich (GG Gro ING leleneientsyoml
1969. Origin of the Gulf and Caribbean and implications
regarding ocean ridge extension, migration, and shear.
Trans. Gulf Coast Ass. Geol. Soc. 19:287-29).

Ball, M. M., HE. A. Shinn, and K. W. Stockman
1967. The geological effects of Hurricane Donna in South
Florida. J. Geol. 75:583-597.

Ballard, R. D., and HE. Uchupi
1970. Morphology and Quaternary history of the continental
shelf of the Gulf coast of the United States. Bull. Mar.
Sci. 20(3):5)8-559.

Barton, D. C2, C2. He Ritz, and M. Hickey
1933. Gulf coast geosyncline. Bull. Amer. Ass. Petrol.
Geol. 17(12):14)6-1)58.

Bates, J. D.
1959. The Tarpon Springs area as prospective for heavy
mineral investigation. Heavy Mineral Rep. No. 3,
Coastal Petroleum Co.

Beil, Osmes
192). <A preliminary report on the clays of Florida.
Florida Geol. Surv. 15th Annu. Rep. p. 53-260.

Beneker),) Hi:
1930. The bathymetric soundings of the oceans (with
chronological list of ocean expeditions from
1800-1930), Hydro. Rev.

Bergantino, R. N.
1971. Submarine regional geomorphology of the Gulf of
Mexico. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 82:7))1-752.

Blackman, B., and C. P. Lindner
1951. Harbor and coastal problems on the east Gulf coast.
2nd Conf. Coastal Eng. p. 226-235.

Bornhauser, M.
1947. Marine sedimentary cycles of Tertiary in Mississippi
embayment and central Gulf coast area. Bull. Amer. Ass.
Petrol. Geol. 31():698-713.

33

Braunstein, J.
1970. Bibliography of Gulf Coast geology. Gulf Coast
Assen Geole |SOch Spec ey ulna (2) eal O)5iroe

BrOOKS)syy eles
1962. Observations on the Florida Middle Ground. Geol.

Soc. Amer. Spec. Publ. 68:65-66.

Bryant, W. R., A. A. Meyerhoff, N. K. Brown, Jr., M. A. Furrer,
T. EH. Pyle, and J. W. Antoine
1969. Escarpments, reef trends and diapiric structures,
Eastern Gulf of Mexico. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. Bull.
53:2506-25))2.

BolliLewacl., «12, Il,
192. Source of beach and river sands on Gulf coast of
Texas.| Bull. Geoll. Soc. Amer., Pb. 2, 53(7):1021-10h).

Campbell, R. B.
1939. Outline of the geological history of Peninsular
Florida. Fla. Acad. Sci. Proc. :87-105. (Mimeo).

Carsely, J. B.
1950. Geology of Gulf coastal area and continental shelf.
Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. Bull. 3):361-385.

Cheethan, A. H.
1963. Late Eocene zoogeography of the eastern Gulf coast
ieeeloims Ceol, S@e. Miners s Wemle Gals zal + dls} jon

Gila. lio IB.
191G. Results of a recent investigation of the coastal plain
formations in the area between Massachusetts and North
Carolina. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 20:6)6-65).

Cooke, C. W.

1930. Pleistocene seashores. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 20(16):389-395.

1931. Seven coastal terraces in the Southeastern States. J.
Wash. Acad. Sci. 21(21):503-513.

1938. Scenery of Florida as interpreted by a geologist. Fla.
Stave) Geol) Bulllly) alyjsai—in2e

1939. Scenery of Florida: interpreted by a geologist. Bull.
Wil, Ceol. Swevs IA.

1945. Geology of Florida. Fla. Geol. Surv. Bull. 29.

Gwe, lal.

1957. Changes in bottom topography off Alligator Harbor since
MIG, “Cweiare We wily Weec, Sei, BO. 3, WSU Come, 87.

34

Curray, J. R.
1960. Sediments and history of Holocene transgression, continental
shelf, northwest Gulf of Mexico. p. 221-226. In F. P. Shepard,
Recent sediments, northwest Gulf of Mexico. Amer. Ass. Petrol.
Geol. 39) p.

Curray sed. Re, candi). G. Moore
1963. Facies delineation by acoustic-reflection: northern Gulf of
Mexico. Sedimentology 2:130-1)8.

Emery, K. O.
1968. Relict sediments on continental shelves of World. Amer.
Ass. Petrol. Geol. Bull. 52(3):h5-l6).

Ewing, M., D. B. Ericson, and B. C. Heezen
1958. Sediments and topography of the Gulf of Mexico. In Weeks,
L. G., ed., Habitat of Oil - A Symposium. Amer. Ass. Petrol.
Geol. p. 995-1053.

Ewing, J. I., J. L. Worzel, and M. Ewing
1962. Sediments and oceanic structural history of the Gulf of
Mexico. J. Geophys. Res. 67:2509-2527.

Geological Society of America

1957. Annotated bibliography of paleoecology: bacteria, calcareous
algae, spores, nonalgal plants, diatoms, radiolaria, silico-
flagellata, foraminifera, sponges, corals, bryozoans, brachiopods,
vermes, pelecypoda, scaphopods, gastropods. Pteropods, nautiloids,
ammonoids, mollusks, chelicerata, ostracodes paleozoic, insects,
cystoids, blastoids, crinoids, asterozoa, echinoids, holothurians,
graptolites, conodonts, agnatha, fishes, amphibians, reptiles,
birds, mammals. In Ladd, H. S., ed., Treatise on Marine Ecology
(Paleoecology). Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. 2(67):691-1032.

Goldsmith, V.
1966. The recent sedimentary environment of Choctawhatchee Bay,
Florida. Fla. State Univ., thesis. 75 p.

Goodell, H. G., and D. S. Gorstine
1961. <A sedimentologic study of Tampa Bay, Florida. International
Geological Congress, XXI Session Norden, 1960, Part XXIII.
p. 75-88.

Gorrie

1854. On changes of level of the west coast of Florida. Boston
Soc. Natur. Hist. Proc. :391-392.

35

Gorsline, D. S.
1963. Oceanography of Apalachicola Bay, Florida. Hancock Found.
Publ. Series (Collection of papers by D. O. Emery's students
honoring his 17 years at SC).

Gould, H. R., and R. H. Stewart
1956. Continental terrace sediments in the northern Gulf of
Mexico; finding ancient shorelines. Soc. Econ. Paleon. Min.
Spee. Pvc, Bo wo Qala,

Gunter, H.
1929. Geology of Florida. Fla. State Geol. Surv., 2Cth Annu.
Rep. 1927-28.

Heilprin, A.
1887. Explorations on the west coast of Florida. Trans. Wagner
Pree Insts ser. Phalladeillpnia,, Iasi.

Hilgard, EH. W.
ALsWflg | Was) loesniay Che Ayae) CMUbE ore Wierale@, Wimeie, Wo Sei WIM,
XXT : 283-291.

Hillsborough Soil Conservation District

1962. Watershed work plan, upper Tampa Bay watershed, Hillsborough,
Pasco, and Pinellas Counties, Florida.

Huang, T. C.
1966. A sedimentological study of Charlotte Harbor, southwestern
inonaxclets Sierelo INeSs5 belies 4 lalels (Siwehuey Wimalws 5 Core, Io Sif ic

phono. IE, G55 ahah lel, Cig CGoocleill
1967. Sediments of Charlotte Harbor, southwestern Florida. J.
Sediment. Petrol. 37:449-7l.
1970. Sediments and sedimentary processes of eastern Mississippi
Cone, Gulf of Mexico. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. Bull.
5h:2C7C-2100.

Hunn, J. D.

1970. Remote sensing of offshore springs and spring discharge
along Gulf Coast of central Florida. In Earth Resources
Aircraft Program, status review, 2nd Annu., Houston, Texas,
1969-V3, Hydrology and oceanography. NASA Manned Spacecraft
Cemwere, lousiwoiml, Weis, Oo 39-17.

JEMES, Go Bog Glial Wo Mle Memes

195. Soiil survey) of (Pinellas (Countyey Bilas Ge ollem curve: mm.
Rep. p. 293-332.

36

Jondant, Ga Hi, and H. Bs Stewart5) Jin.
1959. Continental slope off southwest Florida. Bull. Amer. Ass.
Petrol. Geol. )3:974-991.

Kaealyony, ale lg 5 ehatel WRG ido leavAlis
1972. Anomalous crust beneath west Florida shelf. Amer. Ass.
Petrol. Geol. Bull. 56(1):1C7-113.

Kuenen, P. H.
1950. Marine geology. x, 568 p. John Wiley and Sons, New York.

Lohse, HE. A., A. J. Scott, and C. Groat
1968. Tampa Bay estuarine system. p. DL-D31 In Case studies of
estuarine sedimentation and its relation to pollution of the
estuarine environment. Gulf Univ. Res. Corp.

Lowman, S. W.
1949. Sedimentary facies in Gulf coast. Bull. Amer. Ass. Petrol.
Geol. 33(12):1939-1997.
1951. The relationship of the biotic and lithic facies in the
recent gulf coast sedimentation. LSediment Petrol 21():233-237.

Ludwick, J. C.
196). Sediments in northeastern Gulf of Mexico. In Papers in
Marine Geology. MacMillan Co., New York. p. 20)-238.

Ibyiatelal So YNE
195. Geology of the Gulf of Mexico. In P. S. Galtsoff
(coordinator), Gulf of Mexico its origin, waters, and marine
Galste "on OVO, We So Wwilsin Walielisares Serayy 4 Walsing Weill, ee,

MeCINEaLIE, I> Sic j
19)9. Pleistocene shorelines in Florida and Georgia. U. S.
Geeils Swewo 5 Wwrtot, Peo, Baws jo, SH MOs/a

Marmer, H. A.
1949. Sea level changes along the coasts of the United States in
recent years. Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union 30(2):201-20).

Matson, G. C., and F. G. Clapp
1909. <A preliminary report of the geology of Florida with ae
reference to the stratigraphy. Fla. State Geol. Surv., 2nd
Annu. Rep.

Mattison, G. C.

1948. Bottom configuration in the Gulf of Mexico. J. Coast
Geod. Surv. 1:76-82.

37

McGill, J. 7.
1958. Map of coastal landforms of the world. Geographical
Review 8:02-05.

McLellan, H. Jd.
1965. Elements of Physical Oceanography. Pergamon Press, New
York, New York. 16 p.

McMurry, J. H.
1958. Shoretype classification of the Gulf Coast of Florida.
Mich. Acad. Sci. Pap. (1957), 43:259-266.

ep)

Meyer, W. G.
1939. Stratigraphy of sculf coastal plains. Bull. Amer. Ass.
Petrol. Geol. 23(2):145-211.

Mossom, S.
1925. A preliminary report on limestone and marl of Florida.
Fla. Geol. Surv., 16th Annu. Rep. p. 33-120.

Murray, C. E.
1961. Geology of the Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Province of
North America. Harper, New York. 692 p.

Nueman, G., and W. J. Pierson, Jr
1966. Principles of Physical Oceanography. Prentice-Hall, Inc.,
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. 55 p.

Weieldsio Co C45 ehacl Go Ws Cooke
19h. Late Cenozoic geology of southern Florida with a discussion
Oil) Tuldle! enctonuiatcl welweieg “Ike Swen Geol, Stuayo Illi, 2i/o) IY) jo

Price, W. A.

195. Shorelines and coasts of the Gulf of Mexico. In Gulf of
Mexaico its omigaim, ‘wavers), and marine dite. (US. lash
Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull. 89(55):39-65.

195lb. Dynamic environments: reconnaissance mapping, geologic and
geomorphic, of continental shelf of Gulf of Mexico. MTrans.
Gulf Coast Ass. Geol. Soc. :75-101.

1955. Correlation of shoreline type with offshore conditions in
the Gulf of Mexico. In Coastal Geography Conference, Feb. 18,
195, U. S. Naval Research-National Research Council, Geogr.
Comm. Rep. p. 75-86.

naLel@eclsoml, OG, I,
1945. Sedimentation of the cull) coast (N. A. )) Abste, Lullsa
(Okla.) Geol. Soc. Digest, 194-5, 13:76.

38

Sackett, W. M., and R. R. Thompson
1963. Isotopic organic carbon composition of recent continental
derived clastic sediments of Eastern Gulf Coast, Gulf of
Mexico. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. Bull. 4)7:525-528.

schnable, J. E.
1966. The evolution and development of part of the northwest
Florida coast. Ph.D. dissertation, Fla. State Univ.

schneider, M. J.
1969. A description of the physical oceanographic features of the
eastern Gulf of Mexico, August 1968. M. S. Thesis, Texas A&M
Univ. 105 p. Mimeo.

Selaoith, IW Wie
1963. Sedimentation in Modern Coastal Swamps, Southwestern Florida.
Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. Bull. 7:1581-16¢3.

shepard, F. P., F. B. Phleger, and T. H. Van Andel
1960. Recent sediments, northwest Gulf of Mexico. Amer. Ass.
Petrol. Geol. 39) p.

shepard, F. P., and H. R. Wanless
1971. Our changing coastlines. McGraw-Hill, New York. 563 p.

Stahl, L. E.
1970. The marine geology of Tampa Bay. Fla. State Univ. thesis.
{© Do

Stevens, N. P., HE. E. Bray, E. Bray, E. D. Evans
1956. Hydrocarbons in sediments of Gulf of Mexico. Bull. Amer.
Ass. Petrol. Geol. 0:975-983.

Stewart, R. A., and D. S. Gorsline
1962. Recent sedimentary history of St. Joseph Bay, Florida.
Sedimentology 1:256-286.

Sverdrup, H. U., M. W. Johnson, and R. H. Fleming
1942. The oceans, their physics, chemistry, and general biology.
Prentice-Hall, Inc., New York. x + 1-1087.

awed, do Il,
1931. General geology of northeastern Mexico. Bull. Amer. Ass.
Petrol. Geol. 15:867-893.

Weir, Ito IDs

1955. Bibliography of marine geology and oceanography, California
coast. Calif. Div. Mines, Spee. Rep. lh. 131 p.

39

The California Company
1953. Bibliography of geology - Florida. Publ. New Orleans,
Louisiana.

Trask, P. D. (editor)
1955. Recent marine sediments, a symposium. Dover Publications,
ines. New Viowk.. (0 npr

ieasle, 14 Wo IG Bo Ialeseie, die, eiacl bl, CG, Susiuswin
197. Recent changes in sedimentation in the Gulf of Mexico.

Science 106(2759):h6C-h6é1.

University of Miami, Marine Laboratory
1962. A report of data obtained in Florida Straits and off the
west coast of Florida, July - December 1961. Rep. to Off.
Nav. Res., Tech. Rep. 62-6. i1C8 p.

U. S. Army Corps of Engineers
19lG. Report on survey of intracoastal waterway, Caloosahatchee
River to Apalachicola Bay, Florida (Anclote River to St. Marks)
and Barge Canal across Florida. U.S. Engr. Off., Jacksonville,
Fla., Nov. 190.

Wain Mayle, ig. Isla
196C. Sources and dispersion of Holocene sediments, northern Gulf
of Mexico. p. 34-55 In Recent sediments - northern Gulf of
Mexico. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. 39) p.

Wena, Mhaycleil, 5 lelo., Giaiel Wo IM Poole
1966. Sources of recent sediments in the northern Gulf of Mexico.
J. Sediment. Petrol. 30:91-122.

Vaughan, T. W.
1902. Evidence of recent elevation of the Gulf coast along the
westward extension of Florida. Science n. s., 16:51).
1909. The geologic work of mangroves in southern Florida.
Smithson. Misc. Collect. 52(5):61-6).

Vause, J. HE.
1959. Underwater geology and analysis of recent sediments off
the northwest Florida coast. J. Sediment. Petrol. 29:555-563.

Winston, D, S. R. Riggs, M. P. O'Connor, and R. H. Breuninger
(The Lolo Group)
1968. Geologic evaluation of coastal petroleum company's
offshore lease from the Honeymoon Island area south to
Blind Pass, Pinellas County, Florida. 66 p.

40

Wythe, C. C.

1939. Scenery of Florida, interpreted by a geologist. Fla.

State Board Conserv., Div. Geol. Geol. Bull. 17:11-111,
IBhLlolaL@ysies joq) dul?)

Uchupi, E., and K. O. Emery

1968. Structure of continental margin off Gulf Coast of United
States. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol: Bull. 52:11762-1193.

4|

4. Sedimentology.

Anderson, D. O.
1939. Distribution of organic matter in marine sediments and
its availability to further decomposition. J. Mar. Res.
2:225-235.

Bader, R. G.
1954. The role of organic matter in determining the distribution
of pelecypods in marine sediments (Maine). J. Mar. Res.

13(1):32-h7.

Bader, R., et al.
1956. Sedimentary analysis of Panama City, Florida, bottom
samples. Rep. Dep. Oceanogr. A&M Coll. Tex. Unpubl.

Bouma, A. H., W. R. Bryant, and D. K. Davies
1971. TAMU results from the USNS Kane, 1969 expedition, Gulf
of Mexico. Tex. A&M Univ. Dep. Oceanogr. Final Rep.
Iso) SOSiq ALSS) ton

Bouma, A. H., and N. F. Marshall
196). A method for obtaining and analyzing undisturbed oceanic
sediment samples. Mar. Geol. 2:81-99.

Burt, W. V.
1955. Distribution of suspended materials in Chesapeake Bay.
J. Mar. Res. 1h(1):h7-62.

Caldwell, J. M.
1950. Sedimentation in harbors. Applied Sedimentation, P. D.
{Trask (ed.) John Wiley and Sons.

Curray, J. R.
196C. Sediments and history of Holocene transgression,
continental shelf, northwest Gulf of Mexico. In (F. P.
Shepard et al. (eds. ), Recent sediments, northwest Gulf
of Mexico. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. p. 221-226.

Dapples, EH. C.
192. The effect of macro-organisms upon nearshore marine
sediments. J. Sediment. Petrology 12:118-126.

Dairemoulaly ue omits

1967. The organic detritus problem. Amer. Ass. Advan. Sci.
Publ. Estuaries 83:374-75.

42

Davies, D. K.
1972. Mineralogy, petrography and derivation of sands and silts
of the continental slope, rise and abyssal plain of the Gulf
of Mexico. J. Sediment, Petrology 2(1):59-65.

Bagleson, P. S., and R. G. Dean
1959. Wave-Induced Motion of Discrete Bottom Sediment Particles.
Proc. ASCE, Vol. 85, HY 10, October.

Bagleson, P. S., R. G. Dean, and L. A. Peralta
1957. The Mechanics of the Motion of Discrete Spherical Bottom
Sediment Particles Due to Shoaling Waves. Beach Erosion
Board Tech. Memo. 10h, Wash. D. C.

Einstein, H. A.
1951. Estimating Quantities of Sediment Supplied by Streams to
a Coast. Proc. First Conference Coastal Engineering, Council
on Wave Research, Univ. Cal.

Einstein, H. A., and R. B. Krone
1961. Methods of Determining Sediment Transport Along the Coast
and in Coastal Waterways. XXth Intern. Navigation Congress,
Baltimore, Section Tl, Subject 5.

Emery, K. O.
1968. Relict sediments on continental shelves of World. Amer.
Ass. Petrol. Geol. Bull. 52(3):hl5-l6h.

Ewing, J. I., J. L. Worzel, and M. HKwing
1962. Sediments and oceanic structural history of the Gulf of
Mexico. J. Geophys. Res. 67:2509-2527.

Ewing, M., D. B. Erickson, and B. C. Heezen
1958. Sediments and topography of the Gulf of Mexico, in
Weeks, L. G., ed., Habitat of Oil - A Symposium. Amer. Ass.
Petrol. Geol. p. 995-1053.

Fager, HE. Wi.
196. Marine sediments: effects of a tube-building polychaete.
Science 13 (360) :356-359.

Fenchel, T., and B. D. Jansson

1966. On the vertical distribution of the microfauna in the
sediments of a brackish water beach. Ophelia 3:161-177.

43

Fleming, R. H., and F. E. Elliott
1956. Some physical aspects of the inshore environment of the
coastal waters of the United States and Mexico. Geographical

J. CXXII() :456-H65.

Folk, R. L.
196. Petrology of sedimentary rocks. Hemphill's, Austin, Tex.
154 p.

Force, L. M.

1969. Calcium carbonate size distribution on the west Florida
shelf and experimental studies on the micro-architectural
control of skeletal breakdown. J. Sediment. Petrology
39:902-93h.

Wepes Do Ito

1950. Comparative metabolism of organic detritus by inshore
animals. Ecology 31(1):100-108.

1955. Organic detritus in the metabolism of the sea. Sci.
Mon. N. Y. 80:256-259.

1957. Particulate organic detritus. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed. )
Treatise on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. I. KHcology,
Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. 67:383-389.

Ginsburg, R. N.
1956. Environmental relationships of grain size and constituent
particles in some south Florida carbonate sediments. Amer.
Nes. Petrols Biolee Vols On) Partecs No walGhs peneson—alei.

Ginsburg, R. N., and H. A. Lowenstam
1958. The influence of marine bottom communities on the
depositional environment of sediments. J. Geol. 66:310-318.

Goldsmith, V.
1966. The recent sedimentary environment of Choctawhatchee
Bea7, Wilortice, Milas Sueee Uanly, Wassis, 75 is

Coocleil, lls Cog giatcl Wo So Cormsilaime
1961a. Data report--the hydrography of Apalachicola and
Florida Bays, Florida. Fla. State Univ. Sediment. Res.
Igo, GOawello, 5 wal & BilS jo.
1961b. A sedimentologic study of Tampa Bay, Florida. 21st Int.
Geol. Congr. Copenhagen, 1960. Pt. 23, p. 75-88.

44

Gorsline, D. S.

1959. Sources and parameters of bottom sediments of the Continental
Terrace off the Southeastern U. S. Abstr. En. De. In Sears,
M. E. (ed.) Int. Oceanogr. Congr. Preprints, AAAS, Wash., D. C.
p. 615-616.

1967. Contrasts in coastal bay sediments on the Gulf and Pacific
coasts. InG. H. Lauff (ed.) Estuaries, p. 219-225. Amer.
Assis Achweimg Seako Iwldile G35 iesias5 De Co

Gorsline, D. S., and R. A. Stewart
1962. Recent sedimentary history of St. Joseph Bay, Florida.
Sedimentology. Fla. State Univ. Contr. 188.

Gould, H. R., and R. H. Stewart
1955. Continental terrace sediments in the northeastern Gulf
of Mexico; Finding Ancient Shorelines, Society Economic
Paleontologists Mineralogists Publ. 3:2-18.

Grady, J. R.
1971. The distribution of sediment properties and shrimp catch
on two shrimping grounds on the continental shelf of the Gulf
of Mexico. Proc. Gulf Carib. Fish. Inst. 23:139-1)8.

(Greslititalin, (G5 We
1962. Regional clay-mineral facies - products of weathering and

current distribution in the northwestern Gulf of Mexico.
Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 73:737-768.

Gialirtsiwas, de Ge
1967. Scientific method in analysis of sediments. McGraw-Hill
Gonaliew York. Ch. 6-85 p. MO9=i 73%

Gulf Universities Research Corporation.

1959. Case studies of estuarine sedimentation and its relation
to pollution of the estuarine environment. Report to the
Federal Water Pollution Control Administration (Contract
14-12-5).

Hagan, J. E.
1969. Problems and management of water quality in Hillsborough
Bay, Florida. Federal Water Pollution Control Administration.

88 p.
Heayicshwlen kv.

196). The mud-water interface. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Annu. Rev.
2:121-1h5.

45

inicalalaleies Who Ik. eo) Elalel Ibig 5 IMonqialalelisere
1962. Sedimentation from a hydraulic dredge in a bay. Inst. Mar.
Sei. Publ. Univ. Tex. 8:212-215

Holeman, J. N.
1968. The sediment yield of major rivers of the world. Water
Resources Res. ():737-7h7.

Holmes, C. W., and R. G. Evans
1963. Sedimentology of Gullivan Bay and vicinity, Florida.
Sedimentology 2:189-206.

Honea, J. W.
198. The effects of sedimentation on the marine organism of the
Gulf Coast of Texas. Annu. Rep. Mar. Lab. Tex. Game, Fish
Oyster Comm. 1947-8. 8 p.

Horvath, G. Jd.
1968. The sedimentology of the Pensacola Bay System, Northwestern
Florida.’ Sedimentological Res. Lab. Contr. 26, 89 p.

ELSiUl sy ecules
196C. Texture and mineralogy of the recent sands of the Gulf
coast. J. Sediment. Petrol. 30:38C-03.

Huang, T.
1966. A sedimentological study of Charlotte Harbor, Southwestern
Florida. Sedimentological Res. Lab. Fla. State Univ. Contr.
135 Dif io

Huang, T., and H. G. Goodell
1967. Sediments of Charlotte Harbor, Southwestern Florida.
J. Sediment. Petrol. 37:4h9-7h.
1970. Sediments and sedimentary processes of eastern Mississippi
Cone, Gulf of Mexico. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. Bull.
5:2070-2100.

Hyne, N. J., and H. G. Goodell
1967. Origin of the sediments and submarine geomorphology of
the inner continental shelf off Choctawhatchee Bay, Florida.
Mar. Geol. 5:299-313.

Ingle, R. M., A. R. Cuervels, and R. Leinecker

1955. Chemical and biological studies of the muds of Mobile Bay.
Rep. Div. Seafoods, Ala. Dep. Conserv. p. 1-1).

46

Iaietals DG he

1949. Sorting of Sediments in the Light of Fluid Mechanics.
J. Sediment. Petrol. 19(2):51-70, August.

1952. Measures for describing the size distributions of
sediments. J. Sediment. Petrol. 22:125-1)5.

1953. Areal and seasonal variations in beach and nearshore
sediments at La Jolla, California. Beach Erosion Board,
Tech. Memo. 39, Wash.

Jensen, P. B.
1915. Studies concerning the organic matter of the sea bottom.
Rep. Danish Biol. Sta. 22:3-39.

Jitts, H. R.
1959. The adsorption of phosphate by estuarine bottom deposits.
Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 1C:7-21.

Kofoed, J. W.
1961. Sedimentary environments in Apalachicola Bay and vicinity,
Florida. Fla. State Univ. Thesis, 78 p.

Kofoed, J. W., and D. S. Gorsline
1963. Sedimentary environments in Apalachicola Bay and vicinity,
Florida. J. Sediment. Petrol. 33:205-223.

Krumbein, W. C.
1936. Applications of logrithmic moments to size frequency
distribution of sediments. J. Sediment. Petrol. 6(1):35-h7.

Krumbein, W. C., and F. J. Pettijohn
1938. Manual of sedimentary petrography, x + 59 p.
Appleton-Century-Crofts, Inc., New York.

Kwan, H. J.
1969. Barrier islands of the northern Gulf of Mexico Coast:
sediment source and development. Coastal Stud. Inst. La.
State Univ., Baton Rouge. 51 p.

Lohse, EH. A., A. J. Scott and C. Groat
1968. Tampa Bay estuarine system. p. DL-D31 in Case Studies
of estuarine sedimentation and its relation to pollution of
the estuarine environment. Gulf Univ. Res. Corp.

Lowman, S. W.

1949. Sedimentary facies in Gulf Coast. Amer. Ass. Petrol.
Geol. Bull 33 1939-9.

47

chk, Wo Co
196. Sediments in northeastern Gulf of Mexico, in Papers
in Marine Geology. MacMillan Co., N. Y. p. 20-238.

Lyntz, G. W.
1966. Relationship of sediment size distribution to ecologic
factors in Buttonwood Sound, Florida Bay. J. Sediment.

Petrol. 36(1):66-7h.

Meade, R. H.
1969. Landward transport of bottom sediments in estuaries of
the Atlantic Coastal Plain. J. Sediment. Petrol. 39:222-23h.

Manohar, M.
1955. Mechanics of Bottom Sediment Movement due to Wave
Action, Beach Erosion Board Tech. Memo. (55 June.

Malate servers
1972. Normal fatty acids in estuarine and tidal-marsh
sediments of Choctawhatchee and Apalachee Bays, northwest
Florida. U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 72)-B:13 p.

Miller, R. L., and J. M. Zeigler
1958. A Model Relating Dynamics and Sediment Pattern in
Equilibrium in the Region of Shoaling Waves, Breaker
Zone, and Foreshore. J. Geol. 66(4):417-h1, July.

Miller, S. M.
1951. The distribution of phosphorous compounds in marine
sediments and in the overlying sea water. Master's
Thesis. Mar. Lab. Miami Univ. 55 p.

Moreseins., Je ls Gs
1956. Notes on the analysis of shallow-water soft substrate.
J. Anim. Ecol. 25:367-387.

Nienaber, J. H.
1963. Shallow marine sediments offshore the Brazos River,
Meas, Ihsan ete, Seal, Wintly, Were, Oe sililo37/2.

Odum, H. P<, and A. A. De\ La Cruz
1963. Detritus as a major component of eco-systems. AIBS

Bull. 13(3):39-0.

WEVRE5 Jal, Gio
1955. Phi-millimeter conversion table. J. Sediment. Petrol.
25:285-292.

48

Ratacash ud. 4, A. H.) Love. and) Po MisGermaicd
1972. Hydrocarbons in estuarine sediments of Choctawhatchee Bay,
Florida, and their implications for genesis of petroleum.
Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. Bull. 56:1)02-1)18.

Parker, N. M.
1968. A sedimentologic study of Perdido Bay and adjacent offshore
environments. Fla. State Univ. Dep. Geol. Sedimentological
ROS4 Whale Comvello, 257/19

Parker, R. H.

1960. Ecology and distribution patterns of marine macro-invertebrate ,
Northern Gulf of Mexico. In Recent Sediments, Northwest Gulf of
Mexico, 1951-58. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol., Tulsa, Okla. 302-380,

17 ables Omollsing

Parker, R. H., and J. R. Curray
1956. Fauna and bathymetry of banks on continental shelf, northwest
Gulf of Mexico. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. Bull. 40:2)28-2)39.

Pestrong, R.
1959. The shear strength of tidal marsh sediments. J. Sediment.
Petrol. 39(1):322-326.

Phieger, F. B.
1960. Sedimentary patterns of microfaunas in northern Gulf of
Mexico. A symposium summarizing the results of work carried
on in Proj. 51 of the Amer. Petrol. Inst. 1951-1958. p. 267-301.

Pomeroy, L. R., HE. H. Smith, and C. M. Grant
1965. The exchange of phosphate between estuarine water and
sediments. Limmol. Oceanogr. 10(2):167-172.

Reish, D. Jd.
1959. A discussion of the importance of screen size in washing
quantitative marine bottom samples. Ecology hO(2):3C7-3C9.

Rhoads, D. C., and D. K. Young
1970. The influence of deposit feeding organisms on sediment
stability and community trophic structure. J. Mar. Res.

DE (2 SSCS «

IWOW/5 Ko Dog Giatcl So Wo iSimatieal
1971. Sedimentation and coral reef development in turbid water:
Fanning lagoon. Pac. Sci. 25(2):23)-2h8.

49

Sherk, J. A., Jr., and L. EH. Cronin
1970. The Effects of Suspended and Deposited Sediments on
Estuarine Organisms. Nat. Res. Inst. Univ. Md. Chesapeake
Biol. Lab, SolomonseMde tyRer.iNoe (Oo. ss O2m pe

Stevenson, W.
19149. Certain effects of agitation upon the release of phosphate
from mud. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. 28:371-380.

Stewart, R. A., and D. 5S. Gorsline
1962. Recent sedimentary history of St. Joseph Bay, Florida.
Sedimentology 1:256-286.

Tene ws lg Talo
1961. Mineralogy of carbonate sediments along the western margin
of Florida Bay. D. S. Gorsline, ed. First Nat. Coastal
Shallow Water Res. Conf. p. 676-677.

Tanner, W. F.
1959. Near-shore studies in sedimentology and morphology along
the Florida panhandle coast. J. Sediment Petrol. 29:56)-57).

Taylor, J. L., and C. H. Saloman
1969. Sediments, oceanographic observations, and floristic
data from Tampa Bay, Florida, and adjacent waters, 1961-1965.
U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Data Rep. 3h, 562 p. on 9 microfiches.

dives, IPS 1D),
1939. Organic content of recent sediments. InP. D. Trask, ed.,
Recent Marine Sediments. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol., Tulsa.

p. 428-53.

Trefethen, J. M., and R. L. Dow
196C. Some features of modern beach sediments, Mya. J.
Sediment. Petrol. 30():589-602.

Turner, H. J.
1903. Examination of mud from the Gulf of Mexico. Bull. U. S.
Geol. Survey 212, 1C7-212.

Twenhofel, W. H.
1942. The rate of deposition of sediments: a major factor
connected with alteration of sediments after deposition.
J. Sediment. Petrology 12(3):99-110.

Iyaleres So M\c

1934. A study of sediments from the North Carolina and Florida
coasts. J. Sediment Petrology }(1):3-11.

50

Rubey, W. W.
1933. Settling velocities of gravel, sand, and silt particles.
Amer. J. Sci. (Ser. 5)25(148 ): 325-338.

Ryan, J. Jd.
1969. A sedimentological study of Mobile Bay, Alabama.
Sedimentological Res. Lab. Fla. State Univ. Contr. 30, 110 p.

Sanders, H. L.
1959. Sediments and the structure of bottom communities nucula,
nephthys, Abstr. En. De. In Sears, M. E. (ed.), Int. Oceanogr.
Congr. Preprints, AAAS, Wash., D. C. p. 583-58).

Scholl, D. W.
1963. Sedimentation in Modern Coastal Swamps, Southwestern
Florida. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. Bull. )7:1581-16C3.

Scholl, D. W., F. C. Craighead, and M. Stuiver
1969. Florida submergence curve revised: its relation to
coastal sedimentation rates. Science 163:562-56),.

Shepard, F. P.

1932. Sediments of the Continental Shelves. Bull. Geol.
Soc. Amer. )3():1017-1019.

1939. Part . Near-Shore sediments--Hemipelagic deposits.
Continental Shelf sediments. In Trask, P. D. (ed. ) Recent
Marine Sediments, A Symposium. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol.
Tulsa, Okla. p. 219-229.

1953. Sedimentation rates in Texas estuaries and lagoons.
Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. Bull. 37(8):1919-193).

196Ca. Gulf coast barriers. In F. P. Shepard et al., eds.
Recent Sediments, Northwest Gulf of Mexico. Amer. Ass.
Petrol. Geol. p. 197-22C.

1960b. Rise of sea level among northwest Gulf of Mexico.

In F. P. Shepard, et al., eds. Recent Sediments, Northwest
Gulf of Mexico. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. p. 338=3)i)).

Shepard, F. P., F. B. Phleger, and T. H. Van Andel
1960. Recent Sediments, Northwest Gulf of Mexico. Amer.
Ass. Petrol. Geol. 39) p.

singe, Go Nog whies
1971. The Effects of Suspended and Deposited Sediments on
Estuarine Organisms. Literature Summary and Research
Needs. Chesapeake Biological Lab. Solomon, Md. Nat.
Rese inst. Univ. Md. Conur. WS.) 7s) pases.

5|

Tyler, W. S.
1962. Testing sieves and their uses. W. S. Tyler Co., Cleveland,
Ohio. Handbook 53.

Uchupi, E., and R. O. Kmery
1968. Structure of continental margin off Gulf Coast of United
States. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. 52(7):1162-1193.

Upshaw, C. F., C. B. Wilgus, and F. L. Brooks
1966. Sediments and microfauna off the coasts of Mississippi and
adjacent states. Mississippi. Geol. Economics and Topographical
Stray, Bwdlls 06> 127 jo,

Van Andel, T. H.
1960. Holocene sediments, northern Gulf of Mexico. In (F. P.
Shepard et al. eds.) Recent sediments, northwest Gulf of
Mexico. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. p. 3-55.

Waksman, S. A., and M. Hotchkiss
1938. On the oxidation of organic matter in marine sediments
by bacteria.

Wicker, C. F., and R. O. Haton
1965. Sedimentation in tidal waterways. Rep. 3, Comm. Tidal
Hydraul., U. S. Army, CE.

Zobell, C. E.
1942. Changes produced by microorganisms in sediments after
deposition. J. Sediment. Petrol. 12(3):127-136.
1946. Studies on redox potential of marine sediments. Bull.
Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. 30(4):h77-513.

Zobell, C. E., and S. GC. Rittenberg

198. Sulfate-reducing bacteria in marine sediments. J. Mar.

Res. 7(3):602-617.

52

5. Beaches and Beach Erosion.

Adams, D.A.
1969. Federal activities in the coastal zone. Trans. 34th
North Amer. Wildlife Natur. Resour. Conf. p. 87-96.

Alexander, L.
1968. Federal-State responsibilities in coastal zone planning.
Proc. Sea and States Conf. Miami, Fla. Nov. 20-23, 1968.
Fila. Comm. Mar. Sei. Tech.

Bascom, W.N.
1951. The relationship between sand size and beach-face slope.
Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union, 32(6):866-877. December.
1964. Waves and Beaches, the Dynamics of the Ocean Surface
Doubleday and Co. New York.

Beach Frosion Board, Corps of Engineers

1953. Report on Pinellas County. House Document 380, 83rd
Congress.

1954a. Shore protection planning and design. Tech. Rep. h,
U. S. Government Printing Office, June, 195).

1954b. Coast erosion and development of beach profiles.
Tech. Memo. 44.

1956. Report on coastal engineering study at Longboat Pass
(Anna Maria Key), Coastal Engineering Lab.

1958a. Preliminary investigation on a coastal engineering
study for Sarasota County.

1958b. Preliminary report on proposed development of Caladesi
and Honeymoon Island.

1959a. Report on coastal engineering study at Treasure Island.

1959b. Recommendations on beach erosion control and stabilization
of seawall at Pass-a-Grille Beach.

1959c. Report on coastal engineering study at Lido Key.

1959d. Report on coastal engineering study at Holmes Beach.

1960a. Report on coastal engineering study at Madeira Beach.

1960b. Effects of reef and bottom slopes on wind set-up in
shallow water. Tech. Memo. 122.

1961a. Shore protection - planning and design. Tech. Rep. }.

1961b. Equilibrium characteristics of sand beaches in the
offshore zone. Tech. Memo. 126.

1961c. Report on coastal engineering study at Sarasota County
Beach and area north of Siesta Point.

1961d. Report on coastal protection at South Lido Key.

196le. Report on Sarasota Bay model study.

1962a. Report on coastal engineering study at Mullet Key.

1962b. Final report on a proposed jetty at the southern tip
of Honeymoon Island.

53

Blackman, B., and C.P. Lindner
1951. Harbor and coastal problems on the east Gulf coast.
2nd Conf. Coastal Eng. p. 226-260.

Bretschneider, C.
1971. Coastal engineering practices. In Hood, D.W. (ed. )
Inpingement of Man on the Oceans. New York, Wiley.
p. 489-501.

Brown, R.L.
1948. Permanent coastal dune stabilization with grasses
and legumes. J. Soil Water Conserv. 3(2):69-74.

IB eUUTA ers

1954a. Coast erosion and the development of beach profiles.
Beach Erosion Board Off. Ch. Eng. Tech. Memo. 44. 79 p.

1954p. Use of small scale experiments with equilibrium
profiles in studying actual problems and developing
plans for coastal protection. Trans. Amer. Geophysical
Union 35(3):445-52.

1955a. Stability of beaches. Shore and Beach. J. Amer.
Shore Beach Preservation Ass. 23(1):21-26 (Mimeo).

1955b. Coastal development and coastal protection with
special reference to conditions in Florida. Univ. Fla.
Ene Indus} Expt Stas Bulla Ser) W/O mesOmpr

1955c. Beach profiles and development of plans for coastal
protection. Eng. Prog. Univ. Fla. Leafl. Ser. 66 Suppl.
TX(5):1-4.

1959a. Bay fills and bulkhead lines, Eng. Prog. Univ. Fla.
Leafl. 105, Fla. Eng. and Indus. Sta., Gainesville.

1959b. Present status of beach erosion and protection in
Florida. Shore and Beach 27:2-26.

1962. Sea level rise as a cause of shore erosion. Amer.
Soe. Civil Eng. Proc. 88:117-130.

Brunn, P., and F. Gerritsen
1960. Stability of coastal inlets. Pap. No. 3058. In
Trans. 125 (Pt. 1) p. 1228-1265. Also In J. Waterways
Harbors Div., Proc. Pap. 1644, May, 1958.

Bruun, P., T. Chiu, F. Gerritsen, and W.H. Morgan
1962. Storm tides in Florida in relation to coastal
topography. Univ. Fla. Eng. Indus. Expt. Sta. Bull.
Ser> IOS). 11 joc

Bruun, P., F. Gerritsen, and W.H. Morgan

1958. Florida coastal problems, Coastal Eng. VI, Council
on Wave Res. Univ. Calif., Berkeley. p. 463.

54

Bruun, P., W.H. Morgan, and J.A. Purpura
1962. Review of beach erosion and storm tide conditions in
Florida 1961-62. Fla. Eng. Indus. Expt. Sta. Univ. Fla.,
Gainesville. Tech. Prog. Rep. 13 XVI(11):1-104.

Bush, L.F.
1966. Distribution of sand fauna on beaches at Miami,
Pilla. Bulli, Mar. Sea). 16258-7151.

Caldwell, J.M.
1957. Status of research in shore line protection. In

U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, Beach Erosion Board
Bull. 11(1):17-27 (Mimeo).

Case, G.O.
1914. Coast sand dunes, sand spits, and sand wastes.
St. Brides Press, London. 162 p.

Clark, M.B.
1969. Distribution and Seasonal Dynamics of Animal Populations
in San Diego Beaches. Master's Thesis, San Diego State
College, Calif. 193 p.

Coastal .Engineering Laboratory

1957. Studies and recommendations for the control of beach
erosion in Florida. Univ. Fla. Spec. Rep. to Fla. State
Legislature. Fla. Eng. Ind. Exp. Sta., Gainesville.

1958a. Preliminary investigations on a coastal engineering
study for Sarasota County. Fla. Univ., College of Eng.,
Gainesville. 16 p.

1958b. Recommendations on beach erosion control and
stabilization of seawall at Pass-a-Grille Beach. Prepared
for City of St. Petersburg Beach. Fla. Univ., Gainesville.
6 p. (Mimeo).

1959a. Coastal engineering study at Holmes Beach. Prepared
for City of Holmes Beach, Fla., Coastal Eng. Lab., Fla.
Univ., Gainesville. 5p.

1959b. Coastal engineering study at Lido Key. Prepared
for City of Sarasota, Fla., Fla. Univ., Gainesville.

11 p. (Mimeo).

1960. Coastal engineering study at Madeira Beach. Prepared
for the City of Madeira Beach, Fla. Coastal Eng. Lab.,
Fla. Univ., Gainesville. 10 p. (Mimeo).

1961la. Coastal engineering study at Sarasota County Beach
and area north to Siesta Point. Prepared for Sarasota
County, Fla. Eng. Ind. Exp. Sta., College of Eng., Fla.
Univ., Gainesville. 6 p.

1961b. Brief report on coastal protection at South Lido
Beach. Coastal Eng. Lab. Univ. Fla., Gainesville. 3p.

1962. Coastal engineering study at Mullet Key. 19 p.

3S)

Croker, R.A.

1968. Distribution and Abundance of Some Intertidal Sand
Beach Amphipods Accompanying the Passage of Two Hurricanes.
Chesapeake Sci. 9(3):187-192.

1970. Intertidal. Sand Microfauna from Long Island, New York.
Chesapeake Sci. 11(2):134-137.

Cronin, L.E., G. Gunter, and S.H. Hopkins
1969. Effects of Engineering Activities on Coastal Ecology,
Interim Report to the Office of the Chief of Engineers,
U.S. Army, Mimeo Rep. 40 p.

Cubitt, J. ieee
1969. Behavior and Physical Factors Causing Migration and
Aggregation of the Sand Crab, kKmerita analoga (Stimpson).
Ecology 50:118-123.

Dahl, E. .
1952. Some Aspects of the Ecology and Zonation of the Fauna
on Sandy Beaches. Oikos 4:1-27.

Dexters Dame
1969. Structure of an Intertidal Sandy-Beach Community in
North Carolina. Chesapeake Sci. 10(2):93-98.

Division of Water Survey and Research
1952. Information on beach protection in Florida. Water
Survey Res. Pap. 8. Tallahassee, Fla. 41 p.

Duane, D.B.
1968. Sand Inventory Program in Florida. Shore and Beach
3G ((AL)) SLA. S)

Einstein, H.A.
1948. Movement of Beach Sands by Water Waves. Trans. Amer.
Geophysical Union 29(5):653-655 October.

El-Ashry, M.T.
1971. Causes of recent increased erosion along United States
shorelines. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 82:2033-2038.

Ellis, M.M.
1936. Erosion silt as a factor in aquatic environment.
Ecology 17(1):29-2.

Evans, J.W.

1970. A Method for Measurement of the Rate of Intertidal
Erosion. Bull. Mar. Sci. 20(2):305-314.

56

Fager, E.W.
1968. A Sand-Bottom Epifaunal Community: Invertebrates in
Shallow Water. Limnol. Oceanogr. 13(3):448-h6h.

Fenchel, T., and B. Jansson
1966. On the Vertical Distribution of the Microfauna in
the Sediments of Brackish-Water Béach. Ophelia 3:161-M.

Florida Coastal Coordinating Council
1971. A Status Report to the Governor, the Cabinet and
the 1972 Legislature. P. 11 + Appendix I, Zoning Maps
and Policy/Criteria Tables.

Florida Development Commission
1962. A review of Florida's beach resources. Tallahassee, Fla.

Florida Legislature
1970. An Act Creating the Coastal Coordinating Council
(Chapter 70-259, Florida Statutes). Tallahassee, Fla.

Florida State Board of Conservation
1952. Information on beach protection in Florida. Water
Survey Res. Pap. 8. October 31, 1952.

Garretson, A. ;
1968. The Land-Sea Interface of the Coastal Zone of the
United States: Legal Problems Arising Out of Multiple
Use and Conflict of Private and Public Rights and Interests.
New York, New York Univ.

Gerritsen, F., and P. Bruun
1958. Stability of coastal inlets. J. Waterways Div.,
Amer. Soc. Civil Eng. Pap. 1644.

Ginsburg, R.N.
1953a. Intertidal erosion on the Florida Keys.
Bull. Mar. Sei. 3(1):55-69.
1953b. Beachrock in South Florida. J. Sediment. Petrol.
23(2). Univ. Miami M. L. Contrib. 92.

Gorsline, D.S.
1966. Dynamic characteristics of west Florida Gulf coast
beaches. Mar. Geol. 4:187-206.

Hall, J.V., Jr., and G.M. Watts

1957. Beach rehabilitation by fill and nourishment. Amer.
Soc. Cawvaul ine trans. leer 55>—aN(i(a

DIG

Hanna, W.J., H.G. Marshall, and J.F. Slowey
1970. A survey of the problems and research needs in the
coastal zone. U.S. Dep. Commerce, Nat. Tech. Inform.
Serv. N70-40812. NASA CR-111780 (01d Dominion Univ.)
88 p. + Appendixes.

Hansen, H.
1947. Beach erosion studies in Florida. Eng. Ind. Exp.
Sea wal, Ga) QS) we

Hedgpeth, J.W.
1957. Sandy Beaches. In Hedgpeth, J.W. (ed.), Treatise
on marine ecology and paleoecology. I. Ecology.
Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. 67:587-608.

BONIS, CoCo
1957. Federal policy in the application of the provisions of
Public Law 826, 84th Congress. Shore and Beach. J. Amer.
Shore Beach Preservation Ass. 25(2):h-6.

Howze, JioAts duce
1950. <A study of beach erosion in Florida. M.S. Thesis,
Ussing Bie. B02 joo

Hulings, N., and F.C.W. Olson
1955. Subsurface beach sands of Alligator Harbor. Quart J.
mle, JNeeyels Siesi, aNS)(1h)) see -2sP «

Jagschitz, J.A., and R.S. Bell
1966. Restoration and retention of coastal dunes with fences
and vegetation. Bull. 382 R. 1. Agric. Exp. Sta., Kingston,
Riss

Jagschitz, J.A., and R.C. Wakefield
1971. How to build and save beaches and dunes: Preserving
the shoreline with fencing and beachgrass. Univ. R. I.
Mar. Leafl. Ser. 4, Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 408. 12 p.

Johnson, D.W.
1919. Shore processes and shoreline development. John
Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York. 1st Edition. 524 p.
1965. Shore processes and shoreline development. Hafner
Press, New York. Facsimile Reprint.

Johnson, J.W., and M. Asce
1959. The supply and loss of sand to the coast. J.
Waterways Harbors Div., Amer. Soc. Civil Eng. 85:227-251.

\

58

Kaplan, K.
1952. Effective Height of Seawalls. U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers, Beach Erosion Board Bull. Vol. 6, No. 2, April.

Kaplan, K., and H.E. Pape, Jr.
1951. Design of Breakwaters. Proc. First Conf. Coastal
Eng., Council Wave Res., Univ. Calif.

Kawamura, R.
1951. Study on Sand Movement by Wind. Rep. Inst. Sci.
Technol. Univ. Tokyo, Vol. 5, No. 3/4, October.

King, C.A.M.
1959. Beaches and Coasts. Edward Arnold, Ltd., London.
(Distributed by St. Martins Press, Inc., New York). 403 p.

Krumbein, W.C.
1944. Shore Processes and Beach Characteristics. U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers, Beach Erosion Board, Tech. Memo. 3, May.
1957. A method for specification of sand for beach fills.
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Beach Erosion Board, Tech.
Memo. 102, October, 1957. 42 p., Appendixes A-F.

Kwan, H.J.
1969. Barrier islands of the northern Gulf of Mexico Coast:
sediment source and development. Coastal Stud. Inst.
La. State Univ., Baton Rouge. 51 p.

Landrum, N.C.
1961. Problems of Coastal Development in Florida. Shore
and Beach October. p. 27-32.

eVieGeitit,,, Hy .
1931. The Pensacola terrace and associated beaches and
bars ane tloradass Buell Hula sGeoile. ouasvae

Loesch, H.C.
1957. Studies of the Ecology of Two Species of Donax on
on Mustang Island, Texas. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex.
4:201-227.

MacGinitie, G.E.
1939. Littoral marine communities. Amer. Midland Natur.
21328-55.

MacNeil, F.S.

1950. Pleistocene shore lines of Florida and Georgia.
Ulsn Geol iSurveyeeron. Papeweel. i.

59

Martens, J.H.C.
1931. Beaches of Florida. Fla. Geol. Survey. 21st-22nd
Annu. Rep., 1928-1930. p. 67-119.

Massachusetts Institute of Technology
1970. Economic factors in the development of a coastal
zone. 123 p. with Appendixes A-C.

Matthews, A.G.
1952. Information on beach protection in Florida. Water
Survey Res. Pap. 8. 1 p.

Matthews, E.R.
1934. Coast Erosion and Protection. Charles Griffin and COo 5
IGGL 5 iiehayslojang AZ) Vo

Mauriello, L.J.
1966. Rehabilitation of Beaches with the Hopper Dredge. Shore
and Beach. 34(2):18-20.
1967. Experimental Use of a Self-Unloading Hopper Dredge for
Rehabilitation of an Ocean Beach. Proc. (WODCON 67) First
World Dredging Conference. p. 369-395.

McBroom, J.T.
1969. Multiple use of the coastal zone. Trans. 34th N.
Amer. Wildlife Natur. Resour. Conference. pp. 80-87.

McIntyre, A.D.
1968. The meiofauna and microfauna of some tropical beaches.
dig Weel, IS s\j—Se2.

MeKiees Ra sande ARmSchoisia
1943. Sand dune control in the United States. WoSoD6/No Iwi il,

McMurray, J.H.
1958. Shoretype classification of the Gulf Coast of Florida.
Mich. Acad. Sei. Pap. (1957), 43:259-266.

MeQuigg, J.L.
1965. Economic value of preserving the natural shoreline.
Bulkhead Seminar, Stuart, Fla. p. 14.

Moats, R.M. 4
1940. Wind erosion and sand dune control, a selected list
of references. Us) D.A. Soil Conserv. Servin, Bibidiogm. i:

O'Brien, M.P., and B.D. Rindlaub

1936. The Transportation of Sand by Wind. Civil Eng. 6(5):325-327.
May.

60

Olson, F. C. W., and N. C. Hulings
1955. Subsurface beach sands of Alligator Harbor. Quart. J.
Bala Caldle Scalenaltor) ite

Pearse, A. S., H. J. Humm, and G. W. Wharton
1942. Ecology of Sand Beaches at Beaufort, North Carolina.
Ecol. Monogr. 12:135-190.

Pennak, R. W.
1950. Comparative ecology of the interstitial fauna of
fresh water and marine beaches. Colloque Internat. Centre
Nat. Roch. Sci. Ecol. Paris, 1950. p. 9-80.

Pittman, L. H.
1961. Legal aspects of sand dunes in Maryland. Shore and
Beach, October. p. 15-19.

Prices We Al
1954. Shorelines and coasts of the Gulf of Mexico. In
Gulf of Mexico, its origin, waters and marine life. U. S.
Fish. Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull. 89(55):39-65.
1955. Correlation of shoreline type with offshore conditions
in the Gulf of Mexico. In Coastal Geography Conference,
Feb. 18, 1954, U. S. Naval Res. - Nat. Res. Council,

Geogr. Comm. Rep. p. 75-86.

RECO liseli
1954. Laboratory Study of Equilibrium Profiles of Beaches.
Beach Erosion Board Tech. Memo. )1, August.

Russell, R. J.
1968. Glossary of terms used in fluvial, deltaic, and
coastal morphology and processes. Coastal Stud. Inst.,
La. State Univ., Tech. Rep. 63.
1971. Florida beaches and cemented water-table rocks.
Coastal Stud. Inst., La. State Univ., Tech. Rep. 88. 53 p.

Sarasota, Florida
1970. Shoreline analysis of the City of Sarasota. Prepared
by Smally, Wellford and Nelven, Consulting Engineers,
Sarasota, Florida, under contract with the Tampa Bay
Regional Planning Council, May, 1970. 152 p.

Savage, R. P.
1959. Laboratory Study of the Effect of Groins on the rate
of littoral Transport. U. 5S. Army Corps of Engineers,
Beach Erosion Board, Tech. Memo. 11), June.

6]

Savage, R. P., and W. W. Woodhouse, Jr.
1968. Creation and stabilization of coastal barrier dunes.
Reprint 3-69. U. S. Army Coastal Eng. Res. Center,
Wash., D. C.

Saville, T.
1950. Model study of sand transport along an infinitely
long, straight beach. Trans. Amer. Geophysical Union

31:555-565.

Schubel, J. R., and others
1972. A case study of littoral drift based on long-term
patterns of erosion and deposition. Chesapeake Sci.

13(2):80-86.

S.C Olnuammlvs
195. Sand Movement by Waves. Beach Erosion Board,
Tech. Memo. 8, August.

Shay, E. A., and J. W. Johnson
1951. Model Studies on the Movement of Sand Transported
by Wave Action Along a Straight Beach. Engineering
Reseamclags alr vii Calleikten Sereeumll)it mllss (ae

Slagjoesaols iG 15
1960. Gulf coast barriers, p. 197-220. In Recent sediments,
northwest Gulf of Mexico. Tulsa, Oklahoma. Amer. Ass.
Petrol. Geol. 39) p.

Shepard, F. P., D. L. Inman, and R. L. Fisher
1951. Marine beaches of the United States. Bull. Amer.
Geol. Soc. 62:1)77-178. .

shepard Ha bea ands Celbabionc:
1940. Sand Movements Near the Beach in Relation to Tides
and Waves. Amer. J. Sci. 238, April.

Shepard, F. P., and H. R. Wanless
1971. Our changing coastlines. McGraw-Hill, New York. p. 563.

syosliaavere, (Gry IP
1969. A Plan for the Marine Resources of the Atlantic Coastal
Zone, Wash., D. C., Amer. Geogr. Soc.

SwEEles oJ ilo 5 alah a5 15 Wwlesise)

1968. Production ecology of a sandy beach. lLimnol. Oceanogr.
13:14-25.

62

Stephenson, T.A., and A. Stephenson
1949. The universal features of zonation between tidemarks
on rocky coasts. J. Ecol. 37(2)289-305.
1950. Life between tidemarks in North America. I. The
Florida Keys. J. Ecol. 38(2):354-ho02.
1952. Life between tidemarks in North America. II.
Northern Florida and the Carolinas. J. Ecol. 40(1):1-h9.

Stoesz, A.D., and R.L. Brown
1957. Stabilizing sand dunes. U.S. Dep. Arg. Yearb.
Agr. p. 321-326.

Swedmark, B.
1964. The interstitial fauna of marine sand. Biol. Rev.
20 =h2.

Tanner, W.F.
1958. The Equilibrium Beach. Trans. Amer. Geophysical
Union, October. 39(5):889-891.
1960. Florida coastal classification. Trans. Gulf Coast
Ass. Geol. Soc. 10:259-266.

Tanner, W.F., Jr., and J.D. Bates
1965. Submerged beach on a zero energy coast. Southeastern
Geol. 7:19-24.

Tanner, W.F., R.G. Evans, and C.W. Holmes
1963. Low-energy coast near Cape Romano, Florida.
J. Sediment. Petrol. 33:713-722.

WEreepdleie, © 125
1959. Beach erosion and shore-protection problems and
projects in Florida. Shore and Beach 27:27-31.

U.S. Army Coastal Engineering Research Center
1966. Shore Protection, Planning and Design. Tech.
Rep. 4, 3rd ed.

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers

1937. Beach-erosion study of Blind Pass, Florida. House
of Representatives Document 187, 75th Congress, 1st
Session. 18 p.

1941. Johns Pass, Florida - Survey March, 191.

1944, Shore processes and beach characteristics. Beach
Erosion Board Tech. Memo. 3.

1948a. Preliminary examination report, Big Pass, and
Little Pass, Clearwater Bay, Florida. 1931, 1934, 1941,
and 1945 channel alignment of Big Pass and Little Pass;
1926, 1939, and 1948 shorelines of Caladesi Island
and Hurricane Pass.

63

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers

1948b. Anna Maria and Long Boat Keys, Florida. Beach
Erosion Study. House Document 760, 80th Congress,
end Session. 16 p.

1952a. Artifically nourished and constructed beaches.
Beach Erosion Board Tech. Memo. 29. 14 p.

1952b. Scripps Institution of Oceanography Quarterly
Progress Rep. 10, October-December, 1951. Submarine
Geology. Bull. Beach Frosion Board 6(2):33.

1953. A study of sand movement at south Lake Worth
inlet, Florida. Beach Erosion Board Tech. Memo. 42. 24 p.

1954a. Appendix D to Reference 1. House Document 380,
83rd Congress, 2nd Session. 60 p.

1954b. Pinellas County, Fla., Beach erosion control study.
83rd Congress, 2nd Session, House Document 380. p. v + 42,
Appendixes B & C, and 14 pls.

1963. Design of Breakwaters and Jetties. Engineer Manual,
Engineering and Design, EM 1110-2-2904, April.

1966. Beach erosion control study on Pinellas County,
Fla. Ser. 40, p. i + 35, Appendixes A-G, and Supplement I.

1968. General and detail design memorandum, Pinellas
County, Fla., Beach erosion control project, Treasure
Island Beach restoration. July 1968. Ser. No. 48.
13 p. + Tables (3), Exhibit (7), Plates (12), and
Appendixes A and B.

197la. National shoreline study - regional inventory report.
South Atlantic ~ Gulf Region, Puerto Rico and the Virgin
Islands. YWip., 2 tbls.) Wigs. append. A=H.

1971lb. Specifications for Treasure Island Beach Nourishment.
Beach Erosion Control Project Pinellas County, Fla.
Small business set-aside.

lojile. Beach Erosion Control Project. Pinellas’ County, Flla-
Treasure Island Beach nourishment, location map, vicinity
map, and index. 6p.

1971d. Shore Management Guidelines. National Shoreline Study.
Prep. Center for the Environment and Man, Inc., Hartford,
Conn. DACW73-71-C-0037, June, 1971. 56 p.

1972. Beach Erosion Control Study on Manatee County, Fla.
Ser. 63, 42 p. + Appendixes.

No date. Blind (Boca Ciega) Pass, Florida. Beach Erosion Study.

U.S. Congress
1937. Beach erosion study at Blind Pass, Fla. U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers Beach Erosion Board. House of Representatives
Document 187. 18 p.
1947. Anna Maria and Longboat Keys, Fla., beach erosion study.
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 80th Congress, 2nd Session.
Document 760. 16 p.

64

U.S. Congress

1966. Pinellas County, Fla. Letter from the Secretary of the
Army transmitting a letter from the Chief of Engineers,
Department of the Army, dated September 14, 1966, submitting
a report, together with accompanying papers and illustrations,
on a review of the report on Pinellas County, Fla., requested
by resolutions of the committees on public works, United
States Senate and House of Representatives, adopted
November 27, 1963, and June 19, 1963. October 10, 1966.
Do 27 ap (Do

U.S. Congress, Senate Committee on Commerce
1971. National Coastal and Estuarine Zone Management Act
oe ICKALy Semana wal See, Wasing DaGs

Vallianos, L.
1970. Recent history of erosion at Carolina Beach, N.C.
In Proc. 12th Coastal Engineering Conf. 2:1223-12h2.

Walker, T.D.
1966. Beach erosion in Florida, with a case study of
Ft. Pierce South Beach. M.S. Thesis, Fla. State Univ.

Wallis, W.T.
1958. Legal aspects in coastal protection engineering.
Coastal Engineering Conf. Proc. VI:532-544.

Warnke, D.A.
1967. Conditions of beach retrogression in a low-energy
environment. Zeitschr, Geomorphologic, new ser., ALBIN eSAL

Wasler, T.A.
1969. Pollution in the coastal zone. Trans. 34th North
Amer. Wildlife Natur. Resour. Conf. p. 96-102.

Wilson, B.W.
1961. Methods of Determining Sand and Silt Movement Along
the Coast, in Estuaries and in Maritime Rivers. XXth
International Navigation Congress, Baltimore.

Wilson, J.N.
1960. The effects of erosion, silt, and other inert
materials on aquatic life. p. 269-271. In C. Tarzwell
(ed.), Biological Problems in Water Pollution. U.S.
Public Health Serv. Publ. W60-3.

Wiser, W.
1959. The effect of grain size on the distribution of
small invertebrates inhabiting the beaches of Puget
Sound. Limnol. Oceanogr. 4(1):181-194.

65

Wood, A.M.M.
1970. Characteristics of shingle beaches; the solution
to some practical problems. In Proc. 12th Coastal
Eng. Conf. 2:1059-1075.

Woodburn, K.D.

1963. A guide to the conservation of shorelines, submerged
bottoms and saltwaters, with special reference to bulkhead
lines, dredging and filling. Fla. State Board Conserv.
Mees ely 4 dah. Sere, Why S joo

Yonge, C.M.
1953. Aspects of life on muddy shores. p. 29-49. In
S.M. Marshall and A.P. Orr (eds.), Essays in Marine
Biology. Oliver and Boyd, London.

Malia, Disa) o
1942. An ecological study of the interstitial microfauna
of some sandy beaches, with special reference to the
Copepoda. Ph.D. Dissertation, Yale Univ. (Unpub1. )

Zurmuhlen, F.H.

1958. The sand transfer plant at Lake Worth inlet.
Coastal Eng. Conf. Proc. VI:457-462.

66

6. Dredging and Filling.

Anonymous

1961. Chapter 200-2 sovereignty submerged and tidal
lands in coastal and intracoastal waterways. Fla.
Admin. Code, published by the Secretary of State.

Rules and regulations adopted by the Trustees of the
Internal Improvement Fund of the State of Florida,
relating to the establishment of bulkhead lines under
the provisions of Chapter 253, Florida statutes.
Trustees, Internal Improvement Fund, State of Florida,
Tallahassee, Fla.

196. Manual for establishing bulkhead lines in accordance
with Section 253-122, Florida statutes. Trustees,
Internal Improvement Fund, State of Florida, Tallahassee,
Fla. 23 p. (Mimeo).

1965. Bulkhead lines in Florida. Staff of the Trustees of
the Internal Improvement Fund of the State of Florida
with the cooperation of the Board of Conservation,
Attorney General, and Game and Fresh Water Fish
Commission. Trustees, Internal Improvement Fund,

State of Florida, Tallahassee, Fla.

1971. Intertidal Land Utilization Act of 1971. Legislature,

State of Florida, Tallahassee, Fla.

Arnold, E. L., Jr.
1967. Man's alteration of estuaries by dredging and filling
a grave threat to marine resources. Proc. Southeast
Gsxe Fish Comm., 18th Annu. Sess. p. 269-273.

Barada, W., and W. M. Partington, dr.
1972. Report of investigation of the environmental effects
of private waterfront canals. Winter Park, Fla.
Environmental Information Center.

Bellinger, J. W.
1970. Dredging, filling and the inalienable public trust--
the future of Florida's submerged environment. Bur. Sport
Fish. Wildlife. 25 p. (Mimeo). (From paper presented at 2th
Annu. Conf. Southeast Ass. Game Fish Comm. 1970).

Bigesy ie Br
1967. Overboard spoil disposal. I. Interim report on
environmental effects. p. 134-151. Im P. L. McCarty and
R. Kennedy (Chairmen), National Symposium on Estuarine
Pollution, Proc. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, Calif.

67

Baloch) mies.
1968. Environmental effects of overboard spoil disposal.
J. Sanitary Engin. Div., A.S.C.E. 94(SA3):477-l87.
1970. Gross physical and biological effects of overboard
spoil disposal in Upper Chesapeake Bay. Project A - Geology
and Hydrography. NRI Spec. Rep. 3, Univ. Maryland. p. 7-15.

Bouvier, E. L.

1925. Report on the results of dredging under the supervision
of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78), and
the Caribbean Sea (1878-79), and along the Atlantic Coast
of the United States (1880), by the U. S. Coast Survey
Steamer Blake. 8. Les Macroures, Marcheurs. Mem. Mus.
Comp. Zool. Harvard 7(5):397-h72.

Brett, C. E.
196. A portable hydraulic diver operated dredge-sicve for
sampling subtidal macrofauna. J. Mar. Res. 22:205-209.

Beskisies|, IPs Io idl Wo So OCoriaoere
1971. Comparison of shore-zone fishes over naturally vegetated
and sand-filled bottoms in Great South Bay. N. Y. Fish
Game J. 18(1):15-l1.

Brock, V. E., W. V. Heubellern, and P. Helfrich
1966. An ecological reconnaissance of Johnstone Island, and
the effects of dredging. 2nd Annu. Rep. Univ. Hawaii,
Hawaii Inst. Mar. Bioll., Tech. Rep. ii.

Brown, C. L., and R. Clark
1968. Observations on dredging and dissolved oxygen in a
tidal waterway. Water Resour. Res. )(6):1381-138h.

IBrewqia., 1).
1955. Coastal development and coastal protection. Engineering
Bross Waly, Wile, Ic), Bull, See, Fo, 30 jd-
1959. Bay-fills and bulkhead lines. Engineering Progress
Uiliy, Wile, NOGECS))e WS jo.

Bruun, P., and J. M. DeGrove
1959. Bay-fill and bulkhead line problems--engineering and
management considerations. Public Admin. Clearing Serv.,
Unsiv7, Miles Stowcl, Puloils© Achim, IS, ay > 35 jo

Bruun, P., and F. Gerritsen
1958. Preliminary report on coastal engineering aspects in
bay-fill problems with special reference to Biscayne Bay.
Univ. Fla., Gainesville, Fla., Public Admin. Clearing Serv.,
Stud. Public Admin., Coastal Engineering Lab.

68

Bybee, J. R.
1969. Effects of hydraulic pumping operations on the fauna
of Tijuana Slough. Calif. Fish Game 55(3):213-220.

Carlson, P. R.
1971. Patterns of succession on spoil island: A Summary
Report. Research supported by National Science Foundation
Student-Originated Studies Grant GY-9170. 11) p.

Chapman, C.
1968. Channelization and Spoiling in Gulf Coast and South
Atlantic Estuaries. Proc. Marsh Estuary Management
Symposium, La. State Univ., Baton Rouge, La. p. 9-106.

Chesapeake Biological Laboratory

1966a. Biological and geological research on the effects
of dredging and spoil disposal in the upper Chesapeake
Bay. Ref. 66-73. First Progress Rep. “li p.

1966b. Biological and geological research on the effects
of dredging and spoil disposal in the upper Chesapeake
Bay. Ref. 66-73A. Second Progress Rep. 7 p.

1967a. Biological and geological research on the effects
of dredging and spoil disposal in the upper Chesapeake
Bay. Ref. 66-73B. Third Progress Rep. 81 p.

1967b. Biological and geological research on the effects
of dredging and spoil disposal in the upper Chesapeake
Bay. Ref. 67-33A. Fourth Progress Rep. 55 p.

1967c. Interim report on gross physical and biological
effects of overboard spoil disposal. Ref. 67-3). 9h p.

1967d. Biological and geological research on the effects
of dredging and spoil disposal in the upper Chesapeake
Bay. Ref. 67-33B. Fifth Progress Rep. 36 p.

1967e. Biological and geological research on the effects
of dredging and spoil disposal in the upper Chesapeake
Bay. Ref. 67-33C. Sixth Progress Rep. | 350 p.

1968a. Biological and geological research on the effects
of dredging and spoil disposal in the upper Chesapeake
Bay. Ref. 68-2A. Seventh Progress Rep. 11 p.

1968b. Biological and geological research on the effects
of dredging and spoil disposal in the upper Chesapeake
Bay. Ref. 68-2B. Eighth Progress Rep. 135 p.

1968c. Biological and geological research on the effects
of dredging and spoil disposal in the upper Chesapeake
Bay. Ref. 68-2C. Ninth Progress Rep. 33 p.

1970. Gross physical and biological effects of overboard
spoil disposal in upper Chesapeake Bay. Final Rep. to
U. S. Bur. Sport Fish. Wildlife (Contract 1)-16-0005-2096).
Ref. 70-3.

69

Copeland, B. J., and F. Dickens
1969. Systems resulting from dredging spoil. p. 108-1100.
In H. T. Odum, B. J. Copeland, and E. A. McMahan (eds. ),
Coastal Ecological Systems of the United States. Contract
RFP 68-128. FWPCA. 3 vols. (Mimeo).

Coritiss, J., and lL. Trent
1971. Comparison of phytoplankton production between natural
and altered areas in West Bay, Texas. U. S. Nat. Mar. Fish.
Serv. Fish. Bull. 69()):829-832.

Cronin, L. E.
1970. Gross physical and biological effects of overboard
spoil disposal in Upper Chesapeake Bay, Summary, Conclusions
and Recommendations. NRI Spec. Rep. 3. Univ. Maryland. p. 1-6.

Cronming Win Baas Bay Biees Dis AL etilomer alicia btluZ crmevicr) iH GOOG WEN,
5 5 We tho Woneil,) aiael WS Io Ialiuelaate, dhe,
1970. Gross physical and biological effects of overboard spoil
disposal in upper Chesapeake Bay. Natur. Resour. Inst.,
Univ. Maryland. Contrib. 397, Spec. Rep. 3. 66 p.

Cronin, L. E., G. Gunter, and S. H. Hopkins
1969. Effects of engineering activities on coastal ecology.
Interim Report to the Office of the Chief of Engineers,
Corps of Engineers. U. S. Army.

Daiber, PF. GC.
1959. Tidal marsh -- conflicts and interactions. Univ.
Delaware. Estuarine Bull., Winter, 1959. p. l-16.

Davis, J. H.
1956. Influences of man upon coast lines. in W. L. Thomas,
Jr. (ed.), Man's role in changing the face of the earth.
Univ. Chicago Press, Chicago, Ill. p. 50-521.

Dexter, R. W.

1951. Dredging in shallow sea water. Turtox News
29(3):66-69.

Dodgen, H. D., and J. L. Baughman
1949. A brief summary presented by the Texas Game, Fish and
Oyster Commission on the disposal of spoil from the
maintenance dredging of the Sabine-Niches Canal. Annu.
Rep. Mar. Lab. Texas Game, Fish Oyster Comm. 1948-9. 10 p.

70

Dorcel yi.

1970. The biological and chemical effects of causeways
and fingerfills. In Long Range Effects of Bay Dredge
and Fill in Florida. Center for Continuing Education,
Univ. South Florida. p. 92-98.

Engle, J. B.
1962. Dredging for buried shell in the coastal waters of
North Carolina. U.S. Dep. Interior Bur. Commer. Fish.
Biol. Lab. Oxford, Maryland. (Mimeo). 11 p.

Fields, D. W.
1970. The effects of petroleum and mineral leases on land
title use. In long Range Effects of Bay Dredge and
Fill in Florida. Center for Continuing Education, Univ.
South Florida. p. 195-205.

Flemer, D. A., C. Dovel, J. J. Pfitzenmeyer, and D. HK. Ritchie, dr.
1967. Spoil disposal in upper Chesapeake Bay. II. Preliminary
analysis of biological effects. In P. L. McCarty and
R. Kennedy (Chairmen), National Symposium on Estuarine
Pollution, Proc. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, Calif.

Flemer, D. A., W. L. Dovel. H. T. Pfitzenmeyer, and D. HE. Ritchie, dr.
1968. Biological effects of spoil disposal in Chesapeake Bay.
J. Sanitary Eng. Div. 9) (SAl):683-706.

Florida Department of Natural Resources
1970. <A study of the effects of a commercial hydraulic clam
dredge on benthic communities in estuarine areas--Florida.
Mar. Res. Lab., Fed. Aid Prog. Rep. (completion), 2-53-R.
June 21, 1967 - June 30, 1970. 55 p.

Gilmour, A. J.
1965. The implications of industrial development on the
ecology of a marine estuary. Fish. Contrib. 20, Fish.
Wildlife Dep., Victoria, Australia. 11 p.

Godcharles, M. F.
1971. A study of the effects of a commercial hydraulic clam
dredge on benthic communities in estuarine areas. Fla.
Dep. Natur. Resour. Div. Mar. Resour. Tech. Ser. 6h.
51 p.

TI

Gresham, G.
1967. Marco Island model for developers, shovels, and
bulldozers. Nat. Wildlife 5(2):-9.

Gunter, G.
1969. Reef shell or mudshell dredging in coastal bays
and its effect upon the environment. Trans. 3) N. Amer.
Wildlife Natur. Resour. Conf. p. 51-7).

Gustafson, J. F.
1972. Beneficial effects of dredging turbidity. World
Digecleaiade Were, Coimste, SS) al, WS, Ma, Is, BOI2. 72.

pleMISLeIe IEG lio aheg, elavel Ing So IMersmaaLelgere
1962. Sedimentation from a hydraulic dredge in a bay.
Pubil. Inst. Mars Seas. Unaives chexace cp —ollbe

Herbich, J. B., and R. H. Snider
1969. Bibliography on dredging. Texas A & M Univ.,
Sea Grant Publ. 203. 20 p.

Hill, F. R., and Frank D. Masch
1969. General considerations prerequisite to further Galveston
Bay shell removal. Center for Res. in Water Resour. Univ.
Tex. , Austin, Tex. Tech. Rep. HYD 15-6901; CRWR iG." 50 p.

Os Gog elidel Wo Co Mielkacalive
1969. Development of barrier island lagoons: western Gulf of
Mexico. International Symposium on Coastal Lagoons, Mexico,
Ds see ALIS

Hodges, R.

1968. Bulkhead line review and recommendations for Brevard,
Dade, Monroe, Palm Beach, Pinellas, Lee, Manatee, Duval,
and Sarasota Counties. Inter-Agency Advisory Comm. on
Submerged Land Mgt., Tallahassee, Fla. 16 p. (Mimeo).

Horvath, J. R.
1970. Recreation Land Use. In Long Range Effects of Bay
Dredge and Fill in Florida. Center for Continuing
Education, Univ. South Florida. p. 170-19).

Humm, H. d.
1970. Aquatic plants. In Long Range Effects of Bay Dredge
and Fill in Florida. Center for Continuing Education,
Univ. South Florida. p. 62-83.

Hutton, R. F., B. Eldred, K. D. Woodburn, and R. M. Ingle
1956. The ecology of Boca Ciega Bay with special reference
to dredging and filling operations. Fla. State Board
Conserv. Tech. Ser. 17(1):87 p.

Ge

Ingle, R. M.

1952. Studies on the effect of dredging operations upon fish
and shellfish. Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 5.
Zope

1955. Effects of dredging on marine life in Mobile Bay, Alabama.
Ala. Dep. Conserv. Spec. Publ., Univ. Miami M.L. Contrib. 139.

196. Shell dredges benefit bays in which they operate. P. 6-17
in a report to the District Engineer on the effect of disposal
of spoil from the inland waterway, Chesapeake and Delaware
Canal in upper Chesapeake Bay.

Jackson, P.
1970. legal procedures. In Long Range Effects of Bay Dredge
and Fill in Florida. Center for Continuing Education,
Univ. South Florida. p. 126-139.

Johnson. R. B.

1966a. The effects of engineering projects on the ecology of
Jones Bay. Coastal Fish. Proj. Rep. 1966. Tex. Parks
Wildlife Dep. p. 17-158.

1966b. The effects of engineering projects on the ecology of
Moses Lake. Coastal Fish. Proj. Rep. 1966. Tex. Parks
Wildlife Dep. p. 159-168.

1973. Ecological changes associated with the industrialization
of Cedar Bayou and Trinity Bay, Texas. Nat. Mar. Fish. Serv.
P.L. 88-309, Proj. 2-112-R. 60 p.

Johnston, J. R., and J. C. Marcroft
1965. Dredging and disposal practices in estuaries. Rep. 3,
Comm. Tidal Hydraul., U. S. Army Corps Eng.

Kerr, A.
1967. The Texas reef shell industry. Bur. Business Res.
Unatinig Were Whesey Maclbisig Sere, alla GO, j9,

Kindle, E. M.
1916. Bottom control of marine faunas as illustrated by dredging
in the Bay of Fundy, Pelecypoda, Gastropoda. Amer. J. Sci.
Ser. h, 41 (245) :hl9-h61.

Komoilcledicn We
1963. Coastal development in Volusia and Brevard Counties,
maleveatle,, sw. Were, (Seal, SISiGL)) sila,

Landrum, N. G.

1961. Problems of coastal development in Florida. Shore and
Beach 29:27-32.

13

Lee, G. F.
1970. Factors affecting the transfer of materials between
water and sediments. Eutrophication Info. Prog. Water
Resour. Center, Univ. Wisce ant. eRe. I.) 35) pr.

Leopold, L. B.
1969. Hydrology for land planning - a guide book on the
hydrologic effects of urban canal use. U. S. Dep. Interior,
Geol. Survey, Wash., D. C. Circ. 55).

Lewis, A. W.
1970. <A capsule history and the present status of the tidelands
controversy. Nat. Resour. Lawyer 3()) :620-636.

Lohse, A.
1970. Normal characteristics of a Bay System. In Long Range
Effects of Bay Dredge and Fill in Florida. Center for
Continuing Education, Univ. South Florida. p. 1-25.

Louisiana Wildlife and Fisheries Commission
1968. The history and regulation of the shell dredging
industry in Louisiana. Rep. to the Governor of La.
submitted by L. L. Glasgow. 32 p.

DUaTAZ oy Cremmltre occas

1938a. Oyster culture with reference to dredging operations
in South Carolina. Rep. to U. S. Engineers Office,
Charleston, South Carolina. p. 1-135.

1938b. Oyster culture with reference to dredsring operations
in South Carolina and the effects of the flooding of the
Santee River in April 1936, on oysters in the Cape Romain
area of South Carolina. 33 p.

1942. Investigation of the effects of dredging on oyster
leases in Duval County, Florida. In Handbook of Oyster
Survey, Intracoastal Waterway, Cumberland Sound to
St. Johns River. Spec. Rep., U. S. Army Corps of
Engineers, Jacksonville, Fla.

Mackin, J. G.
1961. Canal dredging and silting in Louisiana bays.
eplodls Abalsios Wakes Siesta.) Wier, Were, 7 So2—siln

Marshall, A. R.
1968. Dredging and filling. In Proceedings of the Marsh
and Estuary Management Symposium, La. State Univ., Div.
Continuing Educ. p.' 107-113.

74

Masch, F. D., and W. H. Espey
1967. Shell dredging - A factor in sedimentation in Galveston
Bay. Center for Research in Water Resources, Univ. Tex.
Meche per Ooms

May, He | Bi
1973. Environmental effects of hydraulic dredging in estuaries.
Alla. Mar. Res. Bull. 9:1-85.

McCoy, HE. G., and K. H. Johnston
No Date. The effects of wind and salinity upon the sedimentation
rates of soils from dredging in Albemarle Sound, North Carolina.
Div. Inland Fish. North Carolina Wildlife Resour. Comm.
(Mimeo). 9p.

MeGee, D.
1970. Economic Aspects. In Long Range Effects of Bay Dredge
and Fill in Florida. Center for Continuing Education, Univ.
South Plloridal 9p. 69-162.

Me Cates, ancl. diy Mec Gannity:
1957. Dredging for deep water shells in southern Florida.
Nautilus 71(2):37-7.

Murawski, W. S.
1969. A study of submerged dredge holes in New Jersey
estuaries with respect to their fitness as finfish habitat.
New Jersey Div. Fish Game Misc. Rep. 2-M:1-32.

Ocha ilerey.
1963. Productivity measurements in Texas turtle grass and
the effects of dredging an intracoastal channel. Publ.
Ibastie Wiese, Sleals Gler<s)) Ogi).

Otvos, HE. G., Jr.
1970. Development and Migration of Barrier Islands, Northern
Gulf of Mexico. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 81:2)1-2)6. 3 figs.

Pilager, S. J., and F. H. Maloney
1968. Controlling waterfront development. Univ. Fla., Gainesville,
Fla., Stud. Publ. Admin., Public Admin. Clearing Serv. 80:39 p.

Rasuchwve Dry Hei) di.
1970. Gross physical and biological effects of overboard spoil
disposal in upper Chesapeake Bay. Project F Fish. NRI Spec.
Rep. 3. Univ. Maryland. p. 50-63.

Ve

Ross, B. E.

1970. Relationships of currents, salinity gradients, sediment
load transport, light penetration (turbidity), bottom
topography, tidal movement in the Bay system. In Long Range
Effects of Bay Dredge and Fill in Florida. Center for
Continuing Education, Univ. South Florida. p. 26-7.

Seaulé, So Boo Wo Wo Pollgen, @iacl bo Mo lowers
1968. Results of studies related to dredged sediment dumping
in Rhode Island Sound. Annual Northeastern Regional
Antipollution Conference, Proc. July 22-2), 1968. p. 71-80.

Simon, J. L.
1970. Living resources. In Long Range Effects of Bay Dredge
and Fill in Florida. Center for Continuing Education,
Univ. South Florida. p. 8-61.

Syoreiavgsie, Wo Clon ito Go Wanlibtos, gical Is}, Iddleokaeycl
1958. Report on proposed dredge and fill area of Scratch
Key Bank off the Sunshize Skyway. Fla. State Board
Conserv. Mar. Lab. Spec. Mimeo. Rep. 58-1). 7 p.

Stewart, H. B.

1969. Coastal zone management conference statement. Comm.
on Merchant Marine and Fish., Hearings, House of
Representatives, 9lst Congress, First Session, Ser. 91-1),
p. 107-111.

Stickney, R. R.
1972. Effects of intracoastal waterway dredging on ichthyofauna
and benthic macroinvertebrates. Skidaway Inst. Oceanogr. ,
Savannah, Ga. 27 Pp.

Sykes, J. E.
1967. The role of research in the preservation of estuaries.
Trans. N. ‘mer. Wildlife Natur. Resour. Conf., March 13-15, 1967.
Publ. Wildlife Management Inst., Wash. D. C. p. 150-160.
1971. ‘Implications of dredging and filling in Boca Ciega Bay,
Florida. Environmental Letters 1(2):151-156.

Sykes, J. H., and J. R. Hall
1970. Comparative distribution of mollusks in dredged and
undredged portions of an estuary, with a systematic list
of species. U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. 68(2):299-306.

76

Tei, Wor lel
1970. Non-Living Resources. In Long Range Effects of Bay
Dredge and Fill in Florida. Center for Continuing
Education, Univ. South Florida. p. 8-91.

Taylor, J. L.
1970. Coastal Development in Tampa Bay, Florida. Mar.
Pollution Bull. 1(10):153-156.

Taylor, J. L., and C. H. Saloman
1968. Some effects of hydraulic dredging and coastal
development in Boca Ciega Bay, Florida. U. S. Fish
Wildlife Ser. Fish. Bull. 67:213-2)1.

Texas A & M University
1973. Proceedings of the 5th dredging seminar. Coastal
and Ocean Engineering Div., Center for Dredging Studies.
Rep. CDS-19.4 99) p.

Thompson, S. H.
1961. What is happening to our estuaries? Trans. 26th
N. Amer. Wildlife Natur. Resour. Conf. 318-322.

University of Maryland, Natural Resources Institute
1970. Gross physical and biological effects of overboard
spoil disposal in upper Chesapeake Bay. NRI Spec. Rep. 3.
Himals Rep. 66) p.

U. S. Army Corps of Engineers
1968. Surveillance program of sedimentation effects of
hydraulic dredging Gulf Intracoastal Waterway, Bon Secour
Bay section, July-December, 1967. U. S. Army Eng. Dist.,
Mobile, Ala. 19 p.

Walosca br.
1958. Effect of dredging operations. la. Wildlife Fish.
Comm. Biennial Rep. 1956-1957. p. 96, 106.

Virginia Institute of Marine Science
1967. A study of the effects of dredging and dredge spoil
disposal on the marine environment. Final Rep. to U. S.
Army Corps of Engineers Spec. Rep. in Applied Mar. Sci.
Ocean Eng., Gloucester Point, Va.

UU

White, J., D. Seidel, G. Abel, and L. Terzich
1968. Report to the dredging contractors association of
California on the effects of dredging operations on
water quality. Metcalf and Eddy Engineers. 62 p.

Wilson, W.
1950. The effects of sedimentation due to dredging operations
on oysters in Copano Bay, Texas. Annu. Rep. Mar. Lab.
Tex. Game Fish Oyster Comm. 198-9.

Woodburn, K. D.

1959. Arvida - Bird Key fill. Fla. State Board Conserv.
Mar. Lab. Univ. Miami, 59-6, 6 p. (Processed. )

1960. Recommendations for location of dredging borrow
area, south of Rocky Point, Old Tampa Bay within the
Hillsborough Port Authority. Fla. State Board Conserv.
Spec. Mimeo. Rep. 60-12. 1p.

1963. A guide to the conservation of shorelines, submerged
bottoms and saltwaters with special reference to bulkhead
lines, dredging and filling. Fla. State Board Conserv.
Mar. Lab. Educ. Ser. 1h.

1965a. The geography and economics of bayfills and bulkhead
lines in Florida. Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab.
6C=Gaimapen lis

1965b. A discussion and selected, annotated references of
subjective or controversial marine matters. Fla. State
Board Conserv. Mar. Lab. Tech. Ser. 6.

78

II. BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

79

1. Benthic Flora and Fauna.

Alabama Department of Conservation
1964. Preliminary marine ecological study of Mobile Bay. Ala.
Dep. Conserv., Sseatoods Daily?) Mameo. Hille) Rep. 97 po.
(Compilation of reports Univ. Ala. and Ala. Dep. Conserv. )

Allee, W. C.
1923. Studies in marine ecology. I. Distribution of common
littoral invertebrates of Woods Hole region. Biol. Bull.
MLIV 2167-191 .
1934. Concerning the organization of marine coastal communities.

Ecol. Monogr. ():51-55h.

MalaLeia, 1D, Wo 5 etal dio lala Iniwclswora
1970. <A sled-mounted suction-sampler for benthic organisms.
Ws So Wisin Waielinite Serews, Soees Sei, Reo. Wasla Olli, 5 jo.

Anderson, R. O.
1959. A modified flotation technique for sorting bottom fauna
samples. Limnol. Oceanogr. l):223-225.

Anderson, S. S.
1972. The ecology of Morecombe Bay. II. Intertidal invertebrates
and factors affecting their distribution. J. Appl. Ecol.
9(1):161-178.

Angel, H. H., and M. V. Angel
1967. Distribution pattern analysis in a marine benthic community.
Helgolander wiss. Meeresunters 15:45-li5).

Arnold, EH. L., R. S. Wheeler, and K. N. Baxter
196C. Observations on fishes and other biota of East Lagoon,
Galveston, Texas. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci.
Rep. 3h:1-30.

Avery, R. E.
1968. A supplement to the fauna and flora of Horn Island. Miss.
Gulf Res. Rep. 2(3):213-256.

Barnard, J. L., and O. Hartman
1959. The sea bottom off Santa Barbara, California. Biomass
and community structure. Pac. Natur. 1(16):1-16.

Barnard, J. L., and C. F. Jones
1959. Techniques in a large scale survey of marine benthic biology.
Proc. First Int. Conf. Waste Disposal Mar. Environ., July, 1959.
p. 413-hh7.

Belaice we tiemere
195C. Annotated list of the fauna of the Grand Isle Region.
Ocicase Pape, Mare) abe.) Iaamotaves UmsnueorHe-oor

80

Bilooms S.A, J.-L. Simon, and V.D. Hunter
1972. <Animal-sediment relations and community analysis of a
Florida estuary. Mar. Biol. 13(1):43-56.

Bogdanov, D., V. Sokolov, and N. Khromov
1968. Regions of high biological productivity in the Gulf of
Mexico and Caribbean Sea. Oceanology 8(3):371-381.

Brett, C.
1963. Relationships between marine invertebrate infauna
distribution and sediment type distribution in Bogue Sound,
North Carolina. U.S. At. Energy Comm., Div. Res.,
Final Rep. on Contract No. AT (40-1) 2593, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

Breuer, J.P.
1957. Ecological survey of Baffin and Alazan Bays, Texas,
Publ. Insts Mark Scie. Univ. Texasauviol:, 1seNormeen spew st=iis >.
1962. Ecological survey of lower Laguna Madre, Texas. 1953-1959.
Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas, 8:153-183.

Buchanan, J.B.
1963. The bottom fauna communities and their sediment
relationships off the coast of Northumberland. Oikos 14, 154-175.

Bullis, R.H., Jr., and J.R. Thompson
1965. Collections by the exploratory eustane vessels Oregon,
Silver Bay, Combat, and Pelican made during 1956-1960 in the
southwest North inpileneten U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec.
SiS IREGiN6 5 Wes FalO) 5. qq) dloalsio),,

Butler, A., (ed.)
1959. Annotated bibliography of unpublished estuarine research
in the Gulf of Mexico, 1925-1959. Gulf States Mar. Fish.
Comm., New Orleans, La.

Bush, L.F.
1966. Distribution of sand fauna in beaches at Miami, Florida.
wuLIL, Whe Ser 4 16:58-75.

Carricker, M.R.
1967. Ecology of estuarine benthic invertebrates: a perspective.
p- 4yo-487. In G.H. Lauff (ed.), Estuaries. Amer. Ass.
Advan. Sei. Pubil. No. 83), Wash... DC.

Cassie, R.M., and A.D. Michael

1968. Fauna and Sediments of an Intertidal Mud Flat: A Multivariate
IMoyissisig Wo Weigel Wikies Ihltoil. Wels Wolls Bo i. We2sic

8l

Cerame-Vivas, M., and J. Gray
1966. The distributional patterns of benthic invertebrates of the
continental shelf off North Carolina. Ecology 47:260-270.

Chambers, G.V., and A.K. Sparks
1959. An ecological survey of the Houston Ship Channel and
adjacent bays. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas 6:213-250.

Christmas, J.Y.
1973. Cooperative Gulf of Mexico Estuarine Inventory and Study,
Mississippi. Phase I: Area description. Phase II: Hydrology.
Phase III: Sedimentology. Phase IV: Biology. Miss. Mar.
Conserv. Comm. Gulf Coast Res. Lab., Ocean, Miss.,
434 p.

Crisp, D.J., and A.J. Southward
1958. The distribution of intertidal organisms along the coasts
of the EngilishuGhannella aid Mans Biobke Asse) U.Ke Siu lL >(—20er

Croker, R.A.
1970. Intertidal sand macrofauna from Long Island, New York.
Chesapeake Sci. Vol. II, No. 2, p. 134-136.

Cummins, K.W.
1962. An evaluation of some techniques for the collection and
analysis of benthic samples with special emphasis on lotic
waters. Amer. Midland Natur. 67:477-504.

Dall, W.H.
1914. On a brackish water Pliocene fauna of the southern coastal
plain. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 46(2023):225-237.

Dapples, E.C.

1942. The effect of macro-organisms upon nearshore marine
sediments. J. Sediment. Petrology 12:118-126.

Davis, J.H.
1956. Influences of man upon coast lines. In W.L. Thomas, Jr.
(ed.), Man's role in changing the face of the earth, p. 504-521.
Wntivs Chica comeresisn | Chisilclal@pmmlelalus

Dawes, C.J., S.A. Earle, and F.C. Croiley
1967. The offshore benthic flora of the southwest coast of
MlLoretcle, ILL, Wee, Sel, iIWy/seiwIsesil .

Dawes, C.J., and F.J. Van Breedveld

1969. Benthic marine algae. Memo. Hourglass Cruises, I(pt. II):
De pe) Lala Depa Nature. Res) Marines lhabe

82

Dawson, C.E.
1962. A study of the fauna of the offshore waters of Louisiana.
Proc. First Nat. Coastal Shallow Water Res. Conf., p. 445-446.
1966. Additions to the known marine fauna of Grand Isle,
Louisiana. Proc. la. Acad. iSei3921:175=180.

Day, J.H., J.G. Field and M.P. Montgomery
1971. The use of numerical methods to determine the distribution
of the benthic fauna across the Continental shelf of North
Carolina. J. Anim. Ecol. 40(1):93-126.

Dean, D., and H.H. Haskin
1964. Benthic repopulation of the Raritan River estuary following
pollution abatement. Limnol. Oceanogr. 9:551-563.

Dean, D.
1970. Water quality - benthic invertebrates, relationships in
estuaries. U.S. Dep. Interior, Water Resour., Res. Proj.,
Rep. No. A-O11-ME, 31 p.

Dexter, D.M.
1969. Structure of an intertidal sandy beach community in
North Carolina. Chesapeake Sci. 19(2):93-98.

Dexter, R.W. ,

1944. The bottom community of Ipswich Bay, Mass. Ecology
25(3) :352-359.

1944. Ecological significance of disappearance of eelgrass
at Cape Ann, Mass. J. Wildlife Manage. Vol. 8, No. 3,
p. 173-176.

1947. The marine communities of a tidal inlet at Cape Ann,
Mass. A study in bioecology. Ecol. Monogr. 17(3):261-294.

Dragovich, A., and J.A. Kelly, Jr.
1964. Ecological observations of macro-invertebrates in
Tampa Bay, Florida, 1961-1962. Bull. Mar. Sci. 14:74-102.

Drank eo ilies ING biG
1964. Relationship of mesh opening to faunal counts in a
quantitative benthic study of Hadley Harbor. Biol. Bull.
Mar. Biol. Lab. (Woods Hole) , 127, p. 368.

HIREVOitith, Ji M.
1971. Some methods for the statistical analysis of samples
of benthic invertebrates. Freshwater Biol. Ass. Sci.
vol MNO. 25g OD je

imMbalsts 5 IDS Wc
1968. <A series of computer programmes for summarizing data
from quantitative benthic investigations. J. Fish. Res.
Board Can. 25, p. 1737-1738.

83

inion, (Cosa Elsie) Icio Melalilee

1954. Ecological survey of animal communities practical
system of classifying habitats by structural characters.
Jj. Ecol. Vol. 425: 460=h06.

Erman, D.C., and W.T. Helm
1972. Comparison of some species importance values and
ordination techniques used to analyse benthic invertebrate
communities. Oikos 22(2)2h0-2h7.

Fager, E.W.
1963. Communities of organisms, in M.N. Hill (ed.) The Sea.
Ideas and observations on progress in the study of the seas,
2, p. 415-437. Interscience Publishers, N.Y. and Lond.
1968. A sand-bottom epifaunal community of invertebrates in
shallow water. Limnol. Oceanogr. 13:448-64.

HWeneheil’, |.

1969. The ecology of marine microbenthos. IV. Structure and
function of the benthic ecosystem, its chemical and physical
factors and the micro-fauna communities with special
reference to ciliated Protozoa. Ophelia, 6:1-182.

Fenchel, T., and B.D. Jansson
1966. On the vertical distribution of the micro-fauna in the
sediments of a brackish water beach. Ophelia 3:161-177.

Finnish-IBP-PM Group
1969. Quantitative sampling equipment for the littoral benthos.
Int. Revue ges. Hydrobiol. 54:185-193.

Florida State Board of Health

1951. A brief biological survey of the Fenholloway River.
Rep. Bureau of Sanitary Eng., 2.

1658. Escambia Bay bioassay, April-May 1958. Rep. Bur. of
Sanitary Eng., 13 p.

1962a. Report of survey on St. Andrew Bay-Watson Bayou, Bay
County, July 10-18, 1962. Rep. Bur. of Sanitary Eng:, 10 p.

1962b. Survey of St. Joseph's Bay and the Gulf County Canal,
October 18-October 20, 1961. Rep. Bur. of Sanitary Eng., 11 p.

1966a. Biological survey of Escambia River. Rep. Bur. of
Sanitary Eng., 12 p.

Franks, J.S., J.Y. Christmas, W.L. Siler, R. Combs, R. Waller,
and C, Burns
1972. A study of Nektonic and Benthic faunas of the shallow
Gulf of Mexico off the state of Mississippi as related to
some physical, chemical, and geological factors. Gulf Coast
Res. Lab., Ocean Springs, Miss. Gulf Res. Rep. 4(1):1-148.

84

Friedrich, H.
1969. Mar. Biol., Seattle. Univ. Wash. Press.

Galkcsoti, Veo.
1954. Gulf of Mexico, its origin waters, and marine life.
UsSs “Pash eWadldilite Serve. Hash) Buda D5).
1959. Ecological evaluation of the usable productivity of
bottom communities. Abstr. Eng. Ru. In Sears, M.E. (ed.)
Int. Oceanogr. Congr. Preprints, AAAS, Wash., D.C.
p- 233-234.

Gaufin, A.R., E.K. Harris, and H.J. Walter
1956. A statistical evaluation of bottom sampling data obtained
from three standard samplers. Ecology 37:643-648.

Ginsburg, R.N., and H.A. Lowenstam
1959. The influence of marine bottom communities on the
depositional environment of sediments. J. Geol. 66(3):310-318.

Golubic, S.
1970. Effect of organic pollution on benthic communities.
Mar. Pollut. Bull. 1(NS):56-57.

Gomoiu, M.T.
1971. Ecology of subtidal meiobenthos. In Proc. First Int.
Conf. on Meiofauna. Smithson. Contribs. Zool. 76:155-160.

Grassle, J.R.
1967. Influence of environmental variations cn species
diversity in benthic communities on the Continental Shelf
and Slope, 194 p. Ph.D. Thesis, Duke Univ., Durham, N.C.

Gunter, G.

1950. Seasonal population changes and distributions as related
to salinity, of certain invertebrates of the Texas coast,
including the commercial shrimp. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci.,
Univ. Texas 1(2):7-51.

1956. Some relations of fauna distribution to salinity in
estuarine waters. Ecology 37:616-619.

1961. Some relations of estuarine organisms to salinity.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 6(2):182-190.

Gunter, G., and G. Hall
1962. Biological investigation of Caloosahatchee estuary in
connection with Lake Okeechobee discharges through the
Caloosahatchee River. Rep. to District Eng., Jacksonville
District, U.S. Army Corp of Eng.

85

Gunter, G., and G. Hall
1965. A biological investigation of the Caloosahatchee

Estuary of Florida. Gulf Res. Rep. 2(1):1-71.

Gunter, G., J. Christmas, and R. Killebrew
1964. Some relations of salinity to population distribution
of motile estuarine organisms with special reference to
penaeid shrimp. Ecology 45(1):181-185.

Harris), Reb.
1972. The distribution and ecology of the interstitial
meiofauna of a sandy beach at Whitsand Bay, east Cornwall.
Jiu Mary BLOM eASIS| mUle Kes #52 (lynne
1972. Seasonal changes in the meiofauna population of an
intertidal sand beach. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K..52(2):389-403.

Harrison, W., and M.L. Wass
1965. Frequencies of infaunal invertebrates related to water
content of Chesapeake Bay sediments. Stheast. Geol. 6:177-187.

Hartman, O.

1955. Quantitative survey of the benthos of San Pedro Basin,
Southern California. Part I. Preliminary results. Allan
Hancock Pacif. Exped. 19, 185 pp.

1960. The benthonie fauna of Southern California in shallow
depths and possible effects of waste on the marine biota.
1g IPSENESCM, Iho (@alo) 5 BRO. Iiese Law. Comit. Wasie
Disposal Mar. Environ., Berkeley, Calif., 1959. Pergamon
Press Inc., New York, p. 57-81.

Hedgpeth, J.W.

1950. The invertebrate fauna of Texas coast jetties; A
preliminary survey. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sei. 1(2):53-87.
1950. Notes on the marine invertebrate fauna of salt flat
areas in the Aransas National Wildlife Refuge, Texas.

Publ. Inst. Mar. Sei., Univ. Texas, 1 (2) :103-—1120.

1953. An introduction to the zoogeography of the northwestern
Gulf of Mexico with reference to the invertebrate fauna.
Publ. dnst . Mar qScassan) Unanyne Texcasiunsi(Gle)enlalO—=2 alin

1954. Bottom communities of the Gulf of Mexico In Gulf of
Mexico, its origin, waters, and marine life. U.S. Fish
Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. 55(89):203-21.

1957 (ed.) Treatise on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology.
Vol. I, Ecology, Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. 67.

Hewatt, W.G.
1937. Ecological studies on selected marine intertidal
communities in Monterey Bay, California. Amer. Midland
Natur. 18(2):161-206.

86

Hildebrand, H.
1954. A study of the fauna of the brown shrimp (Penaeus aztecus)
grounds in the western Gulf of Mexico. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci.,
Univ. Texas 3(2):233-366.
1955. A study of the fauna of the pink shrimp (Penaeus duorarum)
grounds on the Gulf of Campeche. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci.,
Univ. Texas 4:169-232.

Hoese, H.D., B.J. Copeland, F.N. Moseley, and E.D. Lane
1968. Fauna of the Aransas Pass Inlet, Texas. III. Diel and
seasonal variations in trawlable organisms of the adjacent
ameas,) Merc.) die Seis 20) riss=60).

Hoese, H.D., and R.S. Jones
1963. Seasonality of larger animals in a Texas turtle grass
community. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas 9:37-l7.

Holme, N.A.
1964. Methods of sampling the benthos. Advan. Mar. Biol.
2:171-260.

Hopkins, T.L.
1964. A survey of marine bottom samplers. Progr. Oceanogr.
2:213-256.

Howard, L.O.
1883. Chapter XI. List of invertebrate fauna of South Carolina.
South Carolina Res. and Pap., Inst. and Ind. p. 265-311.

Hudson, J.J., D.M. Allen, and T.J. Costello
1970. The flora and fauna of a central Florida Bay basin.
U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sei. Rep. Fish.

Hulings, N.
1961. The barnacle and decapod fauna from the nearshore area
of Panama City, Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 24(3):215-222.

Hulings, N.C., and J.S. Gray
1971. A manual for the study of meiofauna. Smithson. Contrib.
WOOL “Teh

Humm, H.J.
1956. Annotated checklist of the marine fauna and flora of
St. George Sound-Apalachee Pay region, Florida Gulf Coast.
(R.W. Menzel, Ed.) Contr. Oceanogr. Inst., Fla. State
Waiwog SOsLas

Hutton, R.F., B. Eldred, K.D. Woodburn, and R.M. Ingle
1956. The ecology of Boca Ciega Bay with special reference
to dredging and filling operations. Fla. State Board
Conserv. DWeeh. Ser. 17, pu. 1, OF p.

87

Ingle, R.M., and C.E. Dawson, Jr.
1953. <A survey of Apalachicola Bay, Fla. State Board
Conserv. Tech. Ser. 10:1-38.
1953. <A survey of the Cedar Key area. Fla. State Board
Conserv. Tech. Ser. No. 9.

Jeffrey, L.M., and G. Moskoivets
1955. Literature survey of Lake Charles Louisiana, Gulfport,
Mississippi, Mobile, Alabama, and Pensacola, Florida and
their approaches. Texas A & M College Project 98.
Reference 55-34f, 2:1-12h.

Johnson, R.G.
1970. Variations in diversity within benthic marine
communities. Amer. Natur. 104(937):285-300.

Jones, G.F.
1969. The benthic macrofauna of the mainland shelf of
southern California. Allan Hancock Monogr. Mar.
BuO, IWOs B., Ble) wo

Jones, M.L.
1961. A quantitative evaluation of the benthic fauna off
Point Richmond, California. Univ. Calif. Publ. in
Zool. 67:219-320.

Jones, N.
1950. Marine Bottom Communities. Bio. Rev. 25:283-313.

Kajak, Z.
1971. A review of methodology in benthic sampling. In
W.T. Edmondson, Ed. The IBP Handbook Series. Blackwell
Sei. Publ., Oxford and Edinburgh.

Keith, D., and N. Hulings
1965. Quantitative study of selected near shore infauna
between Sabine Pass and Bolivar Pt., Texas. Publ. Inst.
Mar. Sei., Univ. Texas 10:33-0.

Lackey, J.B.
1961. Bottom sampling and environmental niches. Limnol.
Oceanogr. 6(3):271-279.

Ladd, H.
1951. Brackish water and marine assemblages of the Texas
coast with special reference to mollusks. Publ. Inst.
Mar. Sei., Univ. Texas 2(1):129-163.

88

bate GIkLes I Sag
1958. The sponge fauna of the St. George Sound, Apalachee
Bay, and Panama City regions of the Florida Gulf Coast.
M.S. Thesis, Fla. State Univ., Tallahassee.

ve SPOM.) Hin) Jacl.

1965. A preliminary bibliography with KWIC index on the
ecology of estuaries and coastal areas of the eastern
United States. U.Ss Fish Wildlife Ser. Spee. Sci.
Rep. Fish. 507.

Lowman, S.W.
i951. The relationship of the biotic and lithie facies in
recent Gulf coast sedimentation. J. Sediment. Petrology,
21(4) :233-237.

Lynts, G.W.
1966. Relationship of sediment size distribution to ecologic

factors in Buttonwood Sound, Florida Bay. J. Sediment. Petrology
36(1):66-74.

Lyons, W.G., S.P. Cobb, D.K. Camp, J.A. Mountain, T. Savage, L. Lyons,
and E.A. Joyce, Jr.

1971. Preliminary inventory of marine invertebrates collected
near the electrical generating plant, Crystal River, Florida,
in 1969. Fla. Dep. Natur. Resources Mar. Res. Lab., Prof.
ehg Sexes AWS MS so.

McDougall, K.
1943. Sessile marine invertebrates of Beaufort, North Carolina,
Ecol. Monogr. 13(3):321-374.

McErlean, A.J., C. Kerby, and M.L. Wass (editors)
1972. Biota of Chesapeake Bay. Chesapeake Sci. 13, Suppl. 197 p.

MacGinitie, G.E.
1935. Ecological aspects of a California marine estuary.
Amer. Midland Natur. 16(5):629-765.

McIntyre, A.D.
1968. The meiofaura and macrofauna of some tropical beaches.
To Wool, Lem, IS6ss(wesoe.
1969. Ecology of marine meiobenthos. Biol. Rev. 44, 245-290.
1970. Bibliography on methods of studying the marine benthos.
FAO Fish. Tech. Pap. 98, 96 p.

McIntyre, A.D., and A. Elefthesion

1968. The bottom fauna of a flatfish nursery ground.
J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K. 48, p. 113-12.

89

McIntyre, A.D., and D.J. Murison
1973. The meiofauna of a flatfish nursery ground.
ay Wiesel, Asso) Woks SS 125 SELIG).

McNulty, J.K.
1961. Ecological effects of sewage pollution in Biscayne Bay,
Florida: sediments and distribution of benthic and fouling
macro-organisms. Bull. Mar. Sei. 11:394-47.

McNulty, J.K., R.C. Work, and H. Moore
1962a. Level sea bottom communities in Biscayne Bay and
neighboring areas. Bull. Mar. Sci. 12:204-233.
1962b. Some relations between infauna of the level bottom
and the Sediment in south Florida. Bull. Mar. Sei. 12:322-332.

Manning, R.B., and H.E. Kumpf
1959. Preliminary investigation of the fecal pellets of certain
invertebrates of the south Florida area. Bull. Mar. Sci. 9(3).

Marland, F.
1958. Ecological study of benthic macrofauna of Matagorda Bay,
Texas, M.S. Thesis, Texas A & M University.

Menzel, R.
1956. Annotated checklist of marine flora and fauna of the
St. George Sound and Apalachee Bay region - Florida Gulf
Coast. Oceanosr. inst., Pla. State Uniwes Conti ol.
1957. Marine biology of Alligator Harbor, Florida. Association
of Southeastern Biologists Bulletin 4(4):51-5h.

Moore, H.B., L.T. Davis, T.H. Fraser, R.H. Gore, and N.R. Lopez
1968. Some biomass figures from a tidal flat in Biscayne Bay,
Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. 18(2):261-279.

Naqvi, S.M.Z.
1968. Effects of predation on infaunal invertebrates of
Alligator Harbor, Florida. Gulf Res. Rep. 2:313-321.

O'Comace., SoSo
1972. The benthic macrofauna of Moriches Bay, New York.
Biol. Bull. 142:84-102.

O'Grower, A.K., and J.W. Wacasey
1967. Animal communities associated with Thalassia,
Diplanthera, and sand beds in Biscayne Bay. I. Analysis of
communities in relation to water movements. Bull. Mar. Sci.
17(1):175-210.

OQilsoia, WoCoWs

1949. Tampa Bay studies. Rep. No. 1, Oceanogr. Inst.,
Wiles Sues Wisi, Coes NOoc IG, Zi ido

90

OMSOiM 4 WElESWla 5 Ekal DiGi Gg) Noseagahilal 6 ayaa,
1955. Literature survey of the Tampa Bay area. Oceanogr.
inst. >) Klan StateyUniv,... 66epr

Pamatmat, M.M.
1968. Ecology and metabolism of a community on an intertidal
sand flat. Int. Rev. ges. Hydrobiol. 53:211-298.

Parker, R.H.

1955. Changes in the invertebrate fauna, apparently attributable
to salinity changes, in the bays of central Texas. J. Paleontol.
29:193-211.

1956. Macro-invertebrate assemblages as indicators of sedimentary
environments in the east Mississippi Delta region. Bull. Amer.
Ass. Petrol. Geol.,. 40:295-376.

1959. Macro-invertebrate assemblages of central Texas coastal
bays and Laguna Madre. Bull. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol., 43:2100-2166.

1960. Ecology and distributional patterns of marine macro-invertebrates
of northern Gulf of Mexico. In Recent Sediments, northwest Gulf
of Mexico, 1951-1958. Bull. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. p. 302-384.

1966. Ecology of western Gulf estuaries. Annual Report of Commercial
Fisheries, Biological Laboratory, Galveston, Texas. Fiscal year
1965. U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Cire. 246:32-36.

Parker, R.H., and J.R. Curray
1956. Fauna and bathymetry of banks on continental shelf,
northwest Gulf of Mexico. Bull. Amer. Ass. Petrol.
Geol. 40(10):2428-2439.

Pearse, A.S.
1936. Estuarine animals at Beaufort, North Carolina. J. Elisha
Mitchell Sci. Soc. 52(2):174-222.

Pearse, A.S., H.J..Humm, and G.W. Wharton
192, Ecology of sand beaches at Beaufort, North Carolina.
Ecol. Monogr. 12:136-190.

Pearse, A.S., and G. Williams
1951. The biota of the reefs off the Carolinas. J. Elisha
Mitchell Sci. Soc. 67(1):133-161.

Pequenat, W., and F. Chase
1970. Contributions to the biology of the Gulf of Mexico.
Texas A & M Oceanographic studies, Vol. l.

Perret, W.S.
1966. Occurrence, abundance, and size distribution of fish and
crustaceans collected with otter trawl in Vermillion Bay,
Louisiana. M.S. Thesis, Univ. of Southwest Louisiana.

9|

Petersen, C.G.
1913. Valuation of the sea. II. The animal communities of
the sea bottom and their importance in marine zoogeography.
Reports of the Danish Biological Station 21:1-4h.

Pfitzenmeyer, H.T.
1961. Benthic shoal water invertebrates from tidewaters of
Somerset County, Maryland. Chesapeake Sci. 2(1/2):89-94.

Phe sh Deke
1964. Functional relationships of benthos in a coastal lagoon.
alge Walersaiel AWM foj5 Maliavetshecin, INoIk, 5 Wiasig?, IoIe

Phillips, R.C€., and V.G. Springer
1960. Observations on the offshore benthic flora in the Gulf
of Mexico off Pinellas County, Fla. Amer. Midland Natur.
64: 362-381.

Piellou, E.C.
1966. Species-diversity and pattern diversity in the study of
ecological succession. J. Theor. Biol. 10:370-383.

Pollock, L.W.
1971. Ecology of intertidal meiobenthos. In Proc. First
Int. Conf. Meiofauna. Smithson. Contribs. to Zool. 76:141-1h8.

Puen ai.
1961. A checklist of invertebrate animals, abundance and distribution
with regards to hydrographic conditions (upper Galveston Bay).
Tex. Game Fish Comm., Mar. Fish. Div. Proj. Rep. 1959-1960:1-1h.

Reid, G.K.
1955. A summer study of the biology and ecology of East Bay, Texas.
Heres Mo Sealo, Well, Wl, Wes 35 Wo SMS—Sh3.
1961. Ecology of inland waters and estuaries. Reinhold Publ.
Coir. New Worms, saral sP 37/5 je

Richmond, E.
1962. Flora and fauna of Horn Island, Mississippi. Gulf Res. Rep.
1(2):59=1106.
1968. Supplement to the flora and fauna of Horn Island, Mississippi.
Gulf Res. Rep. 2(3):213-256.

INLCKEGES 5 Molto 5 eincGl Wo Cellini
1962. Between Pacific Tides. Stanford, California. Stanford
University Press.

Rowe, Gi.
1966. A study of the deep water benthes of the northwestern
Gulf of Mexico. M.S. Thesis. Texas A & M Univ., vi + 89 p.

B2

Rowe, G.T.
1971. Benthic biomass and surface productivity. In Symposium
on Fertility of the Sea, Sao Paulo, MCS) 5, 1isl, snp aes Costeslorr
2:4h1-45h.

Rowe, G., and D. Menzel
1971. Quantitative benthic samples from the deep Gulf of Mexico
with some comments on the measurement of deep sea biomass.
Bull. Mar. Sci. 21(2)556-566.

Sanders, H.L.
1958. Benthic studies in Buzzards Bay. I. Animal-sediment
relationships. Limnol. Oceanogr. 3:245-258.
1960. Benthic studies in Buzzards Bay. III. The structure
of the soft-bottom community. Limnol. Oceanogr. 5(2):138-153.
1968. Marine benthic diversity: a comparative study. Amer.
Natur. 102:243-282.

Sanders, H.L., E.M. Goudsmit, E.L. Mills, and G.E. Hampson
1962. <A study of the intertidal fauna of Barnstable Harbor,
Mass. Limnol. Oceanogr. 7:63-79.

Simmons, E.G.
1957. Ecological survey of the upper Laguna Madre of Texas.
Inst. Mar. Sci. 4(2):156-200.

Smith, F.G.W., R.H. Williams, and C.C. Davis
1950. An ecological survey of the subtropical inshore waters
adjacent to Miami. Ecology 31(1):119-16.

Swligla IG IEG
1964. Keys to marine invertebrates of the Woods Hole region.
Systematics-Ecology Program, Mar. Biol. Lab., Woods Hole,
Massachusetts. Contrib. 11, x + 208 p.

Shonaaliayersro 5 Soc eWaGl Valglats JebuULILEtS} 5 hen
1956. Collections by the Oregon in the Gulf of Mexico.
U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. 196:1-13}.

Stather, RoC.
1937. Changes in an invertebrate community of a lagoon after
disappearance of the eelgrass. Ecology 18(3):427-431.

Steele, J.H., and I.E. Baird

1968. Production ecology of a sandy beach. lLimnol. Oceanogr.
13 :14-25.

Steidinger, K.A., and J.F. Van Breedveld
1971. Benthic marine algae from waters adjacent to the Crystal
River electric power plant (1969 and 1970). Fla. Dep. Nat.
Resour., Mar. Res. Lab., St. Petersburg, Fla., Frof. Pap.
Ser. 16:46 p.

93

Stephenson, T.A., and A. Stephenson
1950. Life between tide marks in North America. The Florida
Keys. J. Eeol. 38(2):354-02.
1952. Life between the tide marks in North America. II. North
Florida and the Carolinas. J. Heol. 40(1):1-h9.

Stone, R.B.
1963. Quantitative study of benthic fauna in lower Chesapeake
Bay with emphasis on animel-sediment relationships. Master's
Thesis, College of William and Mary, School of Marine Science.
WO ap.

Swingle, H.A.
1971. Biology of Alabama estuarine areas - cooperative Gulf of
Mexico estuarine inventory. Ala. Mar. Res. Bull. (5)1:1-123.

Tabb, D., D. Dubrow, and R. Manning
1962. Ecology of northern Florida Bay and adjacent estuaries.
Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 39:1-79.

Tabb, D., and R.B. Manning
1961. Checklist of flora and fauna of northern Florida Bay and
adjacent brackish waters of the Florida mainland. Bull.
Mar. Sei. 11(1+):552-649.

Tabb. De. and Bred wwoke#:
1968. Preliminary ecological study of Rookery Bay Sanctuary -
Naples, Florida. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Miami, Memo. rep.
26 p.

Wenalore. A olls
1965. Bottom samplers for estuarine research. Chesapeake
Sei. 6:233-23h. é
1966. Benthic project. In Report of the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries Biological Station, St. Petersburg Beach, Floride,
fiscal years 1962-64, p. 5-8. U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv.
Cie, 230.

Taylor, J.L., J.R. Hall, and C.H. Saloman
1970. Mollusks and benthic environments in Hillsborough Bay,
Florida. Nat. Mar. Fish. Serv., Fish. Bull. 68(2):191-202.

Taylor, J.L., and C.H. Saloman

1966. Benthic project. In Report of the Bureau of Commerical
Fisheries Biological Station, St. Petersburg Beach, Florida,
fiscal year 1965, p. 4-9. U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Cire. 22.

1967. Benthic project. In Report of the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries Biological Laboratory, St. Petersburg Beach,
Florida, fiscal year 1966, p. 4-8. U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv.
Ciweo 25>

94

MavelOrnudi. List ange CH mioclomear

1968.
Fisheries Biological
Florida, fiscal year
Seino Cilee> 290

1969.
Fisheries Biological
Florida, fiscal year
Serv.) Canc. Sige

1970.
Fisheries Biological
Florida, fiscal year
Serave Careers ers

1972.

Benthic project.

Benthic project.

Benthic project.

Biology and ecology of estuaries.

In Report of the Bureau of Commercial
Laboratory, St. Petersburg Beach,
LOGE SD | Uolem Hevsin Waskaultte

In Report of the Bureau of Commercial
Laboratory, St. Petersburg Beach,
1968, p. 3-10. U.S. Fish Wildlife

In Report of the Bureau of Commercial
Laboratory, St. Petersburg Beach,
IES), jou SMO, Wea) iavsiay Walavcllatses

In Report of the

National Marine Fisheries Service Biological Laboratory,

St. Petersburg Beach,
Memo.

p. 3-5. NOAA Tech.

Menower) KeoR'.
1972.

Florida, fiscal years 1970 and 1971,
NMFS Ser. 2.

Macrobenthos of the Pamlico River estuary, North Carolina.

Ecol. Monogr. 42(1):51-69.

Thorson, G.

1955. Modern

So Wemg tego Whe selyosory.
1956. Marine

temperature

and food animals.
1957.

yay

aspects of marine level-bottom animal communities.

‘

level-bottom communities of recent seas, their
adaption, and their balance between predators
(eas, Nos Mealy Gei4 Ws6es3 700,
Bottom communities (sublittoral or shallow shelf).
J.W. Hedgpeth (editor), Treatise on marine ecology

and paleoecology. I. Ecology, p. 461-534.

Geol. Soc.

Amer. Mem. 67, New York.

1966.

Some factors influencing the recruitment and
establishment of marine benthic communities.

Netherlands

dmesea, Rese Sey s2er—2ose

Tietjen, J.H.
1971.
North Carolina.

Tolbert, W., and G. Austin
199).

U.S.

Tolbert, W., and J. Walker
MOBS}

EHeology and distribution of deep-sea meiobenthos off
Deep Sea Res. 18:941-957.

On the nearshore marine environment of the Gulf of
Mexico at Panama City, Florida.

Tech. Pap. No. 161,

Navy Mine Defense Lab.. Panama City, Florida.

Preliminary report on marine invertebrates exclusive

of annelids in the area of the Gulf Coast Research Laboratory

at Ocean Springs. J.

Miss. Acad. Sci. 4:29-30.

95

MMO 6 jo Ie,
1960. A quantitative study of certain benthic communities in

Alligator Harbor. M.S. Thesis, Fla. State Univ., Tallahassee.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Southeast Water Laboratory
1971. Circulation and benthic characterization studies,
Escambia Ray, Florida. Athens, Ga. 32 + p.

Vivas Cerame, M.J.
1964. The distributional pattern of benthic invertebrates of
the continental shelf off North Carolina. Ph.D. dissertation,
Duke Univ., 129 p.

WOSS5 Gos Giacl IN, Woss
1955. Ecological survey of Soldier Key, Biscayne Bay, Florida.
Bull. Mar. Sei. 5(3):203-229.

Wass, M.C.
1965. Checklist of marine invertebrates of Virginia. Va. Inst.
Mar. Sei. Spec. Sei. Rep. No. 24, 55 p.

Whitten, H., H. Rosene, and J. Hedgpeth
1950. The invertebrate fauna of Texas coast jetties: A
preliminary survey. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas,

IL(2) s5 368).

Williams, R.B., and L.K. Thomas
1967. The standing crop of benthic animals in a North Carolina
estuarine area. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 83:135-138.

Woodburn, K.D.
1965. A discussion and selected, annotated references of subjec-
tive or controversial merine matters. Fla. State Board Conserv.
Techs SersetGln dayice ON pe

Wurtz, C.B., and S.S. Roback
1955. The invertebrate fauna of some Gulf coast rivers.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phil. 107:167-206.

Yentsch, A.E., M.R. Carriker, R.H. Parker, and V.A. Zullo
1966. Marine and estuarine environments, organisms and geology of
the Cape Cod Region. An indexed bibliography, 1665-1965.
Systematics-Ecology Program, Mar. Biol. Lab., Woods Hole, Mass.,
IVE Io

Won. Dols
1968. Effects of infauna on the sediment and seston of a subtidal
environment. Abstr., Third Europ. Mar. Biol. Symp. Areachon,
France.

96

Young, D.K., and D.C. Rhoads
1971. Animal-sediment relations in Cape Cod Bay, Mass.
I. A transect study. Mar. Biol. 11:242-25),

Zimmerman, R., J. Feigl, D. Ballantine, and R. Baird
1971. The benthic community along the proposed discharge
Canal for the Anclote River power plant. Tech. Rep. No. 6.
Environ. Status Rep. Fla. Power Corp.

Si,

2. Fish and Fisheries.

Adams, Jd.
1958. A contribution to the biology and postlarval development
of the sargassum fish, Histrio histrio (Linnaeus) with a
discussion of the Sargassum complex. M.S. Thesis, Univ.
Miami, 67 p.

Alexander, E. C.
1958. A contribution to the life history, biology, and geographical
distribution of the bonefish, Albula vulpes (Linnaeus). M.S.
Thesis, Univ. Miami, 136 p.

Mseence., Cio Woo dio
195. A contribution to the life history of the swordfish, Xiphias
gladius Linnaeus, from the South Atlantic Coast of the United
SUEueSneinG Wane Guile Ge? Wexad@o, Builll, Were, Steal, dhelss3-Bh3.

Arnov, B.
ULS52, A preliminary review of the western North Atlantic Fishes
of the genus Haemulon. Bull. Mar. Sei. 2:)1-)37.

Bangham, R. V.
191. Parasites of fresh-water fish of southern Florida.
Proc. Fla. Acad. Sci. 5:289-307.

Baughman, J. L.
1950. Potentialities of the Gulf of Mexico fisheries and
recommendations for their realization. Proc. Gulf Caribbean
Hilshe einstein sleko—i2or

Beardsley, G L., Jr.
1964. Contribution to the biology of the dolphin-fish, Coryphaena
laalopowueS),, atin wae Simceales Cu Wilowilcle, WoSo Waesns, Wil w.
Miami, 79 p.

Beardsley, G. L., Jr., and D. C. Simmons

1971. A bibliography of the blackfin tuna, Thunnus atlanticus
(Lesson). Nat. Oceanic Atmos. Admin., Spec. Sci. Rep.
Bisiis ©3855 10 Po

Beaumariage, D. S.

196). Returns from the 1963 Schlitz tagging program. Fla. State
Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 43, 3h p.

1969. Returns from the 1965 Schlitz tagging program including a
cumulative analysis of previous results. Fla. Dep. Natur.
Resour., Tech. Ser. 59.) 38 7p.

1970. Current status of biological investigations of Florida's
mackerel fisheries. Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst. 22:79-86.

98

Beaumariage, D. S. and A. C. wWittich
1966. Returns from the 196); Schlitz tagging program. Fla. State
Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 7, 50 p.

Berry, EH. H.
1958. Additions to the fishes of Cedar Key, Florida, and a list
of Gulf of Mexico Carangidae. Quart J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 21:190.

Berry, F. H., and BE. S. Iversen
1967. Pompano: biology, fisheries and farming potential. Proc.
Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst. 19:116-128.

Birdsong, R. S.
1969. A systematic review of the gobiid fish genus Microgobius
with special emphasis on osteology. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ.
Miami, 169 p.

Boothby, R. N., and J. W. Avault, dr.
1971. Food habits, length-weight relationship, and condition
factor of the red drum (Scienops ocellata) in southeastern
Louisiana. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 100:290-295.

Bortone, S. A.
1971. Studies on the biology of the sand perch, Diplectrum
formosum (Perciformes: Serranidae). Fla. Dep. Natur.
Reésoury, Tech. Ser. 65, 27 p.

BOSCHUMERMden less it. g) And vedi. Couch
1962. A record of the sand shark, Carcharias taurus, off
Pensacola, Florida. Copeia 1962 (2):l56-l57.

Breder, (. M., Jr.
1962a. Effects of a hurricane on the small fishes of a shallow
bay. Copeia 1962 (2):459-h62.

ipaLees, ao Ge
1958. <A list of Florida fishes and their distribution. Bull.
Hilat, Sitate Mus. Baloll. Seal. 23223-3718)

Briggs, J. C., and D. K. Caldwell
1956. The characteristics ami distribution of the spotted cusk
eel Otophidium omostigmum (Jordan and Gilbert). Quart. J.
Fla. Acad. Sci. 18:285-291.
1957. Acanthurus randalli, a new surgeonfish from the Gulf of
Mexico. |) Bull; FllasyState Mus. Biol. Sei. 2:l)3=51..

SIs)

Broadhead, G. C.
1953. Investigations of the black mullet, Mugil cephalus L.,
in northwest Florida. Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 7,
3h p.
1955. Growth of the black mullet, Mugil cephalus L., in west and
northwest Florida. M.S. Thesis, Univ. Miami, 83 p.

Broadhead, G. C., and H. P. Mefford
1956. The migration and exploitation of the black mullet, Mugil
cephalus L., in Florida, as determined from tagging during
WOSSISSSy Filas States Boardl Conseryeekechs (Seteelon Sonor

BEWILIISLS}, 1al, lita
1961. A progress report on experimental fishing for sardine-like
fishes in the Gulf of Mexico. Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst.
13:9h-97.

Butler, J. A.
1961. Development of a thread-herring fishery in the Gulf of
Mexico. Commer. Fish. Rev. 23(9):12-17.

Caldwell, D. K.
195. Additions to the known fish fauna in the vicinity of
Cedar Key, Filoriida, Quart J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 17/:a82—u6):
1955a. Further additions to the known fish fauna in the
vicinity of Cedar Key, Florida. Quart J. Fla. Acad.
Seals WOelhs).
1955b. Notes on the distribution, spawning, and growth of the
spot-tailed pinfish, Diplodus holbrooki. Quart. J. Fla.
Acad. Sei. 18373-83.
1957a. Additional records of marine fishes from the vicinity
om Oecleie Key, Mloalca, Owen Jo Mla, Neacl, Seal, QBOsIaAd=126.
1957b. The biology and systematics of the pinfish, Lagodon
rhomboides (Linnaeus). Bull. Fla. State Mus. Biol. Sei., 2:77-173.
1959. Observations on tropical marine fishes from the northeastern
Gulf of Mexico. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 22:69-7)).
1963. Tropical marine fishes in the Gulf of Mexico. Quart. J.
la, Meacl, Ses Borilieie—-1Sal,

Caldwell, D. K., and J. C. Briggs
1957. Range extensions of western North Atlantic fishes with
notes on some soles of the genus, Gymnachirus. Bull. Fla.
State Mus. Biol. Sci. 2:1-11.

Camloexesml Creal.
195. <A survey of the red snapper fishery in the Gulf of Mexico
with special reference to the Campeche Banks. M.S. Thesis,
Univ. Miami, 170 p.

100

Cane, ING Wan igs
1937. <A key to the fresh-water fishes of Florida. Proc. Fla.
Neal, Salo Ws/72a8o.

Christensen, R. F.
1965. An ichthyological survey of Jupiter Inlet and Loxahatchee
Rivers ulorida. (M.S. Thesvs,) Bla. Stave Uniy., 306) p.

Christmas, J. Y., and G. Gunter
1960. Distribution of menhaden, genus Brevoortia, in the Gulf of

Mexico. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 89:338-3)3.

Cilancey; Jia EF.
1956. <A contribution to the life history of the fish, Bregmaceros
atlanticus Goode and Bean, from the Florida Current. Bull. Mar.

Sei. 6:233-260.

Clark, E.
1960. Four shark attacks on the west coast of Florida, sammer 1958.
Copeia, 1960 (1):63-67.

Clark, E., and K. von Schmidt
1965. Sharks of the central Gulf Coast of Florida. Bull. Mar.
Sei, I5stgs88.

Clark, J., W. G. Smith, A. W. Kendall, Jr., and M. P. Fahay
1969. Studies of estuarine dependence of Atlantic coastal
fishes. Tech. Pap. Bur. Sport Fish. Wildlife 28, 132 p.

Cilgweles 15) Isle
1970. Factors affecting the distribution of fishes in Whitewater
Bay. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Miami, 100 p.

Collette, B. B.
1968. Strongylura timucu (Walbaum): a valid species of western
Atlantic needlefish. Copeia 1968 (1):189-192.

Courtenay, W. R., Jr.

1960. Western Atlantic fishes of the genus Haemulon (Pomadasyidae):
systematic status and juvenile pigmentation. M.S. Thesis,
Univ. Miami, 191 p.

1961. Western Atlantic fishes of the genus Haemulon (Pomadasyidae):
systematic status and juvenile pigmentation. Bull. Mar. Sci.
11 :66-1)9.

1965. Atlantic fishes of the genus Rypticus (Grammistidae):
systematics and osteology. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Miami, 18 p.

101

Croker, R. A.
196C. A contribution to the life history of the gray (mangrove)
snapper Lutjanus griseus (Linnaeus). M.S. Thesis, Univ. Miami,
JS) 190

1962. Growth and food of the gray snapper, Lutjanus griseus in
Everglades National Park. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 91:379-383.

Dahlberg, M. D.
1970. Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico menhadens, genus Brevoortia
(Pisces, Clupeidae). Bull. Fla. State Mus. Biol. Sci. 15:91-162.

Det, hy dy

1970. Systematics of southern Florida anchovies (Pisces: Engraulidae).
Bull. Mar. Sci. 20:70-10).

Denalsi, Wo I>
196). The western Atlantic fishes of the family Callionymidae.
M.S. Thesis, Univ. Miami, 93 p.
1967. Ecological interactions, comparative biology and evolutionary
trends of thirteen pomadasyid fishes at Alligator Reef, Florida
Keys. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Miami, 128 p.

Dawson, C. E.

1953. A survey of the Tampa Bay area. Fla. State Board Conserv.,
iteela, Siero, 8839) jo.

1962. Notes on anomalous Heterosomata with descriptions of five
new records. Copeia 1962 (1):138-1)6.

1963. Length and weight relationships of young red snanpers
from the northern Gulf of Mexico. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
92:310=3i1.

1965a. Length-weight relationships of some Gulf of Mexico fishes.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 9:279-280.

1965b. Rainstorm induced mortality of lancelets, Branchiostoma,
in Mississippi Sound. Copeia 1965 ():505-506.

1967. Contributions to the biology of the cutlassfish (Trichiurus
lepturus) in the northern Gulf of Mexico. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 96:117-121.

1971. Occurrence and description of prejuvenile and early juvenile
Gulf of Mexico cobia, Rachycentron canadum. Copeia 1971 (1) :65-71.

Dees, L. Tf.

1961. The mosquitofish, Gambusia affinis. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv.
Hishs heatil 525.516) ps

102

De Sylva, D. P.

1957. Studies on the age and growth of the Atlantic sailfish,
Istiophorus americanus (Cuvier), using length-frequency
Clirviesey HBudaly Man ySeat 0/220).

1963. Systematics and life history of the great barracuda
Sphyraena barracuda (Walbaum). Stud. Trop. Oceanogr. Inst.
WAI, Seis 5) Wiens, Walenmbr ab, ALS io,

1969. Theoretical considerations of the effects of heated
effluents on marine fishes. Proc. First Nat. Symp. Thermal
Pollution, p. 229-293.

1970. Hcology and distribution of postlarval fishes of southern
Biscayne Bay, Florida. Progr. Rep. to Environmental Protection
Agency, Univ. Miami (Mimeo.), 198 p.

Der sylivias Da ks, Ha Be Stearns.) and Ds iG. Tabb
1956. Populations of the black mullet (Mugil cephalus L.) in
Florida. Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 19, 5 p.

Deubiler, E. H., Jr.
1960. Salinity as a factor in the control of growth and
survival of postlarvae of the southern flounder, Paralichthys
lethostigma. Bull. Mar. Sci. 10:338-3)5.

Devany, T. \
1969. Ecologic interpretation of distribution of the lanternfishes.
Pheleethesis, Unive Maama 935i "pe

Dooley, J. K.
1968. Young filefishes, Cantherhines macrocerus and Cc. pullus.

Copeia 1968()) :863-867.

Eidman, M.
1967. Contribution to the biology of needlefishes, Strongylura
spp. in south Florida. M.S. Thesis, Univ. Miami. p.
Hidred, B.

1966. The early development of the spotted worm eel, Myrophis
punctatus Lutken (Ophichthidae). Fla. State Board. Conserv. ,
Mees Thee 5 dheektal, Sermo IW, iis aby Wo> dl, 13) jos

1967a. Larval bonefish, Albula vulpes (Linnaeus, 1758), (Albulidae).
Fla. State Board Conserv., Mar. Lab., Leafl. Ser. IV, Pt. 1, No. 3.

1967b. Larval tarpon, Megalops atlanticus Valenciennes, (Megalopidae)
in Florida waters. Fla. State Board Conserv., Mar. Lab.,
WGeaiile.! Sere LV, Pitre wilyy (NOt tan oe pr

1968a. First record of a larval tarpon, Megalops atlanticus
Valenciennes, from the Gulf of Mexico. Fla. State Board
GonsSeEVieg) Mates) Mabry uecidliy Sei.) Vg tie du Now fs) 2 pe

103

Eldred, B.

1968b. Larvae and glass eels of the American freshwater eel,
Anguilla rostrata (Lesueur, 1817), in Florida waters. Fla.
State Board Conserv., Mar. Lab., Leafl. Ser. IV, Pt. 1, No. 9,

ligtors

1968c. Larvae of the marbled moray eel, Uropterygius juliae
(Tommasi, 1960). Fla. State Board Conserve, Mary Labe,
ineeitil, Sere, Is Wes i, Nos 8, I i.

1968d. The eel larva, Leptocephalus moringua edwardsi (Jordan
and Bollman 1889) (Moringuidae) in the Florida Straits.
Fla. State Board Conserv., Mar. Lab., Leafl. Ser. IV, Pt. 1,
Nos G5 5 ide

1968e. The larval development and taxonomy of the pygmy moray
eel, Anarchias yoshiae Kanazawa 1952. Fla. State Board
Conservean Mary VabenmlicatilinSery) Wp mrt ile None Ors Ompr

1969a. Embryology and larval development of the blackedge
moray, Gymnothorax nigromarginatus (Girard, 1859). Fla.
Dep. Natu \/Resour. 4; ) Marky labs Weati. Sere LV Pik. 2) Now a3)
WS) Ds

1969b. The larva of the redface moray, Rabula acuta (Parr, 1930)
Bohlke and Chaplin, 1968. Fla. Dep. Natur. Resour., Mar. Lab.,
iGetidk, Sei, IW, Wo ty Wosg Ils 5 ws

1970a. Larva of the green moray, Gymnothorax funebris Ranzani,
1805) Fila Dep. eNavuce, Resoursey Manse labny mLeatalsl Serammli\ie
Pio di, Woe Os lh jo.

1970b. Larva of the purplemouth moray, Gymnothorax vicinus
(Castlenau, 1855). Fla. Dep. Natur. Resour., Mar. Lab.,
Ieee, Sere, IN, Wigs tk, Mos Wh, 7 19.

1970c. Larva of the spotted moray, Gymnothorax moringa (Cuvier,
1629) "Ela. Dep Natur. Resour), eMarceilaben dheatlPa Sera ssl
iGo dks Woo 12, IO jo.

Bldred, B., and W. G. Lyons
1966. Larval ladyfish, Hlops saurus Linnaeus 1766 (Elopidae) in
Florida and adjacent waters. Fla. State Board Conserv., Mar.
Io, Weel, Ser, WW, Po Ig Wo. 2, © Bs

Ellis, R. W., A. Rosen, and A. W. Moffett
1958. A survey of the number of anglers and of their fishing
effort and expenditures in the coastal recreational fishery
of Florida. Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 2), 50 p.

Emery, A. R.
1968a. A new species of Chromis (Pisces: Pomacentridae) from the
western North Atlantic. Copeia 1968(1):h9-55.
1968b. Comparative ecology of damselfishes (Pisces: Pomacentridae )

at Alligator Reef, Florida Keys. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Miami.
258 p.

104

Eschmeyer, W. M.

1964. Western Atlantic scorpionfishes of the genus Scorpaena,
including descriptions of three new species from South
America. M.S. Thesis, Univ. Miami. 192 p.

1967. A systematic review of the scorpionfishes of the
Atlantic Ocean. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Miami. 2] p.

Evermann, B. W., and W. C. Kendall
W900. Check list of the fishes of Florida. Rep. U. S.
Comn. Fish. 25:37-103.

Feddern, H. A.

1963. Aspects of the biology of the bluehead wrasse, Thalassoma
bifasciatum (Pisces: Labridae). M. S. Thesis, Univ. Miami.
Ie jos

1967. Larval development of the neon goby, Elacatinus oceanops,
iT Halorada we BuO Mar. SCH Tifa Oleoiol

1968. Systematics and ecology of western Atlantic angelfishes,
family Chaetodontidae, with an analysis of hybridization in
Holacanthus. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Miami. 211 p.

Weal, dor Ge
1955. Systematics and distribution of the juvenile fishes of
the Subfamily Myctophinae in the Florida Goreistetmns Ws So
hess, Unsvew Macamays, COM p.

Heiicishy Hi eM.
1962. Pompanos (Trachinotus spp.) of south Atlantic coast of
the United States. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull.
62:189-222.

Finucane, J. H.
1965. Threadfin shad in Tampa Bay, Florida. Quart. J. Fla.
Acad. Sci. 28:267-270.
1969. Ecology of the pompano (Trachinotus carolinus) and the
permit (I. falcatus) in Florida. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
98 :478-l86.

Finucane, J. H., and G. R. Rinckey
1967. <A study of the African cichlid, Tilapia heudeloti
Dumeril, in Tampa Bay, Florida. Proc. Annu. Conf. Southeast
Ass. Game Fish Comm. 18:259-269.

Horste, RR. H.
196. Industry trends and indicators of economic performance

in the menhaden fishery. Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst.
16:30-l6.

105

Fraser, T. H.

1966. Comparative osteology of the Atlantic snooks (Pisces,
Centropomus). M.S. Thesis, Univ. Miami. 157 p.

1968. Comparative osteology of the Atlantic snooks (Pisces,
Centropomus). Copeia 1968(3) :433-l60.

1970. Comparative osteology of the shallow water cardinal
fishes (Perciformes: Apogonidae) with reference to the
systematics and evolution of the family. Ph.D. Thesis,
Univ. Miami. 212 p.

Fuss, €. M., dr.
1968. The new thread herring fishery in eastern Gulf of
Mexico. Commer. Fish. Rev. 30(6):36-l1.

WSS. Os Mog diPog do Mo Kelliky, dies 5 eincl IX, Wo Ieesiwg dhe,
1969. Gulf thread herring: aspects of the developing fishery
and biological research. Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst.
eal gallos <

pula, Go Bo
1966. Lisa -- the Florida black mullet. Fla. State Board
Conserv., Mar. Lab. Salt Water Bish. Leafil 6, 6 p.
1970. Contributions to the ecology of larval and juvenile
lined sole, Achirus lineatus, in Tampa Bay, Florida.
Fla. Dep. Natur. Resour., Mar. Lab., Leafl. Ser. IV,
Pe, Ik, WOs 175 5 De

GalktSoii eens.
1958. <A decade of progress in fishery biology of the Gulf
and Caribbean area. Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst.
© =16—2i0e

Gehringer, J. W.
1959. Leptocephalus of the Atlantic tarpon, Megalops
atlanticus Valenciennes, from offshore waters. Quart. J.
ME NCEely Seal, Zal92s\5—2)h0).

Gallons, Ito log di®.
1957. Preliminary analysis of the distribution of white
marlin, Makaira albida (Poey), in the Gulf of Mexico.
Bull. Mar. Sci. 7: 360-369.

Gilbert, C. R.
1966. Western Atlantic sciaenid fishes of the genus Umbrina.
Bull. Mar. Sci. 16:230-258.
1968. A mass inshore movement of fishes on the Florida
COeSwo Ovaien J, Bila, Moac Sel, Sils/0=78.

106

Godcharles, M. F.
1970. Exploratory fishing for southern sea bass, Centropristes
striatus melanus, in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico. Fla.
Dep. Natur. Resour., Tech. Ser. 63, 26 p.

Gould, W. R.
1965. The biology and morphology of Acyrtops beryllinus, the
emerald clingfish. Bull. Mar. Sci. 15:165-188

Grimes, C. B., and J. A. Mountain
1971. Effects of thermal effluent upon marine fishes near the
Crystal River steam electric station. Fla. Dep. Natur.
Resours.) Mar.) labs, Profi. Pap.wiser. ii) Gp.

Gudger, E. W.
1929. On the morphology, coloration, and behavior of seventy
teleostean fishes of Tortugas, Florida. Pap. Tortugas

Lab. 26(5):153-20).

Gunter, G.

1938. Seasonal variation in abundance of certain estuarine
and marine fishes in Louisiana with particular reference
to life histories. Ecol. Monogr. 8:313-36.

195. Studies on the marine fishes of Texas. Publ. Inst.
Mite, iS¥ealo 5 Widklig (abere, aL giL=alsos

1961. Some relations of estuarine organisms to salinity.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 6:182-190.

196. The Gulf of Mexico menhaden fishery in relation to the
sports fisheries. Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst. 16:99-108.

1967. Some relationships of estuaries to the fisheries of the
Gulf of Mexico. In Estuaries (ed. G. H. Lauff), p. 621-638.
AAS Pinta 83) AWalsheyswi Dim Gre

Gunter, G., and G. E. Hall

1963a. Additions to the list of euryhaline fishes of North
America. Copeia 1963(3):596-597.

1963b. Biological investigations of the St. Lucie Estuary
(Florida) in connection with Lake Okeechobee discharges
through the St. Lucie Canal. Gulf Res. Rep. 1:189-307.

1965. A biological investigation of the Caloosahatchie
Estuary of Florida. Gulf Res. Rep. 2:1-72.

Gutherz, E. J.

1966. Revision of the flounder genus Ancyclopsetta
(Heterosomata: Bothidae) with descriptions of two new
species from the Antilles and the Caribbean Sea. Bull.
Mar. Sei. 16:45-79.

107

Ha, S. Jd.
1968. Masking effects on the hearing of the lane snapper,

Lutjanus synagris (Linnaeus). M. S. Thesis, Univ. Miami.
Sl p.

Haburay, K., C. F. Crooke, and R. Hastings
1968. Tropical marine fishes from Pensacola, Florida. Quart.
Jo la, Neecl, Sel, BHLeZilsoZ9)

Hansen, D. Jd.

1969. Food, growth, migration, reproduction, and abundance of
pinfish, Lagodon rhomboides, and Atlantic croaker,
Micropogon undulatus, near Pensacola, Florida, 1963.
USSSeEnish) WallicirRemS ery ith Sulldleoo rls Salo.

Ieneeals}) Wo Won dke>
1955a. Monogenetic trematodes of Gulf of Mexico fishes. Part III.
The superfamily Gyrodactyloidea. Quart J. Fla. Acad. Sci.
18: 33-7.
1955b. Monogenetic trematodes of Gulf of Mexico fishes. Part VII.
The superfamily Diclidophoroidea Price, 1936. Quart. J. Fla.
Kozel, Sei, Is gia sJale)

Harrington, R. wW., Jr.
1966. Changes through one year in the growth rates of tarpon,
Megalops atlanticus Valenciennes, reared from mid-metamorphosis.

Bull. Mar. Sci. 16:863-883.

Harrington, R. W., Jr., and KE. S. Harrington
1960. Food of larval and young tarpon, Megalops atlantica.
Copeia 1960() :311-319.
1961. Food selection among fishes invading a high subtropical
salt marsh: from onset of flooding through the progress of
a mosquito brood. Ecology 2:6)6-666.

Hastings, R. W.
1969. Rivulus marmoratus Poey from the west coast of Florida.
Cpecey Te May Meda Ser. 3233730.

Heald, E. Jd.
1970a. Fishery resources Atlas I - New York to Florida. Univ.
Miami, Sea Grant Tech. Bull. 3:1-225.
1970b. Fishery resources Atlas II - West Florida to Texas.
Univ. Miami, Sea Grant Tech. Bull. ):1-17).

108

Heald, HE. J., and W. E. Odum
1970. The contribution of mangrove swamps to Florida fisheries.
Proc. Guilt Caribbean Hash. lnsiiecots Oss be

Heemstra, P. C.
1965. <A field key to the Florida sharks. Fla. State Board
Conserv.., Tech. Ser. 55) 1 p.
1969. A taxonomic study of the smooth dogfishes (Mustelus spp.,
Squaliformes: Carcharinidae) in the western Atlantic Ocean.
Mrpoi) biesats) Uinaaveu Masamaite. Hilly so

Helier, IT. R., and H. D. Hoese
1962. Note on the schooling behavior of the striped mullet,
Mugil cephalus, in Texas. Copeia 1962(2):453-l5h.

Henshall, J. A.
1891. Report upon a collection of fishes made in southern
Florida during 1889. Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm. 9(1889):371-389.

Inerellere sy Wo like 5 dies
1968. Artificial fertilization among yellowfin and Gulf menhaden
(Brevoortia) and their hybrid. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
Df SIA Se
1970. Rearing larvae of yellowfin menhaden,, Brevoortia smithi.

Copeia 1970(4):775-776.

Higham, J. R., and W. R. Nicholson
196. Sexual maturation and spawning of Atlantic menhaden.
U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. 63:255-271.

Higman, J. B.
1967. Relationships between catch rates of sport fish and
environmental conditions in Everglades National Park, Florida.
Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst. 19:129-1)0.

Ho, Jd.
1967. Cyclopoid copepods of the genus Tucca (Tuccidae), parasitic
on diodontid and tetraodontid fishes. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv.
Fish. Bull. 66:285-298.
1969. Copepods of the family Taeniacanthidae (Cyclopoida) parasitic
on fishes in the Gulf of Mexico. Bull. Mar. Sci. 19:111-130.

Hoese., H. Di.
1960. Biotic changes in a bay associated with the end of a drought.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 5:326-336.

INGORE 5 1G Ilo 5 Oke,

1970. Artificial spawning of black sea bass, Centropristes
striatus melanus Ginsburg, aided by chorionic gonadotrophic
hormones. Fla. Dep. Natur. Resour., Mar. Lab., Spec. Sci.
Reps 254 1 wp.

109

Houde, HE. D.

1972. Development and early life history of the northern
sennet, Sphyraena borealis DeKay (Pisces: Sphyraenidae
reared in the laboratory. Nat. Oceanic Atmos. Admin.
Fish. Bull. 70:185-196.

Houde, H. D., C. R. Futch, and R. Detwyler
1970. Development of the lined sole, Achirus lineatus,
described from laboratory-reared and Tampa Bay specimens.
Bilas Dep. Natur. Resour... Tech. sem. O2, 13) pe

Hudson, J. H., D. M. Allen, and T. J. Costello
1970. The flora and fauna of a basin in central Florida Bay.
U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Spec. Sea. Rep. 60, al p.

Hutt, A.
1969. The American eel. Fla. Wildlife 22(8):18-21.

Hutton, R. F., and F. Sogandares-Bernal
1959. Studies on the trematode parasites encysted in Florida
mullets. Fla. State Board Conserv., Mar. Lab., Spec. Sci.
Repey nee py.

nibigwoids Iho Io g 6 Iilickeecls I> IW5 Wo@clopiem,, etatel Its Wo Ibaeike
1956. The ecology of Boca Ciega Bay with special reference to
dredging and filling operations. Fla. State Board Conserv. ,
WNeelg Semon 75 Wl We

slim ealtormecyeme is
1967. Purse net studies in Florida. Fla. State Board Conserv. ,
Were, Ihe), SISo Soils Meo, 195 15 jon
1969. Selected references concerning Florida's marine resources.
bis Swen logic Cemsirar, , Wiehe, Weld, Siocses Seal, Repo, Bh, ly j-

Ingle, R. M., R. fH. Hutton, and Rh. W. Topp
1962. Results of the tagging of salt water fishes in Florida.
Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 38. 57 p.

Iversen, E. S., and A. W. Moffett
1962. Estimation of abundance and mortality of a spotted
seatrout population. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 91:395-398.

Iversen, H. S., and D. @. Tabb
1962. Subpopulations based on growth and tagging studies of

spotted seatrout, Cynoscion nebulosus, in Florida. Copeia
1962 (3) :54)-5),8.

Jachowski, R. L.
1967. Reproductive behavior of the emerald clingfish, Acyrtops
beryllinus. M. S. Thesis, Univ. Miami. 37 p.

110

Jannke, T. E.
1971. Abundance of young sciaenid fishes in Everglades
National Park, Florida, in relation to season and other
variables. M. S. Thesis, Univ. Miami. 128 p.

Jordan, D. S., and J. S. Thompson
1905. The fish fauna of the Tortugas Archipelago. Bull. Bur.
Fish. 2)(190)):231-256.

Joseph, EH. B., and R. W. Yerger
1956. The fishes of Alligator Harbor, Florida with notes on
their natural history. Stud. Fla. Univ. 22:111-156.

Juhl, R.
1966. Experimental fish trawling survey along the Florida
west coast. Commer. Fish. Rev. 28(6):1-5.

Kahn, R. A.
1951. What are the most significant economic trends in the
Gulf and Caribbean fisheries? Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish.
Inst. 3:139-1)0.

Kelsliyeudian Ac) dia 4) and) Aly Dragovach
1967. Occurrence of macrozooplankton in Tampa Bay, Florida
and the adjacent Gulf of Mexico. U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv.
Fish. Bull. 66:209-221.

Kilby, J. D.

1949. A preliminary report on the young striped mullet
(Mugil cephalus Linnaeus) in two Gulf coastal areas of
ileal, OMerees do Wile, Neacl, Sesto dale7—23)

1955. The fishes of two Gulf coastal marsh areas of Florida.
Tulane Stud. Zool. 2:176-2h7.

Kilby, J. D., and D. K. Caldwell
1955. A list of fishes from the southern tip of the Florida
peninsula. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 18:195-206.

Kinnear, B. S., and C. M. Fuss, Jr.
1971. Thread herring distribution off Florida's west coast.
Commer. Fish. Rev. 33(7-8):27-39.

Klawe, W. L., and B. M. Shimada
1959. Young scombroid fishes from the Gulf of Mexico. Bull.
Mar. Sei} 9:10OA115-

Klima, E. F.

1959. Aspects of the biology and the fishery for Spanish
mackerel, Scomberomorus maculatus (Mitchill), of southern
Florida. Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 27, 39 p.

1971. Distribution of some coastal pelagic fishes in the
western Atlantic. Commer. Fish. Rev. 33(6):21-3h.

Klima, E. F., and Di. C. Tabb
1959. <A contribution to the biology of the spotted weakfish,
Cynoscion nebulosus (Cuvier), from northwest Florida, with a
description of the fishery. Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech.
Sire, B05 25 196

Klima, E. F., and D. A. Wickham
1971. Attraction of coastal pelagic fishes with artificial
structures. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 100:86-99.

Kristensen, I.
196. Hypersaline bays as an environment of young fish. Proc.
Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst. 16:139-1h2.

Memes, Co He (Ed. )
1967. Estuaries. AAAS Publ. 83. Wash., D. C. 757 p.

Legaspi, V. A.
1956. <A contribution to the life history of the nomeid fish
Psenes cyanophrys Cuvier and Valenciennes. Bull. Mar. Sci.
Guay G=1 998

Loftin, H.
1960. An annotated checklist of trematodes and cestodes and their
vertebrate hosts from northwest Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad.
Sei. 23:302-31).

Longley, W. H., and S. F. Hildebrand
1941. Systematic catalogue of the fishes of Tortugas, Florida
with observations on color, habits, and local distribution.

Pap. Tortugas Lab. 321-331.

Lonnberg, E.
189). List of fishes observed and collected in south Florida.
Ofversigt. Af Kongl. Vetenskaps - Akademiens Forhandliwgar

3R1LOVALS TH 6

Mago leecia, F.
1958. The comparative osteology of the scombrid fishes of the
genus Scomberomorus from Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. 8:299-3)1.

Marshall, A. R.

1956. <A survey of the snook fishery of Florida, with studies
of the biology of the principal species, Centropomus
undecimalis (Bloch). M. S. Thesis, Univ. Miami. 116 p.

1958. A survey of the snook fishery of Florida, with studies
of the biology of the principal species, Centropomus
undecimalis (Bloch). Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech.
See, 225 39 jo

2

Mangia tye Dl
1972. Factors influencing local distribution of Cyprinodon
variegatus (Pisces: Cyprinodontidae). Trans. Amer. Fish.

Soc. 101:89-93.

Martin, R. A., and J. H. Finucane
1968. Reproduction and ecology of the longnose killifish.
@Qmaseo dio Wile, Lesicl Steals Sileaonlaaat.

Massmann, W. H.
196). The fishes - a neglected aspect of estuarine research.
Trans. N. Amer. Wildlife Conf. 29:337-352

Mayo, C. A., III
Physiology and behavior of the man-o-war fish, Nomeus
gronovii, in the Florida current. M. S. Thesis. Univ.
Miami. 76 p.

McErlean, A. Jd.

1963. <A study of the age and growth of the gag, Mycteroperca
microlepsis Goode and Bean (Pisces: Serranidae) on the west
coast of Florida. Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser.
id, BO foe

McHugh, J. L.
1966. Management of estuarine fisheries. In A symposium on
estuarine fisheries, p. 133-15. Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec.
Rplolls Bio

McKenny, T. W.
1959. <A contribution to the life history of the squirrel fish
Holocentrus vexillarius Poey. Bull. Mar. Sci. 9:17h-221.

McKenny, T. W., E. C. Alexander, and G. L. Voss
1958. Early development and larval distribution of the carangid
fish, Caranx crysos (Mitchill). Bull. Mar. Sci. 8:167-200.

Moe, M. AJ, Jr.

1963. A survey of offshore fishing in Florida. Fla. State Board
Conserv.) Mare Labs, eProi."Paps ser. Uy, 17 p.

1966a. Tagging fishes in Florida offshore waters. Fla. State
Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 9, 0 p.

1966b. First Gulf of Mexico record for Lutjanus cyanopterus.
Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 29:285-286.

1967a. Basic considerations of fishery production and
management with special reference to purse nets. Fla.
State Board Conserv., Mar. Lab., Spec. Sci. Rep. 20, 12 p.

i)

Moe, M. A., Jr.

1967b. Prolonged survival and migration of three tagged reef
fishes in the Gulf of Mexico. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
96:228-229.

1968. A reversed, partially ambicolorate tonguesole,
Symphurus diomedianus, from the Gulf of Mexico. Copeia
1968 (1) :172.

1969. Biology of the red grouper Epinephelus morio
(Valenciennes) from the eastern Gulf of Mexico. Fla.

Dep. Natur. Resour., Mar. Lab. Prof, Pap. Ser. 10. 95 p.

Moe, M. A., Jr., D. S. Beaumariage, and R. W. Topp
1970. Return of tagged gag, Mycteroperca microlepsis,
and Caribbean red snapper, Lutjanus campechanus, after
six years of freedom. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 99:28-29.

WIS, Wo Bog dieog lito Ilo ikemals,, etal i, Il, iaveile
1968. Pompano mariculture: preliminary data and basic
considerations. Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser.

55. 65 p.

Moe, Mo Ac. Ure, and G. Ts Marrtaimn
1965. Fishes taken in monthly trawl samples offshore of
Pinellas County, Florida, with new additions to the fish
fauna of the Tampa Bay area. Tulane Stud. Zool. 12:129-151.

Moffett, A. W.
1957. A key to some southern Florida fishes based on vertebral
characters. M. S. Thesis, Univ. Miami. 108 p.
1961. Movements and growth of spotted seatrout, Cynoscion
nebulosus Cuvier, in west Florida. Fla. State Board
Conserv., Tech. Ser. 36. 35 p.

Moffett, A. W., and A. C. Jones
1961. Movements of seatrout on the west coast of Florida.
Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst. 13:156.

Moody, W. D.
1950. A study of the natural history of the spotted trout,
Cynoscion nebulosus, in the Cedar Key, Florida area.
Quart. J. Fla Acad. Sci. 12:a7—-17a.

Nahas, F. M., and E. C. Powell
1971. Digenetic trematodes of marine fishes from the Floridian
northern Gulf of Mexico. Tulane Stud. Zool. Bot. 17:1-9.

Nahhas, F. M., and R. B. Short

1965. Digenetic trematodes of marine fishes from Apalachee
Bay, Gulf of Mexico. Tulane Stud. Zool. 12:39-50.

4

Nugent, R. S.
1970. The effects of thermal effluent on some of the
macrofauna of a subtropical estuary. Ph.D. Thesis,
Univ. Miami. 198 p.

Odum, W. E.
1966. The food and feeding of the striped mullet Mugil
cephalus Linnaeus in relation to the environment. M. 5S.
Thesis, Univ. Miami. 118 p.
1968. The ecological significance of fine particle selection

by the striped mullet Mugil cephalus. Limnol. Oceanogr. 13:92-98.

1970a. Insidious alteration of the estuarine environment. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 99:836-8h7.

1970b. Pathways of energy flow in a South Florida estuary. Ph.D.
Thesis, Univ. Miami. 162 p.

1970c. Utilization of the direct grazing and plant detritus food
chain by the striped mullet Mugil cephalus. In Marine food
chains (J. H. Steele, ed.) py1222-2h0. \Univ. Calif. Press,
Berkeley. 552 p.

Oppendeimer, C. H.
1963. Effects of Hurricane Carla on the ecology of Redfish Bay,
Texas. Bull. Mar. Sci. 13:59-72.

Overstreet, R. M.
1969. Digenetic trematodes of marine teleost fishes from
Biscayne Bay, Florida. Tulane Stud. Zool. Bot. 15:119-175.

Phadiips, R. C., and V. G. Springer
1960. <A report on the hydrography, marine plants and fishes of
the Caloosahatchee River area, Lee County, Florida. Fla.
State Board Conserv., Mar. Lab., Spec. Sci. Rep. 5, 3h p.

Potthoff, T., and W. J. Richards
1970. Juvenile bluefin tuna, Thunnus thynnus Linnaeus, and
other scombrids taken by terns in the Dry Tortugas, Florida.
Bull. Mar. Sei. 20:389-13.

Randall, J. EH.
1965. Grazing effect on sea grasses by herbivorous reef fishes
in the West Indies. Ecology 6:255-260.

Raney, E. C., and B. W. Menzel
1969. Heated effluents and effects on aquatic life with
emphasis on fishes. A bibliography. Ichthyological
Associates, Bull. 2, h70 p.

115

Reid, G. K., dr.

1954. An ecological study of the Gulf of Mexico fish fauna
in the vicinity of Cedar Key, Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci.
4z1-9h.

1955a. A summer study of the biology and ecology of East Bay,
Weis, Were, do SCi, Pesto syh3).

1955b. A summer study of the biology and ecology of East Bay,
Texas. Part Il. The fish fauna of Hast Bay, the Gulf
Beach, and summary. Tex. J. Sci. 7:430-)53.

Reintjes, J. W.

1960. Continuous distribution of menhaden along the South
Atlantic and Gulf coasts of the United States. Proc.
Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst. 12:31-35.

196ha. Annotated bibliography on biology of menhadens and
menhadenlike fishes of the world. U.S. Fish Wildlife
Serv. Fish. Bull. 63:531-5)9.

196lb. The importance of the occurrence of menhaden in the
coastal waters and estuaries of peninsular Florida.
Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst. 16:1C8-113.

197C. The Gulf menhaden and our changing estuaries.

Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst. 22:87-90.

Reintjes, J. W., J. Y. Christmas, Jr., and R. A. Collins
1960. Annotated bibliography on biology of American
menhaden. U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. 60:297-322.

Reintjes, J. W., and F. G. June
1961. A challenge to the fish meal and oil industry in the
Gulf of Mexico. Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst.‘ 13:62-66.

Reintjes, J. W., and A. L. Pacheco
1966. The relation of menhaden to estuaries. In A symposium
on estuarine fisheries, p. 50-58. Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec.
Polos Se

Inaligel<ey/ Cio lig Elatcl ©o Ml, Sedlommenn
196). Effect of reduced water temperature on fishes of Tampa
Ben, Mileraicle, Opeicn, Je Mla, Meacl, Sci, 27/s9alo,

TVA 5 dlag Iho
1951. A preliminary review of the western North Atlantic fishes
of the family Scombridae. Bull. Mar. Sci. 1:2C9-230.
1954. A preliminary report on the spawning of the western
North Atlantic bluefin tuna (Thunnus thynnus) in the Straits
of Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. ]):302=322.

6

aL Wals}5 ligt Ib

1960. The fishes of the genus Pomacentrus in Florida and
the western Bahamas. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 23:130-162.

1962. The Florida fishes of the genus Centropomus, commonly
known as snook. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 25:53-6).

1966. Review of the Lutjanus campechanus complex of red
snappers. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 29:117-136.

1970. The red grouper of the Gulf of Mexico. Commer. Fish.
Rev. 32(10) :2h-30.

Robins, C. R.

1957. Effects of storms on the shallow-water fish fauna of
Southern Florida with new records of fishes from Florida.
Bull. Mar. Sci. 7:266-275.

1958. Check list of the Florida game and commercial marine
fishes. Fla. State Board. Conserv., Mar. Lab., Educ. Ser.
12, MNS I8-

1967. The juvenile of the serranid fish Epinephelus mystacinus
and its status in Florida waters. Copeia 1967 (hh) :838-839.

Robins ee Ge re ymand: DeaC. shal
1965. Biological and taxonomic notes on the blue croaker,
Bairdiella batabana. Bull. Mar. Sci. 15:)95-511.

Roessler, M. A.

1965. An analysis of the variability of fish populations
taken by otter trawl in Biscayne Bay. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 9)4:311-318.

1970. Checklist of fishes in Buttonwood Canal, Everglades
National Park, Florida, and observations on the seasonal
occurrence and life histories of selected species. Bull.
Mar. Sci. 20:860-893.

Roessler, M. A., D. GC. Tabb, and R. G. Bader
1970. An ecological study of south Biscayne Bay in the
vicinity of Turkey Point. Prog. Rep. to F.W.P.C.A.
Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences,
Univ. Miami, January, 1970. 81 p.

Roessler, M. A., and J. KH. Zieman, Jr.
197C. The effects of thermal additions on the biota of
southern Biscayne Bay, Florida. Proc. Gulf Caribbean
Fish. Inst. 22:136-1)5.

Rusoff, L. L.

1940. The shark fishing industry of Florida. Proc. Fla. Acad.
Sci. ):189-192.

17

Saloman, C. H., and G. R. Rinckey
1963. Large lookdowns from Tampa Bay, Florida. Quart. J. Fla.
Acad. Sci. 26:192-193.

Shipp, R. Ll.
1966. Taxonomic and distributional relationships of Spheroides
maculatus and S. nephelus. M. S. Thesis, Fla. State Univ.

Shipp, R. L., and R. W. Yerger
1969. Status, characters and distribution of the northern and
southern puffers of the genus Sphoeroides. Copeia 1969(3):25-33.

Siebenaler, J. B.
1953. The Biscayne Bay commercial fishery. Fla. State Board Conserv.
Techy users Lon 2Omps ‘

Skud, B. E., and W. B. Wilson
1960. Role of estuarine waters in Gulf fisheries. Trans. N. Amer.
Wildlife Conf. 25:320-326.

Swelidas > Tel
1966. Effects of water use activities in Gulf of Mexico and
South Atlantie estuarine areas. In A symposium on estuarine
fisheries, p. 93-101. Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. 3.

Sogandares-Bernal, F., and R. F. Hutton

1959a. Studies on helminth parasites of the coast of Florida.
I. Digenetic trematodes of marine fishes from Tampa and
Boca Ciega Bay with descriptions of two new species. Bull.
Mar. Sei. 9:53-68.

1959b. Studies on helminth parasites from the coast of
Florida. IV. Digenetic trematodes of marine fishes of
Tampa, Boca Ciega Bays, and the Gulf of Mexico. Quart. J.
Fila, Acad. Scil. 21112692272)

Springer, S.
1939. Notes on the sharks of Florida. Proc. Fla. Acad. Sci. 3:9-l1.

Springer, V. G.
1961. Notes on and additions to the fish fauna of the Tampa Bay
area in Florida. Copeia 1961():)8c-82.

Springer, V. G., and J. H. Finucane
1963. The African cichlid, Tilapia heudeloti Dumeril in the
commercial fish catch of Florida. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.

923i 3i8

118

Springer, V. G., and A. J. McHrlean

1961a. Spawning seasons and growth of the code goby,
Gobiosoma robustum (Pisces: Gobiidae), in the Tampa Bay
area. Tulane Stud. Zool. 9:77-85.

1961b. Tagging of great barracuda, Sphyraena barracuda
(Walbaum). Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 90:]97-500.

1962. Seasonality of fishes on a south Florida shore.
Bull. Mar. Sci. 12:39-60.

Springer, V. G., and K. D. Woodburn
1960. An ecological study of the fishes of the Tanpa Bay
area. Fla. State Board Conserv., Mar. Lab., Prof. Pap.
Ser. 2, LO p.

Stark, W. A., II
1964. A contribution to the biology of the gray snapper,
Lutjanus griseus (Linnaeus), in the vicinity of Lower
Matecumbe Key, Florida. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Miami. 258 p.

stark, W. A., Il, and R. &. Schroeder
1970. Investigations on the gray snapper, Lutjanus griseus.
Stud. Trop. Oceanogr., Rosenstiel School Mar. Atmos. Sci.,
Umi, Weleiml, WO, WO, 96

Stewart, K. W. ;
1961. Contributions to the biology of the spotted seatrout,
(Cynoscion nebulosus) in the Everglades National Park,
Florida. M. S. Thesis, Univ. Miami. 103 p.

Storey, M.
1937. The relation between normal range and mortality of
fishes due to cold at Sanibel Island, Florida. Ecology
18:10-26.

Storey, M., and HE. W. Gudger
1936. Mortality of fishes due to cold at Sanibel Island,
Florida. 1886-1936. Ecology 17:6)0-68.

Sutton, J. W.
1950. Gear studies in the Florida mullet fishery. Proc.
Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst. 2:h7-51.

Sykes, J. E.
196h4a. Biological interest in the estuarine resource.
Proc. Int. Game Fish Conf. 8:13-16.
196lb. Requirements of Gulf and South Atlantic estuarine
research. Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst. 16:113-120.

119

Sykes, J.-H.

1965. Multiple utilization of Gulf coast estuaries. Proc.
Southeast Ass. Game Fish Comm. 17:323-326.

1966. The role of research in the preservation of estuaries.
Trans. N. Amer. Wildlife Natur. Resour. Conf. 32:150-160.

1968. Commercial values of estuarine-generated fisheries on
the South Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico coasts. In Proceedings
Marsh and Estuary Management Symposium (J. D. Newsom, ed)
p-. 73-78, Baton Rouge, Louisiana.

Sykes, J. E., and J. H. Finucane
1966. Occurrence in Tampa Bay, Florida, of immature species
dominant in Gulf of Mexico commercial fisheries. U. S.
Fish Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. 65:369-379.

Tabb, D. C.

1956. Contribution to the life history of the spotted weakfish,
CGynoscion nebulosus, of the Florida east coast. M. S. Thesis,
Unive itamaean (oinp

1958. Differences in the estuarine ecology of Florida waters
and their effect on populations of the spotted weakfish,
Cynoscion nebulosus (Cuvier and Valenciennes). Trans.

N. Amer. Wildlife Conf. 23:392-h0l1.

1960. The spotted seatrout fishery of the Indian River area,
Florida. Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 33, 20 p.

1961. A contribution to the biology of the spotted seatrout,
Cynoscion nebulosus (Cuvier) of east-central Florida.

Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 35, 2) p.

1963. The effects of changes in water supply in marshes on
the species composition of fishes. Annu. Rep. to Bur.
Sport Fish Wildlife, Contract No. 1-16-000h-56. (Mimeo),
1 p. Univ. Miami.

1966. The estuary as a habitat for spotted seatrout, Cynoscion
nebulosus. In A symposium on estuarine fisheries. Amer.
IBLSi5) SOS, See. Kula, 3, jo. S907.

HEIN), Do Gog Eiatcl No Go domes
1962. Effect of Hurricane Donna on the aquatic fauna of north
Florida Bay. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 91:375-378.

Tabb, D. C., D. L. Dubrow, and R. B. Manning
1962. The ecology of northern Florida Bay and adjacent estuaries.
Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 39, 81 p.

Tabb, D. C., and N. Kenny
1967. The effects of changes in water supply in marshes on
the species composition of fishes. Quart. Rep. to Bur.
Sport Fish. Wildlife, Contract No. 1-16-COO)-56. (Mimeo).
Univ. Miami.

120

Rao we De Cr and: R. Bo Mannans
1961. A checklist of the flora and fauna of northern Florida
Bay and adjacent brackish waters of the Florida mainland
collected during the period July, 1957 through September,
1960. Bull. Mar. Sci. 11:552-6h9.

Taylor, J. L., and C. H. Saloman
1968a. Some effects of hydraulic dredging and coastal
development in Boca Ciega Bay, Florida. U.S. Fish
Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. 67:213-2)1.
1968b. The oarfish, Regalecus glesne: A new occurrence and
previous records from the Gulf of Mexico. Copeia

1968 (2) :O4-05.

Thompson, J. R.
1959. Exploratory fishing for sardine-like fishes in the
Gulf of Mexico. Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst. 11:38-0.

Thompson, S.
1960. The commercial fisheries of the Gulf and South Atlantic-
a report of progress. Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst. 12:1-h.

Thomson, J. M.
1963. Synopsis of biological data on the grey mullet Mugil
cephalus Linnaeus 1758. C.S.1.R.0., Fish. Oceanogr.
Fish. Synopsis l.
1966. The grey mullets. Oceanogr. Mar. Biol. Annu. Rev. }:3C1-335.

Topp, R. W.
1963. The tagging of fishes in Florida 1962 program. Fla. State
Board Conserv., Mar. Lab., Prof. Pap. Ser. 5, 76 p.

MOP Ree Wer) and fH. Hotta
1971. An adult bluefin tuna, Thunnus thynnus, from a Florida
West coast urban waterway. Nat. Oceanic. Atmos. Admin.,
Fish. Bull. 69:251-252.

Townsend, B. C., Jr.
1967. <A study of the spot, Leiostomus xanthurus Lacepede,
in Alligator Harbor, Florida. M. S. Thesis, Fla. State

Univ. )3 p.

Turner, W. R.
1969. Life history of menhadens in the Eastern Gulf of Mexico.
Trans. mer. Fish. Soc. 98:216-22).

Tyler, J. E.

196). Preliminary exploratory fishing on the Florida west coast.
Fla. State Board Conserv., Mar. Lab., Spec. Sci. Rep. 8, 1h p.

12]

Volpe, A. V.
1959. Aspects of the biology of the common snook, Centropomus
undecimalis (Bloch) of southwest Florida. Fla. State Board
Conserve; Tech. Ser. 31, 37 vi

Voss, G. L.
1953. A contribution to the life history and biology of the
sailfish, Istiophorus americanus, Cuvier and Valenciennes,
in Florida waters. Bull. Mar. Sci. 3:206-2h0.

Voss, N. A.
195la. The postlarval development of some fishes of the family
Gempylidae from the Florida Current. M. S. Thesis, Univ.
Miami. 96 p.
195hb. The postlarval development of the fishes of the family
Gempylidae from the Florida Current. 1. Nesiarchus Johnson
and Gempylus Cuvier and Valenciennes. Bull. Mar. Sci.

:120-158.

Wade, R. A.

1962. The biology of the tarpon, Megalops atlanticus, and
the ox-eye, Megalops cyprinoides, with emphasis on larval
development. Bull. Mar. Sci. 12:55-622.

1969. Ecology of juvenile tarpon and effects of dieldrin on
two associated species. U.S. Bur. Sport Fish. Wildlife,
Tech. Pape ladl—85.

Wahlquist, H.
1966. A field key to the batoid fishes (sawfishes, guitarfishes,
skates and rays) of Florida and adjacent waters. Fla. State
Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 50, 20 p.

Waldinger, F. J.

1968. Relationships of environmental parameters and catch
of three species of the mojarra family (Gerreidae),
EKucinostomus gula, Eucinostomus argenteus, and Diapterus
plumieri, collected in 1963 and 196) in Buttonwood Canal,
Everglades National Park, Florida. M. S. Thesis, Univ.
Miami. 68 p.

Walford, L. A.

1968. Values of the South Atlantic and Gulf coast marshes
and estuaries to sport fishery resources. In Proc. Marsh
and Estuary Management Symposium (J. D. Newsom, ed.)

p. 79-82, Baton Rouge, Louisiana.

JAA

Wickham, D. A.
1971. Harvesting coastal pelagic fishes with artificial
light and purse seine. Commer. Fish. Rev. 33(1):30-38.

Wollam, M. B.

1969. Larval wahoo, Acanthocybium solanderi (Cuvier),
(Scombridae) from the Straits of Yucatan and Florida.
Fla. Dep. Natur. Resour., Mar. Lab., Leafl. Ser. IV,
Pio dbo Woo 12s 7 jc

1970. Description and distribution of larvae and early
juveniles of king mackerel, Scomberomorus cavalla (Cuvier),
Spanish mackerel, Scomberomorus maculatus (Mitchill);
(Pisces: Scombridae); in the western North Atlantic.
Fla. Dep. Natur. Resour., Tech. Ser. 61, 35 p.

Yerger, R. W.
1961. Additional records of marine fishes from Alligator
Harbor, Florida, and vicinity. Quart. J. Fla. Acad.
Sei. 2):111-116.

Yokel, B. J.
1966. <A contribution to the biology and distribution of the

red drum, Sciaenops ocellata. M. S. Thesis, Univ. Miami.
WSGe9s

W233

3. Phytoplankton.

Anonymous
1953. Factors in "red tide" outbreak of 1952. Prog. Fish.
Cult. 15(3):128.
1961. The Florida red tide. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish.
eatwltpi500R loupe

Arnold, E. L.
1958. Gulf of Mexico plankton investigations 1951-53. U. S.
Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 269. 53 p.-

Bainbridge, R.
1953. Studies on the inter-relationships of zooplankton and
phytoplankton. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. United Kingdom 32:385-l5.
1957. The size, shape, and density of marine phytoplankton
concentrations. Biol. Rev. 32:9-115.

Balech, E.
1967. Microplankton of the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea.
Texas A & M Research Foundation 67-10-T. i1hh p.

Bein, S. J.
1955. Red tide bacterial studies. Univ. Miami Mar. Lab., Spec.
Serv. Budi. 10:2.
1957. The relationship of total phosphorus concentration in
seawater to red tide blooms. Bull. Mar. Sci. 7(h):316-329.

Bogdanov, D. V., V. A. Sokolov, and N. S. Khromov
1968. Regions of high biological productivity in the Gulf of
Mexico and the Caribbean Sea (in Russian). Okeanologiia

8:466-,78.

Chew, F.
1953. Results of hydrographic and chemical investigations in the
region of the "red tide" bloom on the west coast of Florida
in November 1952. Bull. Mar. Sci. 2()):610-625.
1956. A tentative method for the prediction of the Florida Red
Tide outbreaks. Bull. Mar. Sci. 6()):292-30).

Coliiier, A.
1958. Some biochemical aspects of red tides and related
oceanographic problems. Limnol. Oceanogr. 3(1):33-39.

Comer, Po Se
1951. Present status of diatom studies in the Gulf of Mexico,
p. 227-232. In Galtsoff, P., Gulf of Mexico, its origin, waters,
and marine life. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull. 89.

124

Corcoran, E. F., and J. E. Alexander
1963. Nutrient, chlorophyll and primary production studies in the
Florida current. Bull. Mar. Sci. 13(h):527-5)1.

Gumi, ilog ake.
1959. The phytoplankton of Apalachee Bay and the northeastern Gulf
of Mexico. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas, 6:277-320.

Dzivats, G5 Gs
1950. Observations of plankton taken in marine waters of Florida
aim LGN eral WOW S Gwen dio Wile, Neel, Seay WAs@7/—ales}-
1954. Phytoplankton of the Gulf of Mexico, p. 163-169. In
Galtsoff, P., Gulf of Mexico, its origin, waters, and marine
ethene Us oe Fshe Walldilite Servivy ish. Bull. 169).

Waves O. and Ho i. Walliams
1950. Brackish water plankton of mangrove areas in southern
Florida. Ecology 31(h):519-531.

Dragovich, A.

1961. Relative abundance of plankton of Naples, Florida, and
associated hydrography 1956-57. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv.,
Spee. Seals Rejos S25 joo ala

1963. Hydrology and plankton of coastal waters at Naples, Florida.
Quart wie Bila. Acad. «Sci. 50: 2)5—29%

1967. Morphological variations of Gymnodinium breve Davis. Quart.
J. Fla. Acad. Sei. 30(4):2h5-29.

Dragovich, A., J. H. Finucane, J. A. Kelly, Jr., and B. Z. May
1963. Geancs of red-tide organisms, Gymnodinium breve and associated
oceanographic data from Florida west coast, 1960-61. U. S. Fish
Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 55. 0 p.

Dragovich, A., J. H. Finucane, and B. Z. May
1961. Counts of red-tide organisms, Gymnodinium breve, and associated
oceanographic data from Florida west coast, 1957-59. U.S. Fish
Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 369. 175 p.

realgoverchy) Aly anced. eA Nelllay). dacs

1964. A collection of data in reference to red tide outbreaks during
1963. 2. Preliminary observations on phytoplankton and hydrology
in Tampa Bay and the immediately adjacent offshore waters. Fla.
State Board Conserv., Mar. Lab. p. h-22.

1966. Distribution and occurrence of Gymnodinium breve on the west
coast of Florida, 1964-65. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec.
Scum Repen BelshiepsS) pias els

Dragovich, A., J. A. Kelly, Jr., and R. D. Kelly

1965. Red water bloom of a dinoflagellate in Hillsborough Bay,
Florida. Nature 207(5002):1209-1210.

125

Eldred, B.
1966. Plankton collections with pertinent data, Tampa Bay, Florida,

and Gulf of Mexico (July 1961 - June 1963). Fla. State Board
Conserv., Mar. Lab., Spec. Sci. Rep. 11.

Eldred, B., K. Steidinger, and J. Williams
1964. A collection of data in reference to red tide outbreaks during
1963. 3. Preliminary studies of the relation of Gymnodinium breve
counts to shellfish toxicity. Fla. State Board Conserv., Mar. Lab.

p. 23-52.

Eldred, B., V. Stewart, L. Gillespie, J. Williams, and K. Steidinger
1964. A collection of data in reference to red tide outbreaks during
1963. . Preliminary studies of vitamin Bj , carbohydrate, and
phytoplankton in sea water. Fla. State Board Conserv., Mar. Lab.

p- 53-96.

Hl-Sayed, S.
1972. Primary productivity and standing crop of phytoplankton. In
Chemistry, primary productivity, and benthic marine algae of the
Gulf of Mexico. Serial Atlas of the Marine Environment, Folio
22. Amer. Geograph. Soc.

Feinstein, A.
1956. Correlations of various ambient phenomena with red tide
outbreaks on the Florida west coast. Bull. Mar. Sci. 6(3):209-232.

Feinstein, A., A. R. Ceurvels, R. H. Hutton, and EH. Snoek
1955. Red tide outbreaks off the Florida west coast. Univ. Miami,
Mar. Lab., Rep. 55-15 to Fla. State Board Conserv. p. 1-h.

Finucane, J. H.
196h. Distribution and seasonal occurrence of Gymnodinium breve on
the west coast of Florida, 1954-57. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv.,
Spec., Slee RepewPashe Oe | Wy pe

Finucane, J. H., and A. Dragovich
1959. Counts of red tide organisms, Gymnodinium breve and associated
oceanographic data from Florida west coast, 195457. U.S. Fish
Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 289. 220 p.

Finucane, J. H., G. R. Rinckey, and C. H. Saloman
196. A collection of data in reference to red tide outbreaks during
1963. 5. Mass mortality of marine animals during the April 1963
red tide outbreak in Tampa Bay, Florida. Fla. State Board
Conserv., Mar. Lab. p. 97-107.

126

Florida State Board of Conservation Marine Laboratory
1966. Observations of an unusual red tide - a symposium. Fla.
State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab., Prof. Pap. Ser. 8.
1967. Red tide studies, Pinellas and Collier Counties, 1963-66,
a symposium. Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab., Prof.
[Pelion Skengan 5/4

Graham, H. W.
195. Dinoflagellates of the Gulf of Mexico, p. 223-226. In
Galtsoff, P., Gulf of Mexico, its origin, waters, and marine
IsLIGg SUG Sei Malsion MaLChlawee; Series py) alsin ual Coe

Gunter, G., F. G. W. Smith, and R. H. Williams
1947. Mass mortality of marine animals on the lower west coast of
Florida, November 196 - January 19l\7. Science 105(2723):256-257.

Cromer, Cio g Ino lelo (abate, 5 Ws Wenabss) cial ING Go le | Saul
1948. Catastrophic mass mortality of marine animals and coincidental
phytoplankton bloom on the west coast of Florida, November 196 -
August 1947. Ecol. Monogr. 18(3):309-33h.

Harvey, H. W.
1940. Nitrogen and phosphorus required for the growth of phytoplankton.
Jy Mere, Bike tloNS5 Ws) IK 2ieilalss.

Heald, EH. Jd.
1969. The production of organic detritus in a south Florida estuary.
Doctoral dissertation, Univ. Miami. 110 p.

Hopkins, T. L.
1966. The plankton of the St. Andrews Bay system, Florida. Publ.
Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Tex. 11:12-6).

Hulburt, E. M.
1963. The diversity of phytoplanktonic populations in oceanic,
coastal, and estuarine regions. J. Mar. Res. 21:81-93.
1970. Competition for nutrients by marine phytoplankton in
oceanic, coastal, and estuarine regions. Ecology 51(3):h75-h8h.

Humm, H. J., and S. E. Taylor
1961. Marine chlorophyta of the upper west coast of Florida. Bull.
Mar. Sci. 11(3):321-380.

Hutton, R. F.
1956. An annotated bibliography of red tides occurring in the marine
waters of Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 19(2-3):12)-1h6.

Ingle, R. M., and D. F. Martin

1971. Prediction of the Florida red tide by means of the iron index.
Environ. Lett. 1:69-7h.

127

Ingle, R. M., and J. E. Sykes
196. A collection of data in reference to red tide outbreaks during
1963. 1. 1963 red tide and associated studies - a preliminary
report. Introduction. Fla. State Board Conserv., Mar. Lab. p. 2-3.

Ketchum, B. H.
1967. Phytoplankton nutrients in estuaries. Estuaries 329-335.

King, J. EH.
1950. <A preliminary report on the plankton of the west coast of
Inloraicel, Ope do Mla, Neacl, Sek, 12(2) clOSL37/.

Matlome ye vv Gre
1971. The relative importance of nannoplankton and netplankton as
primary producers in tropical oceanic and neritic phytoplankton
communities. Limnol. Oceanogr. 16:633-639.

Marshall, N.
1956. Chlorophyll a in the phytoplankton in coastal waters of the
eastern Gulf of Mexico. J. Mar. Res. 15:1h-32.

May, B. Z.
1964. A collection of data in reference to red tide outbreaks during
1963. 6. Environmental chemistry January - May 1963. Fla. State
Board Conserv., Mar. Lab. p. 108-121.

Parsons, T. R., and J. D. H. Strickland
1959. Proximate analysis of marine standing crops. Nature 18):2038-2039.

Pomeroy, L. R.
1960. Primary productivity of Boca Ciega Bay, Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci.
10:1-10.

IGS Slley'y Io lie
1972. Plankton, nekton, and nightlight collections with pertinent data.
Hourglass Cruises, Gulf of Mexico (1965-1967). Fla. Dep. Natur.
Rn@sowrds | WE ess Ikelo, SS 32. WO iw.

Ragotzkie, R. A.
1959. Plankton productivity in estuarine waters of Georgia. Publ.
Inst. Mar. Sci. (Texas) 6:1)6-158.

Raymont, J. EH. C.
1963. Plankton and productivity in the oceans. Macmillan Co.,
New York. 660 p.

Richards, F. A., and T. G. Thompson
1952. The estimation and characterization of plankton populations by
pigment analysis. II. A spectrophotometric method for the
estimation of plankton pigments. J. Mar. Res. 14:156-172.

128

Rounsefell, G. A., and A. Dragovich
1966. Correlation between oceanographic factors and abundance of
the Florida red tide (Gymnodinium breve Davis), 195-61. Bull.
Mar. Sci. 16(3):h0h-h22.

Rounsefell, G. A., and W. R. Nelson
1966. Red tide research summarized to 196) including an annotated
bibliography. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish.

535. 85. p.

Ryther, J. H.
1956. The measurement of primary production. lLimnol. Oceanogr.

IL (2) s72Shi-

Ryther, J. H., and ©. S. Yentsch
1957. The estimation of phytoplankton production in the ocean from
chlorophyll and light data. lLimnol. Oceanogr. 2(3):281-286.

Saunders, R. P., B. I. Birnhak, J. T. Davis, and C. L. Wahlquist
1967. Seasonal distribution of diatoms in Florida inshore waters
from Tampa Bay to Caxambas Pass, 1963-196), p. 8-78. In Red
tide studies, Pinellas to Collier Counties, 1963-1966, a
symposium. Fla. State Board Conserv., Mar. Lab., Prof. Pap.
Ser, Yo

Saunders, R. P., and D. A. Glenn

1969. Diatoms. Mem. Hourglass Cruises I(III):1-119. Fla. Dep.
Natur. Resour. Mar. Res. Lab.

Saunders, R. F., and G. Fryxell
1972. Diatom distribution. In Chemistry, primary productivity,
and benthic marine algae of the Gulf of Mexico. Serial Atlas
of the Marine Environment, Folio 22. Amer. Geograph. Soc.

Szhvalllley5 UEo
1966. A study of estuarine pollution problems on a small unpolluted

estuary and a small polluted estuary in Florida. Eng. Progr.
Univ. Fla. 20:1-202.

Simmons, E. G., and W. H. Thomas
1962. Annotated checklist of the phytoplankton of the eastern
Mississippi delta. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex. 3:269-298.

Slobodkin, L. B.

1953. <A possible initial condition for red tides on the coast of
Florida. J. Mar. Res. 12(1):1)8-155.

Smayda, T. J.
1958. Biogeographical studies of marine phytoplankton. Oikos
9:158-191.

129

Steele, J. H.
1964. <A study of production in the Gulf of Mexico. J. Mar.
Res. 22:211-222.

Steele, J. H., and I. H. Baird
1961. Relations between primary production, chlorophyll, and
particulate carbon. Limnol. Oceanogr. 6:68-78.
1962. Further relations between primary production, chlorophyll,
and particulate carbon. Limnol. Oceanogr. 7(1):2-l7.

Steidinger, K. A.

1967. Dinoflagellate studies on the inshore waters of the west
coast of Florida, p. h-l7. In Red tide studies, Pinellas to
Collier Counties, 1963-1966. Fla. State Board Conserv.,

Meares Ihelog 4 Emoit>s Peo Siro Ya

1972. Dinoflagellate distribution. In Chemistry, primary
productivity, and benthic marine algae of the Gulf of Mexico.
Serial Atlas of the Marine Environment, Folio 22. Amer.
Geograph. Soc.

Steidinger, K. A., M. A. Burklew, and R. M. Ingle
1973. The effects of Gymnodinium breve toxin on estuarine animals.
In D. Martin and G. Padilla (ed.) Marine Pharmacognosy. New
York. Academic Press.

steidinger, K. A; vic 2. Davais) and) de Wwidalvams

1966. Observations of Gymnodinium breve Davis and other
dinoflagellates, p. 8-15. In Observations of an unusual
red tide, a symposium. Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab.,
Pao, Reig, Sem, Oa

1967. A key to the marine dinoflagellate genera of the west
coast of Florida. Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab.,
Tech. Ser. 52.

ivendangercs Ki vA) vara ie sip mince
1972. Observations on the 1971 summer red tide in Tampa Bay,
Hiloricdan Lnvalronemlhe tiem calcio

Steidinger, K. A., and J. Williams
1970. Dinoflagellates. Mem. Hourglass Cruises I1:1-251. Fla.
Dep. Natur. Resour. Mar. Res. Lab.

Strickland, J. D. H:
1960. Measuring the production of marine phytoplankton. Fish.
Res. Board Canada Bull. 122. i172) p.

Sykes, J. EH.

1965. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries symposium on red tide.
WS So Wasia Welchiuite Saicy.5 Sloses Seas leo, Sele.

130

4, Zooplankton.

Arnoid, E. L.
1958. Gulf of Mexico plankton investigations, 1951-53.
Spec. Sci. Rep. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Fish. 269.

Austin, H. M.

1971. The characteristics and relationships between the
calculated geostrophic current component and selected
indicator organisms in the Gulf of Mexico Loop Current
System. Ph.D. Dissertation, Dep. Oceanogr., Fla.
Sheek, Winali~g SIS!) joa

Austin, H. M., and J. I. Jones
1971. Seasonal variation in bulk plankton on the Florida
Middle Ground, and its relation to water masses on the
West Florida Shelf. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci.

Banner, A. H.
195). The Mysidacea end Euphaustacea. In Gulf of Mexico,
its origin, waters, and marine life. Fish. Bull., U. S.
Fish Wildlife Serv. 55(89):hh7-lu8.

Bogdanov, D. V., V. A. Sokolov, and N. S. Khromov
1969. Regions of high biological and commercial productivity
in the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea. Oceanology
8(3):371-381. (NSF Translation).

Bsharah, L.

1957. Plankton of the Florida Current. V. Environmental
conditions, standing crop, seasonal and diurnal changes
at a station forty miles east of Miami. Bull. Mar.
Sei. 7(3):201-251..

Clarke, G. L.
1934. Factors affecting the vertical distribution of
copepods, hydrography. Ecol. Monogr. h(l):530-50.

Clarke, G. L., and D. W. Bishop
1948. The nutritional value of marine zooplankton with
a consideration of its use an an emergency food.
Ecology 29(1):54-71.

Cruise, J.
1971. The planktonic shrimp genus Lucifer: its distribution
and use as an indicator organism in the Eastern Gulf of

Mexico. M.S. Thesis, Dep. Oceanogr., Fla. State Univ.
185 p.

131

Deals, Co Ge
1950. Observations on plankton taken in marine waters off
Inlerericle, cin ILG)i(? eiael IONS Owe, do Mila, Mees, Sex.
12 (2):67-103.

Davis, C. C., and R. H. Williams
1950. Brackish water plankton from mangrove areas in
southern Florida. Ecology 31:519-531.

Dovel, W. L.
196. An approach to sampling estuarine macroplankton.
Chesapeake Sci. 5(1-2):77-90.

Dragovich, A.
1963. Hydrology and plankton of coastal waters at Naples,
Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 26(1):22-h7.

Eldred, B.
1966. Plankton collections with pertinent data. Tampa
Bay, Florida and Gulf of Mexico (July 1961 - June 1963).
Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab. Spec. Sci. Rep. ll.

Eldred, B., J. Williams, G. T. Martin, and E. A. Joyce, Jr.
1965. Seasonal distribution of penaeid larvae and
postlarvae of the Tampa Bay area. Fla. State Board
Conserv. Tech. Ser. 4:1-h7.

Federal Water Pollution Control Administration
1969. Problems and Management of Water Quality in
Hillsborough Bay, Florida. 88 p.

Fleminger, A.
1956. Taxonomic and distributional studies on the
epiplanktonic calanoid copepods (Crustacea) of the
Gulf of Mexico. Ph.D. Dissertation, Harvard Univ.
Library, Cambridge, Mass.

Gillespie, M. CG.

1971. Analysis and treatment of zooplankton of estuarine
waters of Louisiana. In Cooperative Gulf of Mexico
Estuarine Inventory and Study, Louidiana. La. Wildlife
Fish. Comm.

Grice, G. D.

1953. <A qualitative and quantitative seasonal study of the
Copepoda and Cladocera of Alligator Harbor. Master's
Thesis, Fla. State Univ. 82 p.

1956. <A qualitative and quantitative seasonal study of the
Copepoda of Alligator Harbor. Pap. Oceanogr. Inst. No. 2,
Hilas State Unive (Studs 22:37

132

Grice, G. D.
1960. Calanoid and cyopoid copepods collected from the
Florida Gulf Coast and Florida Keys in 195) and 1955.
By; Wieies Seas (2).
1969. Calanoid copepods from the Caribbean Sea and Gulf
of Mexico. 1. New species and new records from
midwater trawl samples.

Bull. Mar. Sci. 19(2):h6-l55.
Hansen, H. J.

1915. The Crustacea Euphausiacea of the United States
National Museum.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 8:59-11).
Hopkins, T.

1962. The variation in the catch of plankton nets in
a system of estuaries. J. Mar. Res.
Hopkins, T. L.

1966.

Plankton of the St. Andrew Bay System of Florida.
Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex. 11:12-6).

Jones, HK. C.
1952. <A preliminary survey of the copepods of the Florida
Current. Master's Thesis, Mar. Lab., Univ. Miami.
Kelly, J. A., and A. Dragovich
1967. Occurrence of macrozooplankton in Tampa Bay, Florida,
and the adjacent Gulf of Mexico.

Fish. Bull. 66(2):209-221.
Khromov, N. S.

1965. Distribution of plankton in the Gulf of Mexico and some
aspects of its seasonal dynamics.

In Soviet-Cuban Fishery
Research, A. S. Bogdanov, ed., p. 36-56 (IPST Translation).
U. S. Document TT 69-59016.
King, J. E.
1950. A preliminary report on the plankton of the west coast
of Florida.

Cues, Jo Mla, Neeck, Sel, 12(2)) gloea37/.
Laevaster, T.

1957. Zooplankton considered in relation to phytoplankton
and thus as a factor affecting basic production and fisheries
FAO Fisheries Division, Biology Branch, FAE/57/7/hh71
(Mimeo). 8 p.
Lewis, A. G.
1959. The vertical distribution of some inshore copepods in

relation to experimentally produced conditions of light
and temperature. Bull. Mar. Sci. 9(1).

133

Lewis, J. B.
195). The occurrence and vertical distribution of the
Euphausiacea of the Florida Current. Bull. Mar. Sci.
(4) :265-301.

Mcllwain, T. D.
1968. Seasonal occurrence of the pelagic Copepoda in
Mississippi Sound. Gulf Res. Rep. 2(3):257-270.

Miller, S. M., H. B. Moore, and K. R. Kvammen
1953. Plankton of the Florida Current. I. General
conditions. Bull. Mar. Sci. 2(3):)65-)85.

Moorenm iii Be
195). Zooplankton, Gulf of Mexico bibliography. U. S.
Fish Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. 55(89):171-172.

Owre, H. B.
1960. Plankton of the Florida Current. Part VI. The
Chaetognatha. Bull. Mar. Sci. 10(3):255-322.

Owre, H. B., and M. Foyo
1964. Report on a collection of Copepoda from the
Caribbean Sea. Bull. Mar. Sci. 14(2):359-372.
1967. Copepods of the Florida current, with illustrated
keys to the genera and species. Fauna Caribace, No. 1,
Crustacea, Part 1, Copepoda. 137 p.

Pierce, Hi.) li.
1951. The Chaetognatha of the West Coast of Florida.
Biol. Bull. (Woods Hole) 100(3):206-228.
1954. Notes on the chaetognatha of the Gulf of Mexico.
In Galtsoff, P. S. (ed.), Gulf of Mexico its origin,
waters, and marine life. U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv.
Fish. Bull. 55(89):327-329.

Rathbun, M. J.

1885. Annotated list of the described species of
parasitic copepoda (Siphonostoma) from American waters
contained in the U. S. National Museum. Proc. U. 5S.
Nat. Mus. 188), 7:483-92.

Reeve, M. R.
196). Studies on the seasonal variation of the zooplankton
in a marine sub-tropical inshore environment. Bull. Mar.
Sei. 14(1):103-122.

134

Simmons, E. G.
1957. An ecological survey of the Upper Laguna Madre of
Mexacsmebubils vinsty Mare Scie Unive ules (2) 5o=200.

Smith, T. M.
1955. The distribution and breeding of the Chaetognaths
of the northwest coast of Florida. M.S. Thesis,
Fla. State Univ.

Tattersall, W. M.
1926. Crustaceans of the orders Euphausiacea and Mysidacea
from the western Atlantic. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 69(8) :1-32.
1951. Review of Mysidacea of the U. S. National Museun.-
Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 201:1-292.

Tokioka, T.
1955. Notes on some chaetognaths from the Gulf of Mexico.
Bull. Mar. Sci. 5(1):52-65.

Williams, R. B., M. B. Murdoch, and L. K. Thomas
1968. Standing crop and importance of zooplankton in a
system of shallow estuaries. Chesapeake Sci. 9(1):2-51.

Wilson, C. B.
194. Parasitic copepods in the U. S. National Museum.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 9)(3177):529-582.

Woodmansee, R. A.

1958. The seasonal distribution of the zooplankton off
Chicken Key in Biscayne Bay, Florida. Ecology 39(2):2h7-262.

13'S

Sie Aligaler

Baas Becking, L. G. M., and M. MacKay
1956. Biological processes in the estuarine environment.
Va. The influence of Entermorpha upon its environment.
Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch. Proc. Ser. B. Phys. Sci.
59:109-123.

Blinks, L. R.
1955. Photosynthesis and productivity of littoral marine
algae. J. Mar. Res. 1j:363-373-.

Blum, J. L.
1968. Salt marsh Spartina and associated algae. Ecol.
Monogr. 38(3):199-221.

Golilaiag.,, > So
1909. The green algae of North America. Tufts College
Studies Sci. Ser. 2(3):79-l80, pls. 1-18. First Suppl.,
lola SA) a7eaco., jollso db, 25 usmle, Se@ore Swoyeile
Holo 5 Mn(7) eILaMOS, jal, 3, WEALS.

Coimeere, 15 So
195. Present status of diatom studies in the Gulf of
Mexico. In Galtsoff, P. S. (ed.), Gulf of Mexico,
its origin, waters, and marine life. Fish. Bull. U. S.

55 (89) :227-232.

Crowley, F. C., and GC. J. Dawes
1970. Ecology of the algae of a Florida Key. A preliminary
checklist, zonation, and seasonality. Bull. Mar. Sci.

20:165-185.

Dawes, C. Jd.
1967. Marine algae in the vicinity of Tampa Bay, Florida.
Comite, Qo Wado Bots, Univ, Souda Mla, , Wane, IGS
pe

Dawes, C. J., S. Harle, and F. C. Crowley
1967. The offshore benthic flora of the southwest coast
om Miloraick), Bwull, Wei, Sea, 17seQl-2sil.

Dawes, C. J., and J. van Breedveld
1969. Benthic marine algae. Mem. Hourglass Cruises,
WOiLs iy josie 2. Wila, Dep. Natwe, Resouie, I ie

Duke University Marine Station
196. Utilization of seaweeds from the South Atlantic and
Gulf coasts for agar and its decomposition by bacteria.
IeOLIL, Wilkes Wronly, Were, Siwa., Noo 35 BO id.

136

Karle, L. C., and H. J. Humm
196). Phaeophyta of the eastern Gulf of Mexico.
Phycologia 7:71-254, 125 figs.

Rarle, S. A.
1969. Phaeophyta of the eastern Gulf of Mexico.
Phycologia 7:71-254, 125 figs.
1972. Benthic algae and seagrasses in the Gulf of Mexico.
In press.

Erickson, S. d.
1964. The isolation and characteristics of a Chlorella - like green
alga from the west coast of Florida. Fla. State Board
Conserv. Mar. Lab. Leafl. Ser. 1(5).

Farlow, W. G.
1875. List of the marine algae of the United States. Report
U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1873-74 and
1874-75:691-718.

Fiore, J.
1970. Life history studies of Phaeophyta from the Atlantic
coast of the United States. Unpubl. doctoral dissertation,
Depa Bote, Duker Univ.) 250) ps

Hillis, L. W.
1959. Revision of the genus Halimeda. Publ. Texas Inst. Mar.
Sci. 6:321-h03.

Humm, H. J.

19h. Agar resources of the south Atlantic and east Gulf
coasts of the U. S. Science 100:209-212.

1953. Notes on the marine algae of Florida. II. Flora of
the rocky bottom off St. Mark's light, Wakulla County
(Gulf of Mexico). Phycol. Soc. News Bull. 6:8 (abstract).

1956. Seagrasses of the Northern Gulf coast. Bull. Mar.
Sei. 6:305-308.

1963. Some new records and range extensions of Florida
marine algae. Bull. Mar. Sci. 14:516-526.

1964. Epiphytes of the sea grass, Thalassia testudinum, in
Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. 14:306-3i1.

1969. Distribution of marine algae along the Atlantic coast
of North America. Phycologia 7:)3-53.

Humm, H. J., and R. L. Caylor

1957. The summer marine flora of Mississippi Sound. Publ.
Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas )(2):228-26).

137

Humm, H. J., and H. H. Hildebrand
1962. Marine algae from the Gulf coast of Texas and Mexico.
Publ. Inst. Mar. Scil., Univ. Texas. in press.

Humm, H. J., and S. BH. Taylor
1961. Marine Chlorophyta of the upper west coast of Florida.
Bulla) Mane Scale dale ilo oS On

Joseph, HE. B., and F. &. Nichy
1955. literature survey of the Tampa Bay area. Part II.
Algae, marine fouling, and boring organisms. (Supplement
to Olsen and Morrill, 1955). U. S. Navy Hydrographic Office

Kim, C. S.
196. Marine algae of Alacran reef, southern Gulf of Mexico.
Unpubl. Ph.D. dissertation, Duke Univ. x + 213 p.

Madsen, G. ©., and ©. S. Nielsen
1959. Check list of the algae of northern Florida II. Quart.
dig Ile, Mezcl, Seals ASKGloh))e3-201 2

Worrell Wo lic
1959. A survey of the marine algae of the Bay St. John and
adjacent Alabama waters. M. S. Thesis, Univ. Ala. 67 p.

Phillips, R. C.

1960a. The ecology of marine plants of Crystal Bay, Florida.
Ores Vo wile, Neecl, Sea, Ca(h)asaelessi7 5

196Cb. Ecology and distribution of marine algae found in
Tampa Bay, Boca Ciega Bay, and at Tarpon Springs, Florida.
Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 23:222-260.

1963. Ecology of floating algal communities in Florida.
Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 26():329-33h.

Phillips, R. C., and V. G. Springer
1960. Observations of the offshore benthic flora in the
Gulf of Mexico off Pinellas County, Florida. Amer.
Midland Natur. 6):362-381.

Saunders, R. P., and D. A. Glenn
1969. Diatoms. Mem. Hourglass Cruises, Vol. I, Part III.
Fla. Dep. Natur. Resour. Mar. Res. Lab. Cont. 127.

Silva, P. C.
1959. Codium (Chlorophyta) in the tropical western Atlantic.
Nova Hedwigia 1 (3 and )):h97-536.

Steidinger, K. A.
1972. Dinoflagellate distribution, p. 1-15, 23-25. In
Chemistry, primary productivity and benthic algae of the
Gulf of Mexico. Serial Atlas of the Marine Environment,
Folio 22. Amer. Geograph. Soc. (Contrib. 150).

138

Steidinger, K. A., T. J. Davis, and J. Williams
1967. A key to the marine dinoflagellate genera of the west
coast of Florida. Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab.
Tech. Ser. 52.

Steidinger, K. A., and J. F. van Breedveld
1971. Benthic marine algae from waters adjacent to the
Crystal River electric power plant (1969 and 1970).
Prot bap. lop Hila) eps Neacurwhesoursl)|Omps

Steidinger, K. A., and J. Williams
1970. Dinoflagellates. Mem. Hourglass Cruises, Vol. II.
Fla. Dep. Natur. Resour. Mar. Res. Lab.

Setchell, W. A.
1917. Geographical distribution of the marine algae.
Science 5 (1157 ):197-20).

Stephenson, T. A., and A. Stephenson
1950. Life between tide marks in North America. I. The
Florida Keys. J. Ecol. 38:35)-)02.

Weydlore5 So lhe
1965. Phaeophyta of the eastern Gulf of Mexico. Ph.D.
Rhesas).) Dukes Unisys w5i:2 sip.

Taylor, W. R.

1928. Marine algae of Florida with special reference to
the Dry Tortugas. Publ. Carnegie Inst. 379; Pap.
Tortugas Lab. 25:1-219.

1929. Notes on marine algae of Florida. Bull. Torrey
Bot. Club. 56()):199-210.

1936. Notes on algae from the tropical Atlantic Ocean.
Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts, Letters 21:199-207.

1942. Caribbean marine algae of the Allan Hancock
Expedition, 1939. Rep. Allan Hancock Atl. Exped.,

25 UGS} ide

- 195ha. Distribution of marine algae in the Gulf of
Mexico. Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts, Letters
39:85-109.

195lb. Sketch of the character of the marine algal
vegetation of the shores of the Gulf of Mexico. In
Gulf of Mexico, its origin, waters, and marine life.
U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. 89(55):177-192.

1960. Marine Algae of the Eastern Tropical and
Subtropical Coasts of the Americas. Univ. Mich.
Press, Ann Arbor 8103.

1972. Marine algae of the Smithsonian-Bredin Expedition
to Yucatan - 1960. Bull. Mar. Sci. 22(1):3)-hh.

139

Williams, R. H.

1949a. The commercial seaweed industry. Proc. Gulf
Caribbean Fish. Inst., August, 1948. p. 70-71.

1949b. Utilization of seaweed resources of the United
States. Trans. llth N. Amer. Wildlife Conf.

1950. Florida seaweeds and their commercial use,
Sargassum, Digenea, Hypnea, Gracilaria. Educ. Ser.
Fla. State Board Conserv. 7. 19 p.

140

6. Mangroves.

Bowman, H. H. M.
1917. Ecology and physiology of the red mangrove. Proc.
Amer. Phil. Soc. 56:589-672.

Connor, D. J.
1969. Growth of grey mangrove, (Avicennia marina) in nutrient
culture. Biotropica 1:36-)0.

DeNalsi, Wo lake

1938. Mangroves - makers of land. Nature Magazine 31:551-553.

1939. The role of mangrove vegetation in land building in
southern Florida. Amer. Phil. Soc. Year Book 1938:162-16).

1940. Ecology and geologic role of mangroves in Florida.
Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 517; Pap. Tortugas Lab. 32:303-12,
12 plates, 16 tables, 7 figures, 1 map.

192. Ecology of the vegetation and topography of the sand keys
of Florida. Pap. Tortugas Lab. Carnegie Inst. Wash.
33:113-195 -

1943. The natural features of southern Florida, especially the
vegetation, and the Everglades. Geol. Bull., Fla. Geol.
Survey, 25:1-311.

DewWalS5 Oo Ga5 ehatel Is Jels \Walililalenns
1950. Brackish water plankton of mangrove areas in southern
Florida. Ecology 31(4):519-531.

Eggler, W. A., and R. J. Russell (editors)
1961. Louisiana coastal marsh ecology. Tech. Rep. No. 1h,
Coastal Studies Inst., Louisiana State Univ.

Hgler, F. EH.
1948. Dispersal and establishment of red mangrove, Rhizophora,
in Florida. Caribbean Forester 9:299-320.

Gall, Ne We
1971. The literature on mangroves: An incomplete compilation of
titles. Fairchild Botanical Garden Research Library.
Cat. No. X12-N9-Gh75; p. 1-62 (typescript).

Cama AG Ml and Py Be lomamson
1969. Studies on the growth of red mangroves (Rhizophora
mangle L.): 1. Habitat and general morphology.
Biotropica 1:1-19.

Harshberger, J. W.
191). The vegetation of south Florida, south of 27 degrees 30
minutes north, exclusive of the Florida Keys. Trans.,
Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia, 7:49-189.

14]

Heald, EH. J., and W. E. Odum
1970. The contribution of mangrove swamps to Florida fisheries.
Proc. Guif Caribbean Fish. Inst. 22:130-135.

Kurz, H., and K. Wagner
1957. Tidal marshes of the Gulf and Atlantic coasts of northern
Florida and Charleston, South Carolina. Fla. State Univ.
Stud. No. 2:1-168.

McMillan, C.
1971. Environmental factors affecting seedling establishment
of the black mangrove on the central Texas coast.
Ecology 59:927-930.

Odum, W. E.
1971. Pathways of energy flow in a south Florida estuary.
Sea Grant Tech. Bull. No. 7, Univ. Miami.

Odum, W. E., and H. J. Heald
1972. Trophic analysis of an estuarine mangrove community.
Bul, Were, Sei, 22(3)sole738.

Price, W. A.
1954. Shorelines and coasts of the Gulf of Mexico. In Gulf
of Mexico, its origin, waters, and marine life. Fish. Bull.
89, U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. p. 39-86.

Savage, T.
1972. Florida mangroves: A review. Fla. Dep. Natur. Res. Mar.
Res. Lab. Leafl. Ser. Vol. VII, Marine plants. Part 2(1):
1-15.

Slant, We ie
196). Recent sedimentary record in mangrove swamps and rise in
sea level over the southwestern coast of Florida. Parts 1

and 2. Mar. Geol. 1:34-366; 2:3)3-36).

Scholl, D. W., and F. C. Craighead
1967. Recent geologic history of the west coast of Florida:
coastal mangrove swamps, and Florida Bay. Trans. Gulf
Coast Ass. Geol. Soc., 17 Annu. Meeting, p. 81.

142

Spackman, W., C. P. Dolsen, and W. Riegal
1966. Phytogenic organic sediments and sedimentary environments
in the Everglades-mangrove complex. Part I. Evidence of a
transgressing sea and its effect on environments of the
Shark River area of southwest Florida. Peleogeographica
Gtutgart Abte B, Jue 5—152"

Spackman, W., D. W. Scholl, and W. H. Taft
196. Field guidebook to environments of coal formation in
southern Florida. Geol. Soc. Amer. 67 p.

Stephens, W. M.
1962. Mangroves: trees that make land. Ann. Rep. Smithson.
Inst. 1962:491-,96.

Vaughn, T. W.

1909. The geologic work of mangroves in southern Florida.
Smithson. Misc. Collect. 52:h61-l6).

143

Ho Selita WereSsino

Adams, D. A.
1963. Factors influencing vascular plant zonation in North
Carolina salt marshes. Ecology hh :h5-56.

Baker, J. M.
1971. Seasonal effects of oil pollution on salt marsh
vegetation. Oikos 22:106-110.

sims de. ly
1968. Salt marsh Spartina and associated algae. Ecol.
Monographs 38:199-221.

Boorman, L. A.
1971. Studies in salt marsh ecology with special reference
to the genus Limonium. J. Ecol. 59:103-120.

Burkholder, P. R.
1956. Studies on the nutritive value of Spartina grass
growing in the marsh areas of coastal Georgia, Bull.
Torrey Bot. Club 83(5):327-33h.

Burkholder, P. R., and G. H. Bornside
1957. Decomposition of marsh grass by aerobic marine
bacteria. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 8:366-368.

Chapman, V. J.
1938. Studies in salt marsh ecology. J. Ecol. 26:1\h-179.
1939. Studies in salt marsh ecology. J. Ecol. 27:16\-181.
190. Studies in salt marsh ecology. J. Ecol. 28:118-152.
1960. Salt marshes and salt deserts of the world. Plant
Science Monographs. Leonard Hill, London. 392 p.

Heald, H. J.
1969. The production of organic detritus in a south Florida
estuary. Doctoral dissertation, Univ. of Miami, 110 p.

HOSSO,5 Ilo luc
1967. Effect of higher than normal salinities on salt
marshes. Contrib. Mar. Sci. 12:2)9-261.

Jackson, C. R. uh
1952. Topographic and edaphic factors affecting plant
WOME LOM sia @ wcll meiesia, OQwerewbo Jo WlaA. Acad.

Sesis WS) sis AUS

144

JagzsclakvH5 do Mog elalcl Into So IBieall
1966. American beach grass (establishment-fertilization-seeding).
ULL, BHIBG Mlodig Wakes Iigeere. (Siwet5 NGbasiwoial, Je IC.

Keefe, C. W.
1972. Marsh production: a summary of the literature.
Contrib. Mar. Sci. 16:163-181.

Kerwin, J. A., and R. A. Pedigo
1971. Synecology of a Virginia salt marsh. Chesapeake
Scasen teed 25=1308

hquberAg lal6
192. Florida dune and scrub, vegetation and geology.
Pla, C@ol. Stay. www, Woo 23,5 U5h jo.
1953. Vegetation of northwest Florida tidal marshes.
Final Report, ONR Contract NR 163-117, Mimeographed. 85 p.

Kurz, H., and K. Wagner
1957. Tidal marshes of the Gulf and Atlantic coasts of
northern Florida and Charleston, South Carolina.
Fla. State Univ. Stud. 2):1-168.

Millspaugh, C. F.
1907. Flora of the sand keys of Florida. Field Columbia
Museum Publ. 118. Bot. Ser. 2:189-25.

Ochi, I, Ip
1961. The role of tidal marshes in estuarine production.
New York State Conservationist for June-July, 1961. 5 p.

Oosting, H. J., and W. D. Billings
192. Factors affecting vegetational zonation on coastal
dunes. Ecology 23:131-12.

Phiegar, F. B., and J. S. Bradshaw
1966. Sedimentary environments in a marine marsh.
Science 15):1551-1553.

Pomeroy, L. R.
1959. Algal productivity in salt marshes of Georgia.
Limnol. Oceanogr. ) 3386-397.

Smalley, A. E.
1959. The growth cycle of Spartina and its relation to the
insect populations in the marsh. Proc. Conf. Salt
Marshes, Univ. of Georgia: 96-100.

145

Sjoreibaersien IG iGo, eval do Ino \itelosiwisie
1951. Biological effects of DDT applications on tidal salt
marshes. Mosquito News 11:67-7).

Stalter, R., and W. T. Batson
1969. Transplantation of salt marsh vegetation, Georgetown,
South Carolina. Ecology 50:1087-1089.

Stebbings, R. E.
1970. Recovery of salt marsh in Brittany sixteen months
after heavy pollution of oil. Environ. Pollution
1:163-167.

Wee dio Wl
1962. Energy flow in the salt marsh ecosystem of Georgia.

Ecology 43:614-62h.

Teal, J. M, and J. W. Kanwisher.
1970. Total energy balance in salt marsh grasses.
Ecology 51:690-695.

Wells, B. W.
1928. Plant communities of the coastal plains of North
Carolina and their successional relation. Ecology
9:230-2)2.

Williams, R. B., and M. B. Murdoch
1969. The potential importance of Spartina alterniflora
on conveying zinc, manganese, and iron into estuarine
food chains. Symposium on Radioecology edited by
DS dis Weulsyora cial Is Co Myeis 5 joo INL ShBO, We So Nome
Energy Comm., Oak Ridge, Tenn. 37830.

146

8. Sea Grasses.

Bader, R. G., and M. A. Roessler
1971. An ecological study of south Biscayne Bay and Card
Sound. Progress Report to U. S. At. Mergy Comm. and
Filla. Power and Light Co., 31 p.

Balslantwane, De i.

1972. Epiphytes of four Florida sea grass species in the
Anclote Anchorage, Tarpon Springs, Florida. Unpubl.
master's thesis, Dep. of Biol., Univ. of South
Florida, 86 p.

Boney, A. D.
1965. Aspects of the biology of the seaweeds of economic
importance. In F. S. Russell (editor), Advances in
marine biology. 3:105-253. Academic Press, Inc., London.

Burkholder, P. R., L. M. Burkholder, and J. A. Rivero
1959. Some chemical constituents of turtle grass, Thalassia

testudinum. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 86:77-93.

Craighead, F. C., and V. C. Gilbert
1962. The effects of Hurricane Donna on the vegetation of
southern Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 25(1):1-28.

DawvatSiyumey tale
1942. The ecology of the vegetation and topography of the
sand keys of Florida. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ.
52h:113-195.

JS HeTeKOR., Co
1970. Sea grasses of the world. North-Holland Publishing
Go., Amsterdam, 280 p.

Dexter, R. W.
19h. Ecological significance of the disappearance of
eelgrass at Cape Ann, Massachusetts. J. Wildlife
Manage. 8:173-176.

Waele, {So the
1972. Benthic algae and sea grasses in the Gulf of
Mexico.

Byles, De H., and J. i: Robervson, Jr.
194. A guide and key to the aquatic plants of the
southeastern United States. U. S. Public Health Serv.
Public Health Bull. 286, reprinted as U. S. Fish
Wildlife Serv. Circ. 158 (year 1963), 151 p.

147

Fenchel, .
1970. Studies on the decomposition of organic detritus
derived from the turtle grass, Thalassia testudinum.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 15:1)-20.

Ferguson, C. R.
1952. Salt tolerant plants of south Florida. Proc. Bila.
State Hort.) Sock pe S00—3i.

Gessner, F.
1971. The water economy of the turtle grass, Thalassia
testudinum. Mar. Biol. 10:258-260.

Ginsburg, R. N., and H. A. Lowenstam
1958. The influence of marine bottom communities on the
depositional environment of sediments. J. Geol. 66:310-318.

Hoese, H. D.5 and R. S. Jones
1963. Seasonality of larger animals in a Texas turtle grass
community. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Texas 9:37-h7.

Humm, H. Jd.

1953. Checklist of the marine fauna and flora of the
St. George Sound-Apalachee Bay Region, Florida Gulf
coast. Oceanogr. Instit. Rep., Fla. State Univ., No. 23.

1956. Sea grasses of the northern Gulf coast. Bula: Mar.
Sei. 6:305-308.

196). Epiphytes of the sea grass, Thalassia testudinum,
in Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. 1:306-2)1.

Huntsman, A. G.
1932. Disease in eelgrass, Zostera. Prog. Rep. Atl. Biol.
Sites g S gill,

Jones, J. A.
1968. Primary productivity by the tropical marine turtle
grass, Thalassia testudinum Konig, and its epiphytes.
Doctoral dissertation, Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Miami,

196 p.

NMeIBy5 dic Moy Go Wo Buss, emcl Jo Io Jlsledll
1971. The transplanting and survival of turtle grass,
Thalassia testudinum, in Boca Ciega Bay, Florida.
U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull. 69(2):273-280.

Margalef, R., and J. A. Rivero

1958. Succession and composition of the Thalassia community.
Proc. Ass. Island Mar. Lab., Sec. annu. meeting, p. 19-21.

148

Menzel, R. W. (editor)
1956. Annotated checklist of the marine fauna and flora of the
St. George Sound-Apalachee Bay Region, Florida Gulf Coast.
Oceanog. Inst. Rep., Fla. St. Univ. No. 61.

MO@IrE5 Ia lit
1963. Distribution of the sea grass, Thalassia, in the U. S.
Bull. Mar. Sci. 13(2):329-3h2.

Muenscher, W. C.
19. Aquatic plants of the U. S. Cornell Univ. Press,
Tenaca, We Mon SW 196

Odum, H. T.

1957. Primary production measurements in eleven Florida springs
and a marine turtle grass community. Limnol. and Oceanogr.
2:85-97.

1963. Productivity measurements in Texas turtle grass and the
effects of dredging an intracoastal channel. Publ. Texas
Inst. Mar. Sci. 9:8-58.

Osh, iis Woes Io Ie lbbeldaoilclero, elaicl do Malwerso
1960. Measurement of productivity of turtle grass flats,
reefs, and the Bahia Fosforescenteof southern Puerto
Falcom eeulbillexas ansive Marceau Sesen Ormle>9—ilO.

O'Gower, A. K., and J. W. Wacasey
1967. Animal communities associated with Thalassia,
Diplanthera, and sand beds in Biscayne Bay. I. Analysis
of communities in relation to water movements. Bull.
Maney Sei. 1727 5—2il0).

Oijowkew, IPS ING 5 ehatel lis Ina IlougeWe
196. The flowers, fruits, and seeds of Thalassia testudinum
Konig. Bull. Mar. Sci. 1):296-302.

Phillips, R. C.

1958. Extension of distribution of Ruppia maritima var.
obliqua (Schue.) Aschers and Graebn. Quart. J. Fla.
Acad. Sci. 21(2):185-186

1960a. Environmental effect on leaves of Diplanthera
Du Pelit-Thours. Bull. Mar. Sci. 10(3):36-353.

1960b. The ecology of marine plants of Crystal Bay, Florida.
QpareG ge Mies Neel, Seis DsK(h)) ss s'3i7/

1960c. Observations on the ecology and distribution of the
Florida sea grasses. Fla. State Board Conserv. Prof.
Pa Ssie5 IOs 25 2 19e

149

Phillips, R. C.
1962. Distribution of sea grasses in Tampa Bay, Florida.
Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab. Spec. Sci. Rep. 6:12 p.
1967. On species of the sea grass, Hadodule, in Florida.
Bull. Mar) Scie Gre 2—-oroe

Panidlisijos, Io Cog Giacl Wo Cio wSyorelingter
1960a. Observations on the offshore benthic flora in the
Gulf of Mexico off Pinellas County, Florida. Amer.
Midland Natur. 6)(2):362-381.
1960b. A report on the hydrography, marine plants and fishes
of the Caloosahatchee River area, Lee County, Florida.
Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab. Spec. Sci. Rep. 5.

Setchell, W. A.
1920. Geographical distribution of the marine spermatophytes.
Bull. Torrey Bot. Club )7:563-579.
192h. Ruppia and its environmental factors. Proc. Nat.
Acad. Sci. 10(6):286-288.

Stauffer, R. C.
1937. Changes in the invertebrate community of a lagoon
after disappearance of the eelgrass. Ecology 18:27-31.

Stephens, W. M.
1966. Life in the turtle grass. Sea Frontiers 12(5):26\-275.

Strawn, K.
1961. Factors influencing the zonation of submerged monocotyledons
at Cedar Key, Florida. J. Wildlife Manage. 25:178-189.

Tabb, D. C., and R. B. Manning
1961. A checlist of the flora and fauna of northern Florida Bay
and adjacent brackish waters of the Florida mainland collected
during the period July, 1957, through September, 1960. Bull.
Mieke; Sesi5 Wah).

Wemalows Ws Gog Go ll, Setlomem, emicl Xo Wo ImeesB, die.
1973. Harvest and regrowth of turtle grass (Thalassia testudinum)
in Tampa Bay, Florida. U. S. Fish. Bull. 71 (1):15-1

Thorhaug, A., and R. D. Stearns
1971. A field study of marine grasses in a tropical marine
estuary before and after heated SHH DUES o Amer. J.
Bot. 68:12-)13.
In press. An ecological study of Thalassia testudinum in
unstressed and thermally stressed estuaries.

150

ihowhaucy, Ac, k. D. Stearns, and 5S. Pepper
1972. Effect of heat on Thalassia testudinum in Biscayne
BERo. | Qpiekews de lel, Noelle | Seat.

Toor, Is lh
195). Flowering plants of the waters and shores of the Gulf
of Mexico. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. 55:193-202.

omilkitns Ons, bs. Ble
1969. On the morphology and anatomy of turtle grass, Thalassia
testudinum (hydrocharitaceae) II. Anatomy and development
of the root in relation to function. Bull. Mar. Sci.
19:57-71. III. Floral morphology and anatomy.
Tbid. 19:286-305.

Tomlinson, P. B., and G. A. Vargo
1966. On the morphology and anatomy of turtle grass,
Thalassia testudinum. I. Vegetative morphology.

Bull. Mar. Sci. 1O:748-761.

Van Breedveld, J. F.
1966. Preliminary study of sea grass as a potential source
Onehervilizer | “THlas Staite Board Conserv, Specs Sei.
MEIDG WOs Yo 23) Wc

Wolf, D. A.,G. W. Thayer, and R. B. Williams
1972. Ecological effects of man's activities on temperate
estuarine eelgrass communities.

Wood, EH. J. F., W. EB. Odum, and J. C. Zieman
1970. Influence of sea grasses on the productivity of coastal
lagoons. In Symposium on coastal lagoons.

Woodburn, K. D.
1961. Summary of sea grass and marine algal studies and sea
grass culture as performed by Ronald C. Phillips for
Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab. First Nat. Coastal
Shallow Water Res. Conf., p. 32-h3h.

MALE, Go Cog dhiec
1968. A study of the growth and decomposition of the sea
grass, Thalassia testudinum. Unpubl. master's thesis,
Rosensteil School. Univ. Miami, 50 p.

15]

9. Sponges -
Agassiz, A.
1888. Characteristic deep sea types. Sponges. (Prepared from
memoirs of O. Schmidt on Atlantic and Caribbean sponges. )
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 15:170-179, 25 figs.

Carter, H. Jd.
188). Catalogue of marine sponges, collected by Mr. Jos. Willcox,
on the west coast of Florida. Proc. Acad. Natur. Sci.
Philadelphia 36:202-209.

GOod95 do No
1903. The sponge fishery of Florida in 1900. Rep. U. S. Fish
Comm. 1902.

Dawson, C. E., and F. G. Walton Smith.
1953. The Gulf of Mexico sponge investigation. Fla. State
Board of Conserv. Tech. Ser. No. 1, 28 p., Mar. Lab.,
Univ. Miami.

deLaubenfels, M. W.

1936. A discussion of the sponge fauna of the Dry Tortugas in
particular and the West Indies in general, with material for
a revision of the families and orders of the Porifera.

Pap. Tortugas Lab. 30:1-225.

1917. Ecology of the sponges of a brackish water environment
at Beaufort, N. C. Ecol. Monogr. 17(1):31-6.

1948. The order of Keratosa of the phyllum Porifera. A
monographic study. Allan Hancock Found. Occas. Pap.,
Solely, jlls, 1230, less IsuL,

19l,9a. Sponges of the western Bahamas. Amer. Mus. Novitates
1431:1-25.

1949b. The sponges of Woods Hole and adjacent waters. Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. 103(1) :3-55.

1953a. A guide to the sponges of eastern North America.

Spec. Publ. Mar. Lab. Univ. Miami.

1953b. Sponges from the Gulf of Mexico. Bull. of Mar. Sci.
23) Saal Si

1955. Porifera. In Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology.
R. C. Moore, ed., Part E:21-122, Geol. Soc. Amer. and
Univ. Kans.

1957. Marine sponges. Bibliography. In Hedgpeth, J. W., ed.,
Treatise on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Hcology.
Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. (67):1083-1086.

1958. The taxonomy of American commercial sponges. Bull.
Mar. Sci. 8(2):99-117.

Dendy, A., and R. W. H. Row
1913. The classification and phylogeny of the calcareous
sponges; with a reference list of all the described species,
systematically arranged. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 70-813.

152

Galltsof£, P. Ss.
192. Wasting disease causing mortality of sponges in the West
Indies and Gulf of Mexico. Proc. Eighth Amer. Sci. Congr.,
Woks By ido oll heale

George, W. C., and H. V. Wilson
1919. Sponges of Beaufort (N.C.) Harbor and Vicinity.
Bull. Bur: Fish., Wash. 36:130-179.

Hartman, W. D.
1958- Natural history of marine sponges of southern New England.
Bull. Peabody Mus. Natur. Hist., 12:x + 155 pp.

Hopkins, S. H.
1962. Distribution of species of Cliona (boring sponges) on the

eastern shore of Virginia in relation to salinity. Chesapeake
Sei, 3(2)seaez he

Hyatt, A.
1875. Revision of the North American Poriferae; with remarks
upon foreign species. Part I. Mem. Boston Soc. Natur.
BaLSo LES INOs., joule als}
1877. Revision of the North American Poriferae; with remarks
upon foreign species. Part II. Mem. Boston Soc. Natur.
Hist., 2:481-554, pls. 15-17.

Lendenfeld, R., Von
1869. A monograph of the horny sponges. 936 pp., 50 pls.,
Trubner Co., London.

Lindner, M. J.
1948. Mexican sponge fishery. Sponge Inst. Trade Rep. 6).

little, F. J.
1963. Sponge fauna of the St. George Sound, Apalachia Bay,
and Panama City regions of the Florida Gulf coast.
Tulane Stud. Zool. 11(2):31-71.

Moore, H. F.
1910a. The commercial sponges and the sponge fisheries.
Bull. U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, vol. 28, 1908, Part I,
Ds » SeNeSauLe
1910b. <A practical method of sponge culture. Bull. U. S.
Bureau of Fisheries, vol. 28, 1908, Part I, p. 55-585.

Old, M. C.
1941. The taxonomy and distribution of the boring sponges
(Clionidae) along the Atlantic coast of North America.
Chesapeake Biol. Lab. Contr. 4, pp. 1-30, fig. 1, pls. 1-10.

153

Pearse, A. S.
193. Inhabitants of certain sponges at Dry Tortugas.
Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 435, Pap. Tortugas Lab.
28:117-12).

Rathbun, R.
1887. The sponge fishery and trade. In George Brown
Goode, The fisheries and fishery industries of the U. S.,
sec. 5, vol. 2, p. 817-81.

Swulia, I> Co lie

191. Sponge disease in British Honduras and its transmission
by water currents. Ecology 22:)15-21, figs. 1-3.

1949. Report on a survey of the sponge grounds north of
Anclote Light. Mimeographed. Fla. State Board of
Censerare5 io UHe29, iwies, Wel

195. Biology of the commercial sponges, Hippiospongia,
Sonesta, Guilt of Weraieo, “iia Callus, 5 S, (ed),
Gulf of Mexico its origin, waters, and marine life.
Fish Bull. U. S. 55(89):263-266.

Smith, H.
1899. Notes on the Florida sponge fishery in 1899.
Bull. Bur. Fish. 19:1)9-151.
1899. The Florida commercial sponges. Bull. Fish. Comm.
I, R225-2NO, ols Ash.

SOI, Ao lit

1957a. The sponge industry of Florida. Educ. Ser. Fla.
Board Conserv., No. 9, 28 p.

1957b. Progress of recovery of the commercial sponge beds
of Florida. Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst., Nov., 1956.

196. Ecology of the Gulf of Mexico Commercial sponges ard
its relation to the fishery. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv.
Spee. Sci. Rep. No. N66, 73) pe

Tierney, J. Q.
1949. The sponge industry of Florida. Fla. State Board
Conserv., Mar. Lab., Univ. Miami Publ., Educ. Ser. No. 2,
Os LALO, Hes, Lak,
195). Mite) Poritera of the Gul loneliextcos in a Galnbsoiuy
P. S. (ed.), Gulf of Mexico its origin, waters, and marine
IGS, alsa BUSS So SSCS )sQ59=26n

Welles. Isls Mio Wi iol Melly zincl Ibe ih, Greeny
1960. Marine sponges of North Carolina. J. Elisha Mitchell
Sei. Soe. 76:200-2)5.

Wilson, H. VW.

1902. The sponges collected in Puerto Rico in 1899 by the
U.S] Pash. (Comm. Bull for 1900, 2:3 75—)iae

154

10. Hydrozoans.

Allman, G. J.

1871. A monograph of the gymnoblastic or tubularian hydroids.
Part I. The Hydroida in general. Ray Society, London
(oi USO) 5 "og ateeahy 2 UAW,

1872. A monograph of the gymnoblastic or tubularian hydroids.
Conclusion of Part I and Part II. Descriptions of the
genera and species of the Gymnoblastea. Ray Society,
London (for 1870). p. 155-50,

1877. Report on the Hydroida collected during the exploration
of the Gulf Stream by L. F. dePourtales, Assistant United
States Coast Survey. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard

5(2):1-66,

Clarke, S. F.

1876. Description of new and rare hydroids from the New England
Coast. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 3:58-66.

1879. Report on the Hydroida collected during the exploration of
the Gulf Stream and Gulf of Mexico by Alexander Agassiz,
Gio Bulls. Musas Compe Zool Haran 5239—252.

1881. New and interesting hydroids from Chesapeake Bay. Mem.
Boston Soc. Natur. Hist. 1878-189) 3(4):135-1h2.

Deevey, BE 5S.
195C. Hydroids from Louisiana and Texas, with remarks on the
pleistocene biogeography of the western Gulf of Mexico.
Ecology 31(3):33h-367.
195). Hydroids of the Gulf of Mexico. U. S. Fish Wildlife
Serv. Fish. Bull. 55(89):267-272.

Defenbaugh, R. E., and S. H. Hopkins
1973. The occurrence and distribution of the hydroids of the
Galveston Bay, Texas, area. Texas A & M Sea Grant College,
No. TAMU-SG-73-210. 202 p.

Fincher, J. A. :
1955. Notes on the hydroids of the Mississippi Sound. J. Ala.
NGC, SCL, 2 gVal-2.

Fraser, C. McL.
1912. Some hydroids of Beaufort, North Carolina. Bull. Bur.
Fish., Wash. 30(1910):337-387.
1937. New species of hydroids from the Puerto Rican region.
Smithson. Mise. Collect. 91(28):1-7.
1940. Seven new species and one new genus of hydroids, mostly
from the Atlantic Ocean. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 88(3090):575-58C.

155

Fraser, C. McL.

193. Distribution records of some hydroids in the collection
of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, with
descriptions of new genera and new species. Proc. New England
Zool. Club 22:75-98.

194). Hydroids of the Atlantic coast of North America. Univ.
Toronto Press, Toronto. l51 p.

1945. Notes on some recently collected hydroids in the United
States National Museum, with descriptions of three new
Species. J. Wash. Acad. Sei. 35:21-23.

Gunter, G., and R. A. Geyer
1955. Studies on fouling organisms of the northwest Gulf of
NiesaleO, Pwo, asi Were, Sei, Wawo Wesx, IG) e377.

Hedgpeth, J. W.
1953. An introduction to the zoogeography of the northwestern
Gulf of Mexico with reference to the invertebrate fauna.
Pile, Ibasis, Wie, Sei, Wil, We, 3(L))slO7—22)h..

VOWS Io Nog ahi®s
1961. The Hydroida of the Seahorse Key area. M.S. Thesis,
Univ. Florida, Gainesville. vi + 116 p.

Mayer, A. G.
191Ca. Medusae of the world. I. The Hydromedusae. Carnegie
Inst. Wash. 109(1):xv + 1-23C.
191Cb. Medusae of the world. II. The Hydromedusae. Carnegie
Inst. Wash. 109(2):xv + 231-98.
191Cc. Medusae of the world. III. The Scyphomedusae. Carnegie
Inst. Wash. 109(3):iv + 99-735.

Menzel, R. W. (ed. )
1956. Annotated check-list of the marine fauna and flora of the
St. George Sound-Apalachee Bay region, Florida Gulf coast.
Fla. State Univ. Oceanogr. Inst. Contrib. 61:1-78.

Nutting, C. C.

19C0. American hydroids. Part I. The Plumularidae. Spec.
Buu, Wo So Weis. Mis, Ih.) s1-205.

19C1. The hydroids of the Woods Hole region. Bull. U. S.

Fish. Comm. 1899. p. 325-386.

190). American hydroids. Part II. The Sertularidae. Spec.
Be, Wo So Wetso Wins. In(2) sie 3a5

1915. American hydroids. Part III. The Campanularidae and
the Bonneviellidae. Spec. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.

(3) 21-126,

1919. Barbados-Antigua expedition, narrative and preliminary
report of a zoological expedition from the University of Iowa
to the Lesser Antilles under the auspices of the Graduate
College. State Univ. Bull. Lab. Natur. Hist. Iowa. 8(3):1-27h.

156

Pequegnat, W. E., and L. H. Pequegnat
1968. Ecological aspects of marine fouling in the northeastern
Gulf of Mexico. Ref. 68-22T, Dep. Oceanogr., Texas A & M
Wane (610) toe

laer.) (Che
1965. A taxonomic and ecological study of shallow water hydroids
of the northeastern Gulf of Mexico. M.S. Thesis, Fla. State
Univer Laltahnassee. | vat 20 pe

Van Gemerden-Hoogeveen, G. C. H.
1965. Hydroids of the Caribbean: Sertularidae, Plumulariidae
and Aglaopheniidae. Stud. Fauna Curaco 22(8)):1-87.

157

11. Bryozoans.

Bassler, R. S.
1953. Bryozoa: 253 pp. Part G of R. ©. Moores) "Treatise on
Invertebrate Paleontology." Geol. Soc. Amer., Univ. Kans. Press.
Lawrence, Kans.

Busk, G.
188). Report on the Polyzoa collected by H. M. S. Challenger.
Rei Io) Cieniloswomzua, Weil, IO(30)) s1l25,6,, jollsgual=365, Wonclom.

Canul ha,) sand. "5. basisilen:
1928. Fossil and recent Bryozoa of the Gulf of Mexico region.
PaO, Wo So Weis Mss (2c NO9, jis. 13h.

Hutchins, L. W.
1945. An annotated checklist of the salt-water bryozoa of
Long island Sound. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts) Sci., No. 36,

p. 533-551.

Hyman, L. H.

1959. The Invertebrates: Smaller Coelomate Groups, Chaetognatha,
Hemichordata, Pogonophora, Phoronida, Ectoprocta, Brachiopoda,
Sepunculida, the Coelomate Bilateria. Vol. 5, McGraw-Hill
Book Co., Inc., New York, 783 pp.

Levinsen, G. M. R.
1909. Morphological and systematic studies on the cheilostomatous
Bryozoa. 36); pp., pls. 1-2. Copenhagen.

Lynch, W. F.

1947. The behavior and metamorphosis of the larva of Bugula
neritina (Linnaeus). Experimental modification of the length
of the free-swimming period and the responses of the larvae
to light and gravity. Biol. Bull., Woods Hole, 92(2):115-150.

199. Modification of the responses of two species of Bugula
larvae from Woods Hole to light and gravity. Ecological
aspects of the behavior of Bugula larvae. Biol. Bull.,

Woods Hole, 97(3):302-310.

1952. Factors influencing metamorphosis of Bugula larvae.

Biol. Bull., Woods Hole, 103(3):369-383.

Miehewares IMs do Soy dies

1957. A study of the Bryozoa of Beaufort, North Carolina, and
vicinity. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 73(1):11-68.

1959. Seasonal distribution and settling rates of estuarine
Bryozoa, North Carolina. Ecology C(1):116-127.

1966. Bryozoa of the southeast coast of the United States:
Bugulidae and Beaniidae (Cheilostomata: Anasca). Bull.
Mar. Sci. 16(3):556-583, text-figs. 1-18.

158

Osburn, R. C.

1912. The bryozoa of the Woods Hole region. Bull. U. S. Bur.
Fish., 1910, No. 30, p. 203-266.

191). The bryozoa of the Tortugas Islands, Florida. Pap.
Tortugas Lab. 5(182):181-222.

1932. Bryozoa from Chesapeake Bay. Ohio J. Sci. 32(5):4l1-h7.

1940. Bryozoa of Porto Rico with a resume of the West Indian
bryozoan fauna. Sci. Surv. of Porto Rico and the Virgin
Islands, N. Y. Acad. Sci. XVI(3):321-86, pls. 1-9.

194. A survey of the bryozoa of Chesapeake Bay. Publ.
Ghesapeake, Bolle aba, Now O35." 5)

195). The bryozoa of the Gulf of Mexico. In Galtsoff, P. S.
(ed.), Gulf of Mexico its origin, waters, and marine life.
Higla, ewlhs We So 55 (89) :361-362.

1957. Marine bryozoa (Bibliography). In Hedgpeth, J. W.,
(ed.), Treatise on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology.

T. Eeology, Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer.; No. 67, p. 11¢9-1111.

Rogick, M. D.
195. Studies on marine bryozoa. I. Aeverrillia setigera
(Hincks ) 1887. Biol. Bull., Woods Hole, 89(3):201-21).
194.8. Studies on marine bryozoa. II. Barentsia laxa
(Kirkpatrick) 1890. Biol. Bull., Woods Hole, 9h(2):128-1h2.
199. Studies on marine bryozoa. IV. Nolella blakei N. Sp.
Biol. Bull., Woods Hole, 97(2):158-168.

Rogick, M. D., and H. Croasdale
1949. Studies on marine bryozoa. III. Woods Hole Region
Bryozoa associated with algae. Biol. Bull., Woods Hole,
96 (1) :32-69.

Ryland, J. S.
1962. Biology and identification of intertidal Polyzoa. Field
Studies, 1()): 19 pp.

Shier, D. E.
1964. Marine bryozoa from northwest Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci.
14 (4) 603-662, text-figs. 1-17.

Silen, L.
19h. On the formation of the interzoidal communications of the
Bryozoa. JZooloogiska Bidrag fran Upsala. Band 22:)33-88.

smitt, A. F.
1872. Floridan Bryozoa, collected by Count L. F. de Pourtales.
Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps Akad. Handl. Part 1, 1C(2):1-20.
1873. Floridan Bryozoa, collected by Count L. F. de Pourtales.
Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps Akad. Handl. Part 2, 11()):1-83,
joulis\5 aLolls).

159

12. Lamp Shells.

Cooper, G. A.

1954. Brachiopoda occurring in the Gulf of Mexico. List of
species. In Galtsoff, P. S. (ed.), Gulf of Mexico its
orisin, waters, and marine life. Fish. Bull. U. S.
55 (89) :363-365-

1957. Brachiopods. Bibliography. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.),
Treatise on marine ecology and paleoecology. I. Ecology.
Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. 67:1113-1116.

1973. Brachiopods (recent). Mem. Hourglass Cruises, Fla.
Dep. Natur. Resour. 3(3):1-17.

DEL. Wo Ele
1921. Annotated list of the recent brachiopoda in the
collection of the Ue. S. National Museum, with descriptions
of 33 new forms. Glottida, Hemithyris, Atretta, Terebratulina,
Grvphus, Argyrotheca, Macandiedia, Dallina. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus. 57(2314):261-377-

Grant, R. E.
1965. The Brachiopod superfamily Stenoscismatacea. Smithson.
Misc. Collect. 148(2):192 p.

Hertlein, Le G., and U. S. Grant, IV
1944. The Cenozoic Brachiopoda of western North America.
Publ. Unive Calif. at Los Angeles in Mathematical and
Physical Sciences. Univ. Calif. Press 3(1):1-236.

Hyman, L. B.

1959. The Invertebrates: Smaller Coelomate Groups, Chaetognatha,
Hemichordata, Pogonophora, Phoronida, Ectoprocta, Brachiopoda,
Sipunculida, the Coelomate Bilateria. Vol. 5, McGraw-Hill
Book Co., Inc-, New York. 783 p.

Jones, G F., and J. L. Barnard
1963. The distribution and abundance of the inarticulate
brachiopod Glottidia albida (Hinds) on the mainland shelf
of southern California. Pac. Natur. }(2):27-52.

Mattox, N. T.

1955. Observations on the Brachiopod communities near Santa
Catalina Island. Essays in the Natural Sciences in honor
of Captain Allan Hancock, Los Angeles. Univ. S. Calif.
Press. p. /3-00.-

WOES, Io So
1902. Observations on living brachiopoda. Mem. Boston Soc.
Natur. Hist. 34(8):313-323.
1919. Observations on living lamellibranchs of New England.
Proc. Boston Soc. Natur. Hist. 35(5):139-196.

160

Paine. R. T.
1963. Ecology of the brachiopod Glottidia pyramidata. Ecol.
Monogr. 33:187-213.
1969. Growth and size distribution of a brachiopod (Terebratalia).

Rees Seite Qsi(s)eserosiisis

Schuchect, C.
1911. Paleogeographic and geologic significance of recent

Brachiopoda. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 22:258-275.

Taylor, J. Le, and C. H. Saloman

1966. Benthic project. In Report of the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries Biological Station, St. Petersburg Beach, Florida,
HiscalevyearwlOO54 pe tolls i UsmSa. ba shpWildliremSenvyemGincs CY.

1967. Benthic project. in Report of the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries Biological Laboratory, St. Petersburg Beach, Florida,
Fiscal year 1966, p. 4-8. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Circ. 257.

1968. Benthic project. iIn Report of the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries Biological Laboratory, St. Petersburg Beach, Florida,
Miseall yeleke Welsi~, qo Seo Wo So iWalsin Whiilcliiee Sarays Giiden Aeion

161

13. Mollusks.

INVeNBs To Wo

19h. The genus Modulus in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia
en) is Oe

1949. A new Florida species of the Tectibranch genus
(Pleurobranchus). Nautilus 62(3):73-78.

1951. New Deep-Water Olivellas from Florida, with notes on
the (0. Jaspideanivea Complex). Nautilus 6)()):110-116.

1952. Two new opisthobranch mollusks from the Gulf of
Mexico belonging to the genera (Pleurobranchaea and
Dolce), Stablels Wile. Wiens, 7/ Sl Sie

1954. Review of the Atlantic periwinkles, (Nodilittorina,
Echininus, and Tectarius). Proc. U. Ss Nats Mus:
103 (3328) :49-h6éh.

195). American Seashells. D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc.,
Princeton. 51 p.

1968. Seashells of North America. Golden Press, New York.
280 p.

Adams, A. C., and W. C. Kendall
1891. Report upon an investigation of the fishing grounds off
the west coast of Florida. Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm.
9(1889) :289-312, pl. 3.

Agassiz, A.

1878. No. 6. (Letter No. 2) to C. P. Patterson, Superintendent
Coast Survey, Washington, D. C., from Alexander Agassiz, on
the dredging operations. . . with the preliminary report on
the Mollusca of the expedition by W. H. Dall. Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool., Harvard College, 5:55-6h.

Aguayo, C. G., andM. L. Jaume
197-52. Catalogo de los Moluscos de cuba. 725 p. Habana.

Akin, R. M., and H. J. Humm
1960. Macrocallista Nimbosa at Alligator Harbor. Quart. J.
Fla. Acad. Sci. 22:226-228.

Andrews, J.
1971. Sea Shells of the Texas Coast. Univ. Texas Press,
Austin. 298 p.

Ansell, A. D.
1968. The rate of growth of the hard clam Mercenaria mercenaria
(1) throughout the geographical range. J. du Conseil
31 (3) 236-09.

Bele, I Go

1891. Notes on a collection of shells from southern Mexico.
Proc. Acad. Natur. Sci. Philadelphia, 1891:)5-55.

162

Bartseh, P.

1937. An ecological cross-section of the lower part of Florida
based largely upon its molluscan fauna. Rep. Comm. Palaeoecol.
Nat. Res. Counc. 1936-37:11-25.

1946. A new genus and species of minute marine stilfered mollusks
from Fla. (Athleenia). J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 36(1):30.

1955. The Pyramidellid mollusks of the pliocene deposits of
North St. Petersburg, Florida. Smithson. Misc. Collect. 125(2):
1-102.

Bayer, F. M.

1941. Notes on Florida mollusca, with descriptions of the two
new varieties. (Pyrene, Cypraea, Mitra, Natica, Cyphoma,
Pecten). Nautilus 55(2):h3

19l3a. Observations on marine mollusca, with descriptions of
new species (Cyphoma, Pecten, Marginella, Fla.)

Nautilus 56(4):109-115.

19)3b. The Florida species of the family Chamidae. Nautilus
56(4.) 116-12).

1962. Pogonophora in the western Atlantic ocean. Siboglinum.
Science 137 (3531 ):670.

Bequaert, J. C.
1942. Cerithidea and Batillaria in the Western Atlantic.
Johnsonia IG) Maas

Boone, L.
1927. Scientific results of the first oceanographic expedition
of the Pawnee, 1925. Mollusca from tropical east American
Seas. Bu'l. Bingham Oceanogr. Collect. 1(3). 20 p.

Borkowski, T. V.
1971. Reproduction and reproductive periodicities of south
Floridian Littorinidae (Gastropoda: Prosobranchia). Bull.
Mar. Sci. 21(4):826-8)0.

BOSSi5 Io de
1972. The genus Semele in the western Atlantic. Johnsonia

5(49). 32 p.

SOULS} 5 WIG Tito 5 adits ela isha WG abravexllys
1959. Anew fishery for scallops in Western Florida. Proc.
Gulf Carib. Fish. Inst., 11th Annu. Sess., p. 73-78.

Bullock, B, and C. Boss
1963. Ecological distribution of marine mollusks in Boca Ciega
Bay, Florida. Winter Term Proj., Unpubl. manuscript, Dep.
Biol., Fla. Presbyterian College, St. Petersburg, Fla. 39 p.

163

Burkenroad, M. D.
1933. Pteropoda from Louisiane. Nautilus )7:5)-57.

Butler, P. A.
1957. Production and utilization of seed oysters in the Gulf
area. Proc. Nat. Shellfish Ass. 7:19-22.

Caldwell, D. K.
1959. Notes on the Crown conch, Melongena corona. Nautilus
(2Qh erly?

Calkins, W. W.
‘1878. Catalogue of the marine shells of Florida, with notes
and descriptions of several new species. Proc. Davenport
Acad. Nat. Sci. 2:232-253.
1880. Additions to the marine shells of Florida. Valley
Naturalist 2, Nov.

Carpenter, J. S.
1967. History of scallop and clam expi.orations in the Gulf
of Mexico. Commer. Fish. Rev. 29(1):h7-53.

Carraker Mo Re:
1956. Biology and propagation of young hard clams, Mercenaria
mercenaria. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 72(1):57-60.

Cary, L. R.
1906. A contribution to the fauna of the coast of Louisiana.
Gulf Biol. Sta., Cameron, La., Bull. 6:50-59.

Chanley, P.
1969. Larval development of the coquina clam, Donax variabilis
Say, with a discussion of the structure of the larval hinge
aa Was Wellaineece,, Epil, Wem, Sea, 19(G_)) sein ee).

Chestnut, A. F.
1952. Growth rates and movements of hard clams, Venus
mercenaria. Proc. Gulf Carib. Fish. Inst. 1951, :l9-59.

Chestnut, A. F., W. EK. Fahy, and H. J. Porter
1957. Growth of young Venus mercenaria and Venus campechiens
and their hybrids. Proc. Nat. Shellfish Ass. 1956,
h7:50-56.

Chiba, K., and Y. Ohshima
1957. Effect of suspending particles on the pumping and feeding
of marine bivalves, especially of Japanese neck-clam. Bull.

Jap. Soc. Fish. 23(7-8) :38-353.

164

Clench, W. J.

1923. The marine shells of Sanibel, Florida. Nautilus 37:52-56.

1925. Additions to the list of marine shells of Sanibel,
Florida. Nautilus 38:93-95.

1929. Some land and marine shells from the Mississippi Delta
region. Nautilus )3:3-35.

a) The genus Ficus in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia
1(2):1-2.

19h42b. The genus Conus in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia
1(6) :1-0.

Clench, W. J., andi. P. Farfante
1945. The genus Murex in the western Atlantic. Johnsonia

IL (GLY?) RLS

Clench, W. J., and L. C. Smith
194). The family Cardiidae in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia
ILLS) )gleSsoe

Clench, W. J., and R. D. Turner
1950. The western Atlantic marine mollusks described by C. B.
Adams. Occas. Pap. Mollusks, Harvard. 1(15):233-03.
1956. The family Melongenidae in the Western Atlantic.
Johnsonia 3(35):161-188.

Crawford, D.
196). Survey on Rangia cuneata clam in the Peace and Myaka
Rivers, Charlotte County. Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar.
Lab. Typewritten report. 6p.

Cummins, R., Jr.
1966. Hard-clam explorations off southeastern United States.
Commer. Fish. Rev. 28(12):33-h2.

Dall, W. H.

1882. On certain limpets and chitons from the deep waters off
the HKastern Coast of the U. S. Gocculina, Addisonia,
Lepetella, Scutellina, Pectinodonia, Chaetopleura. Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus. 1881, 4:00-)1h.

188). On a collection of shells sent from Florida by Mr. Henry
Hemphill. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 6:318-3h2, pl. 1C.

1886. Reports on the results of dredging. . . by the U. S.
Coast Survey Steamer Blake. . . Report on the Mollusca.
Part I. Brachiopoda and Pelecypoda. Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool. 12(6):171-318.

1889. <A preliminary catalog of the shell-bearing marine
mollusks and brachipods of the Southeastern Coast of the
United States. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 37:1-232.

1890. Scientific results of explorations by the U. S. Fish
Commission Steamer Albatross. No. VII. Preliminary report
on the collection of mollusca and brachiopoda obtained in
1887-88. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1889, 12(773):219-362.

165

Dall, W. H.

1897. Synopsis of the Pinnidae of the United pune and the
West Indies. Nautilus 11:25-26.

1900. Synopsis of the family Tellinidae and of the North
American species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23(1210):285-326.

190la. Synopsis of the family Cardiidae and of the North
American species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23:381-392.

1901b. Synopsis of the Lucinacea and of the American species.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23:779-833.

1901lc. Synopsis of the family Tellinidae and of the North
American species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 33:285-326.

1903. Synopsis of the family Veneridae and of the North
American recent species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 26(1312):
335-12

Davis, H. C.
1960. Effects of turbidity-producing materials in sea water on
eggs and larvae of the clam (Venus mercenaria mercenaria).
suu@ul., Wye, TOUSGL)) eles.

Kdgren, R. A.
1959. Coquinas (Donax variabilis) on a Florida beach.

Ecology 0(3):98-502.

Farfante, I. P.
19h3a. The genus Diodora in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia
1(11) :1-20.

Inphgelas Oo Ibo
1967. Potentially commercial clams of the genus Macrocallista.
Suppl. Salt Water Fish. Leafl. 3, Fla. State Board Conserv.

2 ec

Futech, ©. R., and J. M. Torpey
1966. Florida clams--a resource with a future. Fla. State Board
Conserve, Salt Water lash eat! 15), Op.

Glude, J. B., and W. S. Landers
1953a. Biological effects on hard clams of hand raking and power
dredging, Venus in Narragansett Bay, R. I. U. S. Fish Wildlife
Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 110:)3.
1953b. Biological effects of bullraking vs. power dredging on a
population of hard shell clams, Venus mercenaria. Pap. Nat.
Shellfish Ass., 1951, p. 7-69. Narragansett Bay, R. I.

Gutsell, J. S.
1929. Scallop industry of North Carolina, Pecten. Rep. U. S.
Comin, Iasi, 1928. joes dks ido L737
1931. Natural history of the bay scallop. Bull. Bur. Fish.
6 :469-632.

166

Haas, F.
1940. Ecological observations on the common mollusks of
Sanibel Island, Florida. Amer. Midland Natur. 2),(2):369-378.

Harry, H. W.
1942. List of Mollusca of Grand Isle, Louisiana, recorded from
the Louisiana State University Marine Laboratory 1929-1.
Oceas. Pap. Mar. Lab., La. State Univ., 1, 13 p.
1966. Studies on bivalve molluscs of the genus Crassinella
in the northwestern Gulf of Mexico: anatomy, ecology and
systematics. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Tex. 11:65-89.

Hinkley, A. A.
1907. Shells collected in northeastern Mexico. Nautilus
Oso 8=12.

' Hopkins, S.
1969. Studies on brackish water clams of the genus Rangia
in Texas. Proc. Nat. Shellfish Ass. 60:5-6.

Humm, H. J.
1956. Annotated checklist of the marine fauna and flora of
the St. George Sound-Apalachee Bay region, Florida Gulf
Coast. (R. W. Menzel, ed.) Contribs. Oceanogr. Inst.,
Bila. State Univ. 60:1-78.

Jacot, A. P.
1921. Some marine molluscan shells of Beaufort and vicinity.
J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 36(3/):129-15.

Johnson, C. W.
193. List of the marine Mollusca of the Atlantic coast from
Labrador to Texas. Proc. Boston Soc. Natur. Hist. 0(1):1-20).

Jolley, J. W., Jr.
1972. Exploratory fishing for the sunray venus clam,
Macrocallista nimbosa, in northwest Florida. Fla. Dep. Natur.
Resour., Tech. Ser. 67, 2 p.

Joyce, H. A., Jr.
1971. History and current status of the sunray venus clam
fishery in northwest Florida. Annu. Rep. 1970, Amer.
Malacol. Union. p. 29-30.

Kerswill, C. J.
1941. Some environmental factors limiting growth and distribution
of the Quahog Venus mercenaria L. Doctoral Thesis, Univ. Toronto,
p. 2-122.

167

Ladd, H. S.
1951. Brackish-water and marine assemblages of the Texas coast,
with special reference to mollusks. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci.

2(1):125-16).

Loosanoff, V. L.
1943. Soft and hard clams of the Atlantic Coast of U. S.
Mya, Venus. Fish. Leafl. Wash., No. 13, ll p.
1961. Effects of turbidity on some larval and adult bivalves.
Proc. Gulf Carib. Fish. Inst. 1):80-95.

Loosanoff, V. L., and H. C. Davis
1963. Rearing of bivalve mollusks. Advan. Mar. Biol. 1:1-136.

lyman, F.
192. Dredging at Destin. Shell Notes 1(2):7-9.

Marcus, E., and Kk. Marcus
1962. Opisthobranchs from Florida and the Virgin Islands.
Bull. Mar. Sci. 12(3):450-)88.
1967. American Opisthobranch Mollusks. Stud. Trop. Oceanogr.,
Miami, 6:1-256.

Marshall, N.
1963. Mortality rates and the life span of the bay scallop
Aequipecten irradians. Proc. Nat. Shellfish Ass. (1963)
54:87-92.

Maury, C. J.

1920. Recent molluscs of the Gulf of Mexico and Pleistocene
and Pliocene species from the Gulf states. Part I. Pelecypoda.
Bull. Amer. Paleontol. 8(3): 115 p.

1922. Recent Mollusca of the Gulf of Mexico and Pleistocene and
Pliocene species from the Gulf States. Part Il. Scaphopoda,
Gastropoda, Amphineura, Cephalopoda. Bull. Amer. Paleontol.
9(38):34-1h2.

Melvall, J. C.
1881. List of the Mollusca obtained in South Carolina and Florida
(principally at the island of Key West in 1871-1872). J. Conchol.
3:155-173.

Menzel, R.,

1956. Annotated checklist of marine flora and fauna of the St. George
Sound-Apalachee Bay region of the Florida Gulf Coast. Oceanogr.
IASio 5 Hila, Swace Waly, Cems. GIbt,

1960. Growth and mortality of northern hard clams in Florida waters.
Ass. Southeastern Biol. 7(2):3))-35.

1962. Seasonal growth of northern and southern quahogs, Mercenaria
mercenaria and M. campechiensis and their hybrids in Florida.
Proc. Nat. Shellfish Ass. 53:111-119.

168

Menzel, R. W., and H. W. Sims
196). Experimental farming of hard clams, Mercenaria mercenaria,
in Florida. Proc. Nat. Shellfish Ass. 53:103-109.

Merrill, A. S.
1970. The family Architectonicidae (Gastropoda: Mollusca) in the
western and eastern Atlantic. Ph.D. Dissertation, Univ. Del.
388 p.
1971. Convener. Symposium on commercial marine mollusks of the
United States. (Various articles) In Amer. Malacol. Union
Annu. Rep. 1970. p. 9-0.

Micrel s INe So5 Etatel sls So Abblenbersilal
1970. Molluscan Resources of the Atlantic and Gulf Coast of
the United States. Proc. Symp. Mollusca, Part III, p. 925-9)8.

Mitchell, J. D.
189)). List of Texas Mollusca. Victoria, Texas. 22 p.

Moore, D. R.
1961. The marine and brackish water Mollusca of the state of
Mississippi. Gulf Res. Rep. 1:1-58.

Moore, H. B., and N. N. Lopez ;
1969. The ecology of Chione cancellata. Bull. Mar. Sci.
19(1):131-1)8.

Morarsits Pie eANs
1951. A field guide to the shells of our Atlantic and Gulf
coasts. Houghton Mifflin Co. Boston. 2nd ed. 236 p.

Olsson, A. A., A. Harbison, W. G. Fargo, and H. A. Pillsbry
1953. Pliocene Mollusca of Southern Florida with special
reference to those from North St. Petersburg. Acad.
Nat. Sci., Philadelphia. Monogr. (8):1-57.

Perry, L. M.
1936. A marine tenement. Science 8):156-157.
190a. Marine shells of the southwest coast of Florida.
Bull. Amer. Paleontol. 26(95):260 p.
190b. A new tellin of the subgenus, Angulus, a new
Lamellaria and a new subspecies of Crassispira, from
southwest, Florida. Nautilus 53(3):79-81.

Perry, L. M., and J. S. Schwengel

1955. Marine shells of the western coast of Florida. Paleontol.
eS, Iasi, Ida. Wa 5 Sule) tos

169

Ienlibisjonayy ys ilo NA heel MBG Ika WikelCatiancyy
1946. Vitrinellidae of Florida. Part }. Nautilus 60(1):12-18,
folky 2.
1949. New marine mollusks of Florida and the Bahamas, Coralliophila,
Mitra, Amphithalamus. Nautilus 63(1):9-15.

Prati, De Ms
1953. Abundance and growth of Venus mercenaria and Callocardia
morrhuana in relation to characters of bottom sediments.
J. Mar. Res. 12:60-7).

Puffer, E. L., and W. K. Emerson
1953. The molluscan community of the oyster-reef biotope on
the central Texas coast. J. Paleontol. 27(4):537-5hi, pl. 56.

PMMlLIlewy, Ws Uo
199. Shelled mollusks of the Texas coast from Galveston to
Roa Meeisas, Were, ds Sel. (8) 962256).
1952a. An illustrated checklist of the marine mollusks of Texas.
ere, To Selo UN(2) sUWS7alSe, 3) youll
1952b. A zoogeographic study based on the bivalves of the
Gms CA? Wiesalo@g, Ino), Wasssisy weraresecl, Wiens PIS joe

Rehder, H. A.

1939. New marine mollusks from the West Atlantic, Tivela,
Gemma, Cymatoica, Cumingia, Synaptocochela, Anachis,
Acteon. Nautilus 53(1):16-21.

1943. Corrections and ecological notes on some recently
described Florida marine shells. Nautilus 57(1):32-33.

1954. Mollusks, Gulf of Mexico. In Galtsoff, P. S. (ed.)
Gulf of Mexico its origin, waters, and marine life.

Fish. Bull. U. S. 55(89):69-7h.

Ieyslatokerey Tals YNG 5 ehavol lito) ls “dNolovonuty
1951. Some new and interesting mollusks from the deeper
waters of the Gulf of Mexico. Rev. Soc. Malac., Carlos
de la Torre 8(2):53-66.

Rodwin, G. E.
196). Morphological and ecological differentiation in muricid
gastropods of the northeastern Gulf of Mexico. M.S. Thesis,
Fla. State Univ., Tallahassee.

Saloman, C. H., and J. L. Taylor

1959. Age and growth of large southern quahogs from a Florida
estuary. Proc. Nat. Shellfish Ass. 59:)6-51.

170

Sastry, A. N.

1961. Studies on the bay scallops, Aequipecten irradians
concentricus Say, in Alligator Harbor, Florida. Ph.D. Thesis,
Fla. State Univ.

1962. Some morphological and ecological differences in two
closely related species of scallops, Aequipecten irradians
Lamarck and Aequipecten gibbus Dall from the Gulf of Mexico.
Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sei. 25(2):89-95.

Schroeder, W. C.
192). Fisheries of Key West and the Clam Industry of Southern
MILLE. Eo: Wa So COs Wising WOLS, Weiss 25 (ln joe

Schwengel, J. S., and T. L. McGinty
1942. Some new and interesting marine shells from northwest
Florida. Nautilus 56:13-18.

Simpson, C. T.
1887. Record of a two days! dredging cruise in Tampa Bay,
Florida. Coneh. Exch. 1:h, 52-53.
1889. Contributions to the Mollusca of Florida. Proc.
Davenport Acad. Nat. Sci. 5:5-72.

Singley, J. A.
1893. Contributions to the natural history of Texas. Part I.
Texas Mollusca. Fourth Annu. Rep. 1892. Geol. Survey
Tex. 299-33.

SuuNS, lls Woy @iec
1965. Large quahog clams from Boca Ciega Bay. Quart J. Fla.
Nea. Sei. 127) e3hs

Suimsi5 Ilo Wo5 dieds Elacl io do Swolkas
1967. A survey of the hard shell clam (Mercenaria campechiensis
Gmelin) population in Tampa Bay, Florida. Fla. State Board
Conserv. spec. Sci. Rep. 17, 3p.

Smith, M.
1945. Hast coast marine shells. Edwards Brothers, Inc.
Ann Arbor, Michigan. p. 1-31h, pls. 1-77.
1951. East coast marine shells. Edwards Brothers, Inc.
p. 1-150.

Stenzel, H. B.
1940. Mollusks from Point Isabel, Texas. Nautilus 5):2C-21.

17 |

Stephenson, T. A., and A. Stephenson
1950. Life between tide-marks in North America. I. The Florida
Keys. J. Ecol. 38(2):35-02.
1952. Life between the tide-marks in North America. II. North
Florida and the Carolinas. J. Ecol. 0(1):1-9.

Stokes, R. J., HE. A. Joyce, Jr., and R. M. Ingle
1968. Initial observations on a new fishery for the sunray venus
clam, Macrocallista nimbosa Solander. Fla. State Board Conserv.
iteein, Seen S65 27 ie

Strecker, J. K.
1935. Notes on the marine shells of the Texas coast. Baylor Bull.
38 (3): 48-60.

Sykes, J. E., and J. R. Hall
1970. Comparative distribution of mollusks in dredged and undredged
portions of an estuary, with a systematic list of species. U.S.
Dep. Interior Fish. Bull. 68(2) :299-306.

Aken alore, Wo tin Wo Ito IslewWl, etal Go lel, Seklouneka
1970. Mollusks and benthic environments in Hillsborough Bay, Florida.
Nat. Mar. Fish. Serv. Fish. Bull. 68(2):191-202.

Tiffany, W. Jd.
1968. The life cycle and ecology of the beach clam Donax variabilis
Say (Mollusca: Pelecypoda; Donacidae) M.S. Thesis, Fla. State
Univ., Tallahassee.

dees Ito Wig g Wo Bo Galucle, aime! Ibo Do Siwealiasers
1952. Hard-Clam fishery of the Atlantic Coast, Venus. Commer.
Wislag Ero Jun) cil-P5;.

iypwersre, Isle Pog ahPo 5 Etaiel IW, Ib, ieulchliaes
1957. The tidal migrations of Donax variabilis Say. Limnol.
Oceanogr. 11(2) :120-12).

Turner, R. D., and J. Rosewater
1958. The family Pinnidae in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia
3(38):285-326.

Vanatta, EH. G.
19ch. A list of shells collected in western Florida and Horn
Island, Mississippi. Proc. Acad. Natur. Sci. Philadelphia
55 (93) s75O=759.

172

Wade, B. A.

1965a. Notes on the ecology of Donax denticulatus Linne.
Rrock Guwlt. | Cardb.) isha elns tem LhmAnnUsmSeSc em pe SO —/ile

1965b. Studies on the biology of the beach clam, Donax
(Bivalvia, Donacidae) in the West Indies. Ph.D. Thesis,
Univ. West Indies, Jamaica. 271 p.

1967a. Studies on the biology of the West Indian beach clam,
Donax denticulatus Linne. I. Ecology. Bull. Mar. Sci.
LGD) SOSA

1967b. On the taxonomy, morphology, and ecology of the beach
clam, Donax striatus Linne. Bull. Mar. Sci. 17(3):723-7)0.

1968. Studies on the biology of the West Indian beach clam,
Donax denticulatus Linne. II. Life history. Bull. Mar.
Sci. 18():876-901.

1969. Studies on the biology of the West Indian beach clam,
Donax denticulatus Linne. III. Functional morphology.
Bulsly MarsScie 9 (2307-322.

Warmke, G. L., and R. T. Abbott
1961. Caribbean Seashells. Livingston Publishing Co.,
Narberth, Pennsylvania. 38 p.

Wells, H. W.
1957. Abundance of the hard clam, Mercenaria mercenaria,
in relation to environmental factors. Ecology 38():123-128.
1961. The fauna of oyster beds, with special reference to the
salinity factor. Ecol. Monogr. 31(3):239-266.
1965. Nereid blisters in Florida scallops. Quart. J. Fla.
Gade VScale 26/0123 = 26R

Welalisreen Wit) Mien wells? randieite. Hs Gray:
1964. The calico scallop community in North Carolina. Bull.
Mar. Sci. 14(4):561-593.

Whitten, H. L., H. F. Rosene, and J. W. Hedgpeth
1950. The invertebrate fauna of Texas coast jetties; a
preliminary survey. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. 1(2):53-87.

Woodburn, K. D.
1961. Operation baby clam in Florida. Fla. State Board
Conserv. Mar. Lab. Maritime Base, Cont. 58. Mimeo. p. 1-9.
1962. Clams and oysters in Charlotte County and vicinity.
Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab. Mimeo. Rep. 62-12.

\73

a. Oysters.

Baughman, J. L.

198. An annotated bibliography of oysters with pertinent
material on mussels and other shellfish and an appendix
on pollution. Texas Agric. and Mining Res. Found.,
Rockport Pilot College Station, 79) p.

Bbhedleres IP5 Jc
1952. Seasonal growth of oysters (C. virginica) in Fla.
Pap. Nat. Shellfish Assoc., 1952, p. 188-191.

ClawweelnaIl.; W6 Wo 4) wie
1921. The oyster and the oyster industry of the Atlantic
and the Gui Coasits) (Ostrea)-Repe, Ue S- Comme. wish
(1919) Appendix 8, 51 p.

Dawson, C. KE.
1955. <A study of the oyster biology and hydrology at
Crystal Raver, hiloridas. )Pulbilss tnsit., Mare. Sealey,
Univ. Texas, (1):279-302.

Finucane, J. H., and W. Campbell If
1968. Ecology of American oysters in Old Tampa Bay,
Ilo, COpercts Jo Wile. Moecls Sed. 3) s3s7aho.

@aiwsoitit, Ro So

1943. Increasing the production of oysters and other
shellfish in the U. S. (Qstrea). U. S. Fish
Wildlife Serv. Fish, Leafl. No. 22, 1h p.

196. The oyster and the oyster industry in the U. S.,
(Ostrea). U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Fish Leafl.
NOs IS; LO jos

196). The American oyster Crassostrea virginica Gmelin.
U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. Vol. 6h, 80 p.

Gunter, G.
195la. The West Indian tree oyster on the Louisiana coast
and notes on growth of the three Gulf coast oysters.
Science 113(29h0) :516-517.
1951b. The species of oysters of the Gulf, Caribbean,
and West Indian regions. Bull. Mar. Sci.
1(1):40-5.

DAIS, Io Milo
1950. Summer growth of the American oyster in Florida
waters (Qstrea). Science 112(2908) :338-339.
1951. Spawning and setting of oysters in relation to
seasonal environmental changes, Crassostrea.
ULILG ene, Seal, I1(2)) eiai—135.

174

Ingle, R. M., and C. KE. Dawson, Jr.

1950. Variation in salinity and its relation to the Florida
oyster. I. Salinity variations in Apalachicola Bay,
Grassostrea. Proc. Nat. Shellfish Ass. p. 16-19.

1952a. Growth of the American oyster, Crassostrea virginica
(Gmelin) in Florida waters. Bull. Mar. Sei. 2(2):393-hOh.

1952b. Winter growth of the American oyster, Crassostrea
virginica in Apalachicola Bay, Florida. Proc. Gulf
Caribbean Fish Inst.,- 1951, No. 4, p. hé.

1953. <A survey of Apalachicola Bay, Crassostrea. Fla.
State Board Conserv. Tech. Ser. No. 9, 26 p.

Ingle, R. M., and F. G. W. Smith
1919. Oyster culture in Florida, Crassostrea, Fla. State
Board Conserv. Educ. Ser. No. Si22iipe

Joyce, H. A., Jr.
1972. <A partial bibliography of oysters, with annotations.
MaraepeReSl) labs) Milas Dep. Nate RCS) mioOCCe OC RCD.
No. 3h, 86 p.

Loosanoff, V. L.

1917, Effects of turbidity on feeding of oysters,
Ostrea. Pap. Nat. Shellfish Ass., 1947, p. O-hh.
1959. Some aspects of behavior of oysters at different
temperatures, Crassostrea. Biol. Bull. (Woods Hole),

114(1):57-70.

1961. Recent advances in the control of shellfish
predation and competitors. Proc. Gulf Caribbean
Fish. Inst., 1960, No. 13, p. 113-128.

1965. The American or Eastern oyster. U. S. Fish Wildlife
Seryescrre=cO5., 50). .

Loosanoff, V. L..and F. D. Tommers
198. Effect of suspended silt and other substances on rate
of feeding of oysters, ostrea, chlorella, nitzschia,
euglena. Science 107(2768):69-70.

May, HE. B.
1972. The effect of floodwater on oysters in Mobile Bay.
Nat. Shellfish. Ass. 62:67-71.

Menzel, R. W.

1951. Early sexual development and growth of the American
oyster in Louisiana waters. Science 113(29)7):719-721.

1956a. Some additional differences between Crassostrea
virginica and Ostrea equestris in the Gulf of Mexico
area. Proc. Nat. Shellfish. Ass., 1955, No. 46. p.76-81.

1956b. The effect of temperature on the ciliary action and
other activities of oysters, Crassostrea, Ostrea.
Fla. Univ. Stud. 2(22):25-36.

175

Menzel, R. W., N. C. Hulings, and R. R. Hathaway
1966. Oyster abundance in Apalachicola Bay, Florida, in
relation to biotic associations influenced by salinity
and other factors. Gulf Res. Rep. 2(2):73-96.

Menzel, R. W., and F. E. Nichy
1958. Studies of the distribution and feeding habits of some
oyster predators in Alligator Harbor, Florida. Busycon,
Melongena, Murex, Thais, Pleuroploca, Menippe, Callinectes.
Bull. Mar. Sci. 8(2):125-1)5.

Moore, H. F.
1907. Survey of oyster bottoms in Matagorda Bay, Texas.
Res We So Cori, Misiig, 19075 Dees OO, jos 18s

MOCO, Tilo Wo Elacl BW, Ito PROMS
1910. Oyster culture experiments and investigations in
IKOELEHIEIMELS RISIOG Wo So Conmigo Misiig, 1908, Does (ilo S2 We

Pearse, A. S., and C. W. Wharton
1938. The oyster leech Stylochus inimicus Palombi associated
with oysters on the coasts of Florida. Ecol. Monogr.

8:605-655.

IPIGLCO, Wo MMe
1954. Oyster reefs on the Gulf of Mexico, Crassostrea.
iia @eulesiontst 5S Po So (Eclo))5 Cul Oi MexdlGo shes Crcalenm,
waters and marine life. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv.
Fish Bull. 55(89): 492.

MOSE5 Go Do
1973. Mortality of market-sized oysters (Crassostrea
virginica) in the vicinity of a dredging operation.
Chesapeake Sci. 1)(2):135-138.

Ruge, J. G.
1898. The oysters and oyster-beds of Florida, Ostrea.
Us So Mlsing Comm. ww, Noo U7, IS97, i. LE9=296,

Siinclermeiain, Oo ds
1968. Bibliography of oyster parasites and diseases.
Uo So Walsla Wallichilaiste Sexy, See. Sloaly lejos Wilslae
NOs B35, ido Tels.

Smeltz, H. A.
1898. The oyster-bars of the west coast of Florida, their
depletion and restoration, Ostrea. Rep. U. S. Comm.
Fish. 1882, No. 10, p. 91-2020.

176

Swift, F.
1898a. Report of a survey of the oyster regions of St. Vincent

Sound, Apalachicola Bay, and St. George Sound, Florida,
Ostrea, Rep. U. S. Comm. Fish., 1896, No. 22. p. 1187-217:

1898b. The oyster grounds of the west Florida coast, their
extent, condition, and peculiarities, Ostrea. Bull. U. S.
WiGing Come II, Wor, 17s js 2S5=20 fc

Whitefield, W. K., Jr.
1973. Construction and rehabilitation of commercial oyster

reefs in Florida from 199 through 1971 with emphasis
on economic impact in Franklin County, Florida. Dep.
Nat. Res. Mar. Res. Lab. Spec. Sci. Rep. No. 38; 2 p.

Warr

b. Cephalopods.

Adam, W., and W. J. Rees
1966. A review of the cephalopod Family Sepiidae. Sci. Rep.
John Murray Exped. 11(1):1-16).

Arnold, J. M.
1962. Mating behavior and social eco in Loligo pealei.
Biol. Bull. Mar. Biol. Lab. (Woods Hole) 123:53-7.

1965. Normal embryonic stages of the ae Loligo pealei Lesueur.
Biol. Bull. Mar. Biol. Lab. (Woods Hole) 128(.):2]-32.

Berry, 5S. 5S.
193. Class Cephalopoda. In List of marine mollusca of the
Atlantic Coast from Labrador to Texas (C. W. Johnson). Proc.
Boston Soc. Natur. Hist. O(1):1-2C).

Choe, S.
1966. On the eggs, rearing, habits of the fry, and growth of
some cephalopods. Bull. Mar. Sci. 16(2):330-8.

Clarke, M. R.
1963. Economic importance of North Atlantic squids. New Sci.
1:7 (336 )):568=70.
1966. A review of the systematics and ecology of oceanic
squids. Advan. Mar. Biol. ):91-300.

DEILGA, ths Soy ial ho Oo Waieal
1962. Notes on the morphology of the common gulf squid
Lolliguncula brevis. Tex. J. Sci. 1(2):156-67.

Dragovich, A., and J. A. Kelly
1963. A biological study and some economic aspects of squid in
Tampa Bay, Florida. Proc. Gulf Carib. Fish. Inst. 15(1962):87-103.

Haefner, P. A.
196). Morphometry of the common Atlantic squid, Loligo pealei, and
the brief squid Lolliguncula brevis, in Delaware Bay. Chesapeake

Sei. 5(3):238-h.

eI | do ibe
1970. Description of egg capsules and embryos of the squid,
Lolliguncula brevis, from Tampa Bay, Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci.
20(3):762-768.

lie hate oma
1960. Kingdom of the Octopus. Jarrolds, London. 287 p.

LaRoe, E. T.
1967. <A contribution to the biology of the Loliginidae (Cephalopoda:

Myopsida) of the Tropical Western Atlantic. M. S. Thesis. Univ.
Malena, 220 jd.

178

Robson, G. C.

1929. A monograph of the recent cephalopoda. Part I. Octopodinae.
British Museum.

1932a. A monograph of the recent cephalopoda. Part II. The
Octopoda (excluding the Octopodinae). British Museum.

1932b. Notes on the cephalopoda - No. 16, on the variation, eggs,
and ovipository habits of Florida octopeds. Ann. Mag. Natur.
Hist. (1C Ser.) 10:368-37).

Roper, C. F. E., C. C. Lu, and K. Mangold
1969. A new species of Illex from the Western Atlantic and
distributional aspects of other Illex species (Cephalopoda:
Oegopsida). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 82:295-322.

Ween s No a

1879. The cephalopods of the north-eastern coast of America.
Part I. The gigantic squids (Architeuthis and their allies),
with observations on similar large species from foreign
localities. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 5(5):177-257.

1882a. The cephalopods of the north-eastern coast of America.
Part II. The smaller cephalopods, including the "squids"
and the octopi, with other allied forms. Trans. Conn. Acad.
Arts Sci. 5:259-lh6.

1882b. Report on the cephalopods of the north-eastern coast of
America. Part I. The gigantic squids. (Architeuthis) and
their allies, with observations on similar large species from
foreign localities. Rep. U. S. Comm. Fish. 7(1879) :211-283.

1882c.. Report on the cephalopods of the north-eastern coast of
America. Part II. Monographic revision of the cephalopods
of the Atlantic Coast, from Cape Hatteras to Newfoundland.
Rep. U. S. Comm. Fish. 7(1879) :283-h5.

Voss, G. L. ,

1954. Cephalopoda of the Gulf of Mexico. In Galtsoff, P. S.
(ed. ), Gulf of Mexico its origin, waters, and marine life.
Fish. Bull. U. S. 55(89):475-l178.

1955. The cephalopoda obtained by the Harvard Havana Expedition
off the coast of Cuba in 1938-39. Bull. Mar. Sci. 5(2):1-115.

1956a. <A checklist of the cephalopods of Florida. Quart J. Fla.
Acad. Sci. 19(4):274-282.

1956b. A review of the cephalopods of the Gulf of Mexico. Bull.
Mar. Sci. 6(2):85-178.

196C. Potentialities for an octopus and squid fishery in the
West Indies. Proc. Gulf Carib. Fish. Inst. 12(1959):129-135.

1967. The biology and bathymetric distribution of deep-sea
cephalopods. Stud. Trop. Oceanogr. 5:511-535.

179

WOSS5 Cio lic
1971la. The cephalopod resources of the Caribbean Sea and
adjacent region. FAO Fish. Rep. (71.2) :307- 323.
1971b. Study of squid fisheries and giant squid of the
North Atlantic. Res. Rep. Nat. Geogr. Soc. (1965) :2h12yh.
1973. Cephalopod resources of the world. FAO Fish. Circ.
WhO, [5 19%

Yoss, N. A.
1969. Biological investigations of the deep sea. h7. A
monograph of the Cephalopoda of the North Atlantic. The
family Histroleuthidae. Bull. Mar. Sci. 19():713-867.

180

14. Worms.

a. Nemerteans.

Cobb, N. A.
1929. Initial straitgraphic survey of Nemas in the upper 20 mm
of marine beach sand, near low tide mark, Woods Hole, Mass.
J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 19(10) :199-200.

Coe, W. R.

1899. Notes on the times of breeding of some common New England
Nemerteans, New Haven, Woods Hole. Amphiporus, Tetrastemma,
Emplectonema, Lineus, Micura, Cerebratulus, Carinella,
Parapolia, Valencinia, Cephalothrix. Science 9(21),):167-169.

1901. The Nemerteans of Porto Rico. U. S. Mish. Comm. Bull.
for 1900: 225-229.

1905. Synopses of North American invertebrates. XXI. The
nemerteans. Amer. Natur. 39:425-h7.

1935. Bathypelagic nemerteans collected within a 25-mile
circle near Bermuda. Zool. Anz. 111:315-317.

1936. Plankton of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions.

VII. Bathypelagic nemerteans taken in the years
1929-1931. Zoologica 21:97-113.

193. Biology of the nemerteans of the Atlantic coast of
North America. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 35:129-328.

19. A new species of hoplonemertean (Paranemertes biocellata)
from the Gulf of Mexico. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 3:l07-09.

1951a. Geographical distribution of the nemerteans of the
northern coast of the Gulf of Mexico as compared with those
of the southern coast of Florida, with descriptions of
three new species. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 1:328-331.

1951b. The nemertean faunas of the Gulf of Mexico and of
southern Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. 1:1)9-168.

195). The Nemertean fauna of the Gulf of Mexico. In
Galtsoff, P. S., (ed.), Gulf of Mexico its origin,
waters, and marine life. Fish. Bull. U. S. 55(89):303-309.

Correa, D. D.
1961. Nemerteans from Florida and Virgin Islands. Bull. Mar.
Seis aal(GD) sles

McCaul, W. E.
1963. Rhynchocoela: Nemerteans from marine and estuarine
waters of Virginia. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 79:111-12).

Pearse, A. S.

1954. Observations on flatworms and nemerteans collected at
Beaufort, N. C. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1949, 100(3255):25-38.

181

Verrill, A. E.
1892. The marine nemerteans of New England and adjacent
waters. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 8:382-)56.
1895. Supplement to the nemerteans and planarians of
New England. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 9:523-532.

Wheeler, J. F. G.
193). Nemerteans from the South Atlantic and southern oceans.
Discovery Reports 9:215-29h.
1940. Notes on Bermudan nemerteans: Gorgonorhynchus
bermudensis, sp. n. Ann. Mag. Natur, Hist., Ser. ll,
6:433-)38.

182

b. Nematodes.

Chandler, A. C.
1954. Nematoda. Gulf of Mexico. In Galtsoff, P. S., (ed.),
Gulf of Mexico its origin, waters, and marine life. Fish.

Buiieeg Ueto, 551(09)))s 3517-350.

Chitwood, B. G.

1936a. Some marine nematodes of the Superfamily Enoploidea.
Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc. 55:208-213.

1936b. Some marine nematodes from North Carolina. Proc. Helminthol.
Soe. Wash. 3(1):1-16.

1937. A new genus and ten new species of marine nematodes from
North Carolina. Proc. Helminthol. Soc. Wash. )(2):5-59.

1951. North American marine Nematodes. Tex. J. Sci. 3():617-672.

Chitwood, B. G., and R. W. Timm
195). Free-living nematodes of the Gulf of Mexico. In Gulf of
Mexico. its origin, waters, and marine life. Fish. Bull.
U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., 55(8h):313-323.

Cobb, N.A.
1917. Nema population of beach sand. Contrib. Sci. Nemat. 5.

Hopper, B. E.

1961a. Marine Nematodes from the coast line of the Gulf of Mexico.
Can. J. Zool. 39:183-199.

1961b. Marine Nematodes from the coast line of the Gulf of Mexico,
TE. Can. J. Zool. 39:359-365.

1962. Free-living marine nematodes of Rhode Island waters.

Camg,dJi, Zooks IOgimlease-

1963. Marine namatodes from the coast line of the Gulf of Mexico.
III. Additional species from Gulf Shores of Alabama.

Can J. Zool. 41:8)1-863.

1966. Theristus polychaetophilus n. sp. (Nematoda), an external
parasite of the spionid polychaete Scholelepis squamata
(Muller, 1806). Can J. Zool. :787-79L.

1967a. Free-living marine nematodes from Biscayne Bay, Florida.

I. Comesomatidae: the male of Laimella longicauda Cobb 1920,
and description of Actarjania new genus. Mar. Biol. 1(2):10-14h.
1967b. Free-living marine nematodes from Biscayne Bay, Florida.

II. Oncholaimidae: descriptions of five new species and one new genus

(Meyersia). Mar. Biol. 1(2):145-151.

183

Hopper, B. H., and 5S. P. Meyers

1966. Observations on the Bionomics of the marine nematode.
Nature, Lond. 209(5026) :899-900.

1966. Aspects of the life cycle of marine nematodes. Helgoldnder
wiss. Meersunters. 13:hh-hh9.

1967a. Foliicolous marine nematodes on turtle grass, Thalassia
testudinum Konig, in Biscayne Bay, Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci.
17(2):71-517.

1967b. Population studies on benthic nematodes within a
subtropical seagrass community. Mar. Biol. 1(2):85-96.

Hyman, L. H.
1951. The Invertebrates: Acanthocephala, Aschelminthes,
and Entoprocta, the pseudocoelomate Bilateria. Vol. III.
McGraw-Hill Book Co.

Teal, J. M.
19606. A technique for separating nematodes and small arthropods
from marine muds. Limnol. Oceanogr. 5(3) :341-3h2.

Tietjen, J. H.
1966. The ecology of estuarine meiofauna with particular
reference to the class Nematoda. Ph.D Dissertation,
Graduate School of Oceanography, Univ. R.1.

Timm, R. W.
1952. A survey of the marine nematodes of Chesapeake Bay,
Maryland, Publ. Chesapeake Biol. Lab., No. 95, 70 p.
19S5ha. A survey of the marine nematodes of Chesapeake Bay,
Maryland. Biol. Stud. Cath. Univ. Amer. 23:1-70.
195hb. An abnormality of Oncholaimus marinus (Nematoda:
Oncholaiminae). Proc. Helminthol. Soc. Wash. 21(1):36.

Wieser, W.

1959a. Free-living nematodes and other small invertebrates of
Puget Sound beaches. Univ. Wash. Publ. Biol. 19:1-179.

1959b. The effect of grain size on the distribution of small
invertebrates inhabiting the beaches of Puget Sound.
Limnol. Oceanogr. )(2):181-19).

1959c. A note on subterranean nematodes from Chesapeake Bay,
Maryland. lLimnol. Oceanogr. (3) :225-227.

1960. Benthic studies in Buzzards Bay Il. The Meiofauna.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 5(2):121-137.

1967. Marine nematodes of the east coast of North America.
I. Florida. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard 135(5):239-3uh.

184

ec. Phoronids.

Andrews, E. A.
189C. On a new American species of the remarkable Phoronis.
Ann. Mag. Natur. Hist., 6th Ser., 5:4l5-9.

Brooks, W. K., and R. P. Cowles
1905. Phoronis architecta: its life history, anatomy, and
breeding habits. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 10:71-l11.

Hedgpeth, J. W.
195)).. Phoronida. Gulf of Mexico. In Galltsoff, P. S. (ed:),
Gulf of Mexico its origin, waters, and marine life. Fish.

Bull. U. S. 55(89):367.

Hyman, L. H.

1959. The Invertebrates: Smaller Coelomate Groups, Chaetognatha,
Hemichordata, Pogonophora, Phoronida, Ectoprocta, Brachiopoda,
Sipunculida, the Coelomate Bilateria. Vol 5, McGraw-Hill
Book Co., Inc., New York. 783 p.

Lome, Oo Wo
1960. A phoronid from the Gulf of Mexico. Bull. Mar. Sci.
1C (2):20h-207.

Marsden, J. R.
1959. Phoronidea from the Pacific Coast of North America.
Cane Zool (2) oi tala

Penne). Ito Ibe
1961. Observations on Phoronis architecta in Florida waters.

Bull. Mar. Sci. 11(3):L57-62.

Taylor, J. L., and C. H. Saloman
197C. Benthic project. In Report of the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries Biological Laboratory, St. Petersburg Beach, Fla.,
Fiscal year 1969, p. 3-10, U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv.,
Cie, Bh.

185

d. Polychaetes.

Andrews, HE. A.
1892. Report upon the annelida polychaeta of Beaufort,
North Carolina. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1891, 1))(852):277-302.

Ashworth, J. H.
1910. The annelids of the family Arenicolidae of North and
South America, including an account of Arenicola glacialis
Miracola IFmROCG> Wo So News Mims. BO ILas2.

Bilalxenund rave
1971. Revision of the genus Polydora from the east coast of
North America (Polychaeta: Spionidae). Smithson. Contrib.
TOOL, 75 913i

Carpenter, D. G.
1951. Distribution of polychaeta annelids in the Alligator
Harbor area, Franklin County, Florida. M. S. Thesis.
Fla. State Univ. 69 p.
1956. Distribution of polychaete annelids in the Alligator
Harbor area, Franklin County, Florida. Pap. Oceanogr.
Inst. Fla. State Univ. 22:89-110.

Day, da H.
1967. A monograph on the polychaeta of southern Africa.
Part 1. Errantia. Part 2. Sedentaria. British Museum
(Natural History), London, viii + 878 p.

Ebbs, N. K., dr.

1964. Some errant polychaetous annelids of the coral patches
of Margot Fish Shoal (off Elliott Key, Miami, Florida)
excluding the Syllidae. M. S. Thesis. Univ. Miami.

viii + 209 p.

1966. The coral-inhabiting polychaetes of the northern
Florida reef tract. Part 1. Aphroditidae, Polynoidae,
Amphinomidae, Eunicidae, and Lysaretidae. Bull. Mar.

Sei. 16:85-555.

IHololsi5 We Moje digo 5 Glacl Wo Wo Sieber
1965. Some osmotic adaptations of Onuphis magna (Polychaeta:
Onuphidae). Bull. Mar. Sci. 15:835-8]9.

Fauvel, P.
1923. Faune de France. 5. Polychaetes errantes. Paul Lechevalier,
Paris. 88 p.
1927. Faune de France. 16. Polychaetes sedentaires. Paul
Lechevalier, Paris. 9h p.

186

Sykes, J. E.

1967. Report of the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological
Laboratory, St. Petersburg Beach, Florida. U. S. Fish
Wildlife Serv., Circ. 257:1-18.

1968. Report of the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological
Laboratory, St. Petersburg Beach, Florida. U. S. Fish
Wildlife Serv., Circ. 290:1-17.

1969. Report of the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological
Laboratory, St. Petersburg Beach, Florida. U. S. Fish
Wildlife Serv., Circ. 313:1-25.

1970. Report of the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological
Laboratory, St. Petersburg Beach, Florida. U. 5S. Fish
Wildlife Serv., Circ. 3l\2:1-22.

Thomas, W. H., and E. G. Simmons
1960. Phytoplankton production in the Mississippi delta,
p- 103-116. In Recent sediments northwest Gulf of Mexico.
Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol.

Ineaaangie, gig akc
1972. Phytoplankton of the Tampa Bay System, Florida. M. S.
Thesis, Dep. Mar. Sci., Univ. South Fla., St. Petersburg, Fla.

Williams, J., and R. M. Ingle
1972. Ecological notes on Gonyaulax monilata (Dinophyceae )
blooms along the west coast of Florida. Fla. Dep. Natur.
ResoucenMarns Resi) abe pmlecatieuserss VOlsmlsanbartrelewiNor 5 .cdl—i2.

Williams, R.

1966. Annual phytoplankton production in a system of shallow
temperate estuaries, p. 699-716. In H. Barnes (ed.) Some
contemporary studies in marine science. London. George
Allen and Unwin, Ltd.

Wilson, W. B., and S. M. Ray
1956. The occurrence of Gymnodinium breve in the western Gulf
of Mexico. Ecology 37): 308-

Wood, HE. J. F., and E. F. Corcoran
1966. Diurnal variation in phytoplankton. Bull. Mar. Sci.
16:383-03.

zernova, V. V.

1970. On phytoplankton in the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean
Sea. Oceanological Res., Nauka, Moscow, 20:69-10h.

187

Fitzsimons, G.
1965. Feeding and tube-building in Sabellastarte magnifica
(Shaw) (Sabellidae: Polychaeta). Bull. Mar. Sci. 15:6)2-671.

MOST lemme
1969. New species of spionids (Polychaeta) from the Gulf of
Mexico and Caribbean Sea with a partial revision of the
genus Prionospio. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 82:381-399.

Galloway, T. W., and P. S. Welch
1911. Studies on a phosphorescent Bermudian annelid,
Odontosyllis enopla Verrill. Trans. Amer. Microsc. Soc.
SOGLS HSI)

Galloins, I> lhe
1969. A quantitative study of the polychaete fauna of certain
ime) deposavs| in Plymouth Sound) Tdi Mary Broil.) Asse Usl ke
49:311-326.

Gitay, A.
1969. A contribution to the revision of Spiochaetopterus
(Chaetopteridae, Polychaeta). Sarsia 37:9-20.

Gorrclom, Do Gay dies
1966. The effects of the deposit feeding polychaete
Pectinaria gouldii on the intertidal sediments of
Barnstable Harbor. lLimnol. Oceanogr. 11:327-332.

Hartman, O.

1938. Annotated list of the types of polychaetous annelids
in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool. 85:1-31.

1939. Polychaetous annelids. Part I. Aphroditidae to
Pisionidae. New species of polychaetous annelids from
southern California. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped.,
Univ. Southern California. 7:1-170.

1940. Polychaetous annelids. Part II. Chrysopetalidae to
Goniadidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., Univ. Southern
California. 7:173-286.

191. Polychaetous annelids. Part IV. Pectinariidae with
a review of all species from the Western Hemisphere.
Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., Univ. Southern California.
72325-34h.

19h2a. The identity of some marine annelid worms in the
United States National Museum. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.
92:101-1)0.

188

Hartman, O.

19h2b. Report on the scientific results of the Atlantis
expeditions to the West Indies under the joint auspices
of the University of Havana and Harvard University. The
polychaetous annelida. Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Natur.
16:89-10).

19a. Polychaetous annelids. Part V. Eunicea. Allan
Hancock Pacific Exped., Univ. Southern California. 1C€:1-236.

19lhb. Polychaetous annelids from California including the
descriptions of two new genera and nine new species.
Polychaetous annelids. Part VI. Paraonidae, Magelonidae,
Longosomidae, Ctenodrilidae, and Sabellariidae. Allan
Hancock Pacific Exped., Univ. Southern California. 10:239-388.

1945. The marine annelids of North Carolina. Duke Univ. Mar.
Sais. WILLS 25=53) 196

19i7a. Polychaetous annelids. Part VII. Capitellidae.
Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., Univ. Southern California.
10:391-,80.

19i7b. Polychaetous annelids. Part VIII. Pilargiidae.
Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., Univ. Southern California.
1€ :483-522.

199. A new marine annelid from Florida. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus. 99:503-507.

1950. Goniadidae, Glyceridae and Nephtyidae. Allan Hancock
Pacific Exped., Univ. Southern California 15:1-180.

1951. The littoral marine annelids of the Gulf of Mexico.
Publee inst. Mare Sci. Unive texas 2: ale

1952. Fouling serpulid worms, new to the Gulf of Mexico.
Texas J. Sei. 4:63-6).

1954. Polychaetous annelids of the Gulf of Mexico. In
P. S. Galtsoff (coordinator), Gulf of Mexico its origin,
waters, and marine life. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Fish.
Bull. 89:413-)17.

1956. Polychaetous annelids erected by Treadwell, 1891 to
1948, together with a brief chronology. Bull. Amer. Mus.
Natur. Hist. 109:2)3-310.

1957. Orbiniidae, Apistobranchidae, Paraonidae and
Longosomidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., Univ.
Southern California. 15:211-392.

1958. <A new nereid worm from warm minéral springs, Fla.,
with a review of the genus Nicon Kinberg. J. Wash.

Acad. Sci. 48:263-266.

1959a. Capitellidae and Nereidae (marine annelids) from
the Gulf side of Florida, with a review of freshwater
Nereidae. Bull. Mar. Sci. 9:153-168.

1959b. Catalogue of the polychaetous annelids of the world.
Part I and I~. Allan Hancock Found. Publ., Univ. Southern
California, Occass Lap. 23), 626" p.

189

Hartman, O.

1965. Catalogue of the polychaetous annelids of the world.
Supplement 1960-1965 and index. Allan Hancock Found.
Publ., Univ. Southern California, Occas. Pap. 23, 197 p.

1968. Atlas of the errantiate polychaetous annelids from
California. Allan Hancock Found., Univ. Southern
California, Los Angeles. 827 p.

1969. Atlas of the sedentariate polychaetous annelids from
California. Allan Hancock Found., Univ. Southern
California, Los Angeles. 811 p.

Hoagland, R. A.
1919. Polychaetous annelids from Porto Rico, the Florida
Keys, and Bermuda. Bull. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist.
41:571-590.

Jones, M. L.

1961. Two new polychaetes of the families Pilargidae and
Capitellidae from the Gulf of Mexico. Amer. Mus.
Novitates (20)9):1-18.

1962. On some polychaetous annelids from Jamaica, the
West Indies. Bull. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. 12):173-212.

1963. Four new species of Magelona (Annelida, Polychaeta )
and a redescription of Magelona longicornis Johnson.
Amer. Mus. Novitates (216])):1-31.

McNulty, J. K., and N. N. Lopez
1969. Year-round production of ripe gametes by benthic
polychaetes in Biscayne Bay, Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci.

19:9)5-95).

Mangum, C. P.
1962. Studies on speciation in maldanid polychaetes of
the North American Atlantic coast. Postilla (65):1-12.
196). Studies on speciation in maldanid polychaetes of
the North American Atlantic coast. II. Distribution
and competitive interaction of five sympatric species.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 9:12-26.

Mangum, C. P., S. L. Santos, and W. R. Rhodes, Jr.
1968. Distribution and feeding in the onuphid polychaete,
Diopatra cuprea (Bosc). Mar. Biol. 2:33-0.

Monro, CG. C. A.

1928. Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen's pacific expedition,
191-16. On the polychaeta collected by Dr. Th. Mortensen
off the coast of Panama. Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. Naturh.
Foren. 85:75-103.

190

Monro, C. C. A.
1933. On a collection of polychaeta from Dry Tortugas,
Florida. Ann. Mag. Natur. Hist., Tenth Ser. 12: 2))-269.
1937. The John Murray expedition 1933-3), scientific reports.
Polychaeta :23-321. British Museum (Natural History),
London.

Oglesby, L. C.
1968. Responses of an estuarine population of the polychaete
Nereis limnicola to-osmotic stress. Biol. Bull. 13:118-138.

Pettibone, M. H.

1956. Some polychaete worms of the families Hesionidae, Syllidae,
and Nereidae from the east coast of North America, West Indies,
and Gulf cf Mexico. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 46:281-29).

1957. Endoparasitic polychaetous annelids of the family
Arabellidae with descriptions of new species. Biol. Bull.
113:170-187.

1961. New species of polychaete worms from the Atlantic Ocean,
with a revision of the Dorvilleidae. Proc. Biol. Soc.

Wash. 7):167-185.

1963a. Marine polychaete worms of the New England region.
1. Aphroditidae through Trochochaetidae. U. S. Nat.
Mins ls B25 Pway alsa SIO» is

1963b. Revision of some genera of polychaete worms of
the family Spionidae, including the description of a
new species of Scolelepis. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.
76:89-10).

1965. Two new species of Aricidea (Polychaeta, Paraonidae)
from Virginia and Florida, and redescription of Aricidea
fragilis Webster. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 78:127-1)0.

1966. Revision of the Pilargidae (Annelida: Polychaeta)
including descriptions of new species, and redescription
of the pelagic Podarmus ploa Chamberlin (Polynoidae).

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 118%155-208.

Reish, D. J.

1967. Relationships of polychaetes to varying dissolved
oxygen concentrations. In J. Paz Marota and F. Josa
(editors), Advances in water pollution research, 3,
p. 199-216. Water Pollution Control Federation,
Waslntrsn Din iGr

Renaud, J. C.

1956. A report on some polychaetous annelids from the
Miami-Bimini area. Amer. Mus. Novitates (1812):1-)0.

19]

Simon, J. L.
1965. Feeding in the annelid Eteone heteropoda. Quart. J.
Ma, Neacl, Sei, BsssrCosi7/2-

Taylor, A. G.
1969. The direct uptake of amino acids and other small
molecules from sea water by Nereis virens Sars. Comp.
Biochem. Physiol. 29:2)3-25C.

Tenor, Vo Ike

1961. Polychaetous annelids of the Seahorse Key area.
Mo So Wasssls, UWiatiw, Mla, , aw + Qos jos

1966. A Pacific polychaete in southeastern United States.
Gaze, Jo Mila Neel, Sealy 29e22—26.

1968. Rearing lugworms for fish bait. U. S. Fish Wildlife
Serv., Commer. Fish. Rev. 30(8-9):61-63.

1971. Polychaetous annelids and benthic environments in
Tampa Bay, Florida. Ph.D. Dissertation, Univ. Fla. 1332 p.

Treadwell, A. L.

1911. Polychaetous annelids from the Dry Tortugas, Florida.
Bull. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. 30:1-12.

191). Researches upon annelids at Tortugas. Carnegie Inst.
Wash. Year B. 13:220-222.

1917. Polychaetous annelids from Florida, Porto Rico, Bermuda,
and the Bahamas. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Pap. Mar. Biol.
11:255-268.

1921. lLeodicidae of the West Indian region. Carnegie Inst.
Wasa, U5, ahr + Sil iw.

1929. New species of aol yennetous. annelids in the collections
of the American Museum of Natural History, from Porto Rico,
Florida, lower California, and British Somaliland. Amer.
Mus. .Novitates (392):1-13.

Verrili, A. i.
1881. New England Annelida. Part 1. Historical sketch, with
annotated list of the species hitherto record. Trans.
Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. ):285-32).
1890. Additions to the Turbellaria, Nemertina, and Annelida
of the Bermudas. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts. Sci. 10(2):596-670.

Webster, H. E.
1879a. Annelida chaetopoda of the Virginian coast. ‘Trans.
Albany Inst., New York 9:202-269.
1879b. Annelid chaetopoda of New Jersey. New York State
Mus. Natur. Hist. Ann. Rep. 32:101-128.

192

Wells, G. P.
1962. The warm-water lugworms of the world (Arenicolidae,
Polychaeta). Proc. Zool. Soc. London 138:22-353.

Wells, H. W.

1965. Nereid blisters in Florida scallops. Quart. J. Fla.
Acad. Sci. 28:123-128.

193

e. Oligochaetes-

Brinkhurst, R. O.

1963. Taxonomical studies on the Tubificidae (Annelida,
Oligochaeta). Int. Rev. Gesamten Hydrobiol. Syst.
Beih. 2:1-89.

196. Studies on the North American aquatic Oligochaeta
I. Naididae and Opistocystidae. Proc. Acad. Natur.
Sci. Philadelphia 116:195-230.

1965. Studies on the North American aquatic Oligochaeta
iis) ‘Muloaciaicidae. roe. Acades Naitum ins ciss modlacleilioharal
IY BILL / 2c

1966. A contribution to the systematics of the marine Tubificidae
(MaraeilsiGle,, Ollalerolacienge)))5 nll, isilily sOe297/—s105).

Bieialkdapresis, Io Oo 5 Enatel 135 Cio Wile diebmlestora
1971. Aquatic Oligochaeta of the world. Oliver and Boyd,
Edinburgh, 86C p.

Brinkhurst, R. O., and M. L. Simmons
1968. The aquatic Oligochaeta of San Francisco Bay
system. Calif. Fish Game 5):180-19).

Cook, D. G.

1969. The Tubificidae (Annelida, Oligochaeta) of Cape Cod
Bay with a taxonomic revision of the genera Phallodrilus
Pierantoni, 19(2, lLimnodriloides Pierantoni, 1903, and
Spiridion Knéllner, 1935. Biol. Bull. 136:9-27.

1970a. Peloscolex dukei n. sp. and P. aculeatus n. sp.
(Oligochaeta, Tubificidae) from the North-West Atlantic,
the latter being from abyssal depths. Trans. Amer.
Microse. Soc. 88:92-97.

1970b. Bathyal and abyssal Tubificidae (Annelida, Oligochaeta)
from the Gay Head - Bermuda transect, with descriptions of
new genera and species. Deep Sea Res. 17:973-981.

1971. The Tubificidae (Annelida, Oligochaeta) of Cape Cod
Bay, Il: Ecology and systematics, with the description of
Phallodrilus parviatriatus nov. sp. Biol. Bull. 1)1:203-221.

COOK, Wo Go, eiacl ho Oo lekaliakdawesyy
1973. Marine Flora and Fauna of the Northeastern United States.

Annelida: Oligochaeta. U. S. Dep. Comm. NOAA Tech. Rep.
NMOS Cae, Syl, 23 jw.

Lasserre, P.
1971. The marine Enchytraeidae (Annelida, Oligochaeta) of
the eastern coast of North America, with notes on their

geographical distribution and habitat. Biol. Bull.
140:4)0-60.

194

ae

Moore, J. P.
1905. Some marine Oligochaeta of New England. Proc. Acad. Natur.
Sci. Philadelphia. 57:373-399.

Stephenson, J.
1930. The Oligochaeta. Clarendon Press, Oxford. 978 p.

Welch, P. W.

1917. The Enchytraeidae (Oligochaeta) of the Woods Holé region
Massachusetts. Trans. Amer. Microsc. Soc. 36:119-138.

195

f£. Sipunculids.

Fisher, W. K. 9?
1947. New genera and species of echinoid and sipunculoid
worms. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 97:351-372.
1950. The sipunculid genus, Phascolosoma. Ann. Mag. Natur.
Hist (12) 3(30))254 72552.
1952. Sipunculid worms of California and Baja, California.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 102(3306):371-450.

Gerould, J. H.
1913. The sipunculids of the Eastern Coast of North America.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 44(1959):373-437.

Hedgepeth, J. We.
1954. Miscellaneous vermes, Gulf of Mexico. In Galtsoff,
P. S. (ed.), Gulf of Mexico its origin, waters and
marine life. Fish. Bull. U. S. 55(89):419-420.

Hyman, Le. B.

1959. The Invertebrates: Smaller Coelomate Groups,
Chaetognatha, Hemichordata, Pogonophora, Phoronida,
Ectoprocta, Brachiopoda, Sipunculida, the Coelomate
Bilateria. Vol. 5, McGraw-Hill Book Co.. Inc., New
York. 783 p.

196

15. Sea Spiders (Pyenogonida) .

Cole, L. J.

1901. Notes on the habits of Pycnogonids. Biol. Bull.
(Woods Hole) 2(5):195-207.

Hedgepeth, J. W.

1947. On the evolutionary significance of the Pycnogonida.
Smithson. Misc. Collect. 106(18):1-53.

1948. The Pycnogonida of the western North Atlantic and
the Caribbean. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 97:157-342.

1954. Pycnogonida, Gulf of Mexico. In Galtsoff, P. S.
(ed. ). Gulf of Mexico its origin, waters, and marine
life. Fish. Bull. U. S. 55(89):425-27.

Johansen, F.

1930. Marine crustacea. malacostraca and pantopoda
(Pycnogonida) collected in the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
Newfoundland, and the Bay of Fundy in 1919, 1922,
1923, 1925 and 1926. Can. Field Natur. 44(4):91-oh.

Morgan T. H.

1891. A contribution to the embryology and phylogeny

of the pycnogonids. Stud. Biol. Lab.,, Johns Hopkins
Wintivs Helo7(oc

Wilson, E. B.

1878. Synopsis of the Pycnogonida of New England.
Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 5:1-26.

1880. Report on the Pycnogonida of New England and adjacent
waters. Rep. U- S. Comm. Fish. 1878, 6:463-506.

Trans.

197

16. Crustaceans.

Abele, L.G.
1970. The marine decapod crustacea of the northeastern Gulf
of Mexico. Unpubl. M.S. Thesis, Fla. State Univ., Tallahassee.

Behre, H.H.
1950. Annotated list of the fauna of the Grand Isle Region.
Occas. Pap., Mar. Lab. La. State Univ. 6:1-66.
1954. Decapoda of the Gulf of Mexico. In Galtsoff, P.S.
(ed.), Gulf of Mexico its origin, waters and marine life.
U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull. 55(89):451-455.

Benedict, J.E.
1991. The Anomuran collections made by the Fish Hawk Expedition
to Porto Rico. Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. 20(2):129-148,
pls. 3-6.

Boone, L.

1927. Crustacea from tropical east American seas. Scientific
results of the first oceanographic expedition of the
Pawnee, 1925. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Collect.
1(2):1-147, 33 text-figs.

1930. Crustacea: Anomura, Macrura, Schizopoda, Isopoda,
Amphipoda, Mysidacea, Cirripedia, and Copepoda. Scientific
results of the yachts Eagle and Ara, 1921-1928. William K.
Vanderbilt, Commanding. Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus. 3:1-221,
plss Is,

Brett, C.
1963. Relationships between marine invertebrate infauna
distribution and sediment type distribution in Bogue Sound,
North Carolina. U.S. At. Energy Comm., Div. Res., Final
Rep. Contract AT(40-1) 2593, Oak Ridge, Tennessee.

Brewer, J.
1962. Ecological survey of lower Laguna Madre, Texas. 1953-1959.
Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Tex. 8:153-183.

Bullis, H.R., and J.R. Thompson
1965. Collections by the exploratory fishing vessels Oregon,
Silver Bay, Combat and Pelican made during 1956-1960 in the
southwestern North Atlantic. U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv.,
Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 510:1-130.

Cerame-Vivas, M., and J. Gray
1966. The distributional patterns of benthic invertebrates of the
continental shelf off North Carolina. Ecology 47:260-270.

Coventry, G.A.
1944, Results of the Fifth George Vanderbilt Expedition (1941)

(Bahamas, Caribbean Sea, Panama, Gaiapagos Archipelago, and
Mexican Pacific Islands). The Crustacea. Monogr. Acad.
Natur. Sci. Philadelphia, No. 6, p. 531-544.

198

Dawson, C.E.
1962. A study of the fauna of the offshore waters of Louisiana.
Proc. First Nat. Coastal Shallow Water Resour. Conf. p. 445-4h6.
1966. Additions to the known marine fauna of Grand Isle, Louisiana.
Proc. La. Acad. Sei. 21:175-180.

DeMan, J.G.

1920. The Decapoda of the Siboga expedition, Vol. 23, Part 4.
Families Pasiphaeidae, Stylodactylidae, Hoplophoridae,
Nematocarcinidae. Thalassocaridae, Pandalidae, Psaliodopodidae,
Gnathophyllidae, Processidae, Glyphocrangonidae, and Crangonidae.
Siboga Exped. 23(39a3):1-318, pls. 1-25.

Draechisy Ev.
1958. Perspectives in the study of benthic fauna of the continental
shelf. In Perspectives in Marine Biology (A.A. Buzzati - Traverso,
ed.) p. 33-46. Berkeley. Univ. Calif. Press.

Dragovich, A., and J. Kelly
1964. Ecological observations of macro-invertebrates in Tampa Bay.
Bull. Mar. Sci. 14:74-102.

Gunter, G.

1950. Seasonal population changes and distributions as related to
salinity, of certain invertebrates of the Texas coast, including
the commercial shrimp. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Tex. 1(2):7-51.

1956. Some relations of fauna distribution to salinity in estuarine
waters. Ecology 37:616-619.

1961. Some relations of estuarine organisms to salinity. Limnol.
Oceanogr. 6(2):182-190.

Gunter, G., and G. Hall
1962. Biological investigation of Caloosahatchee estuary in connection
with Lake Okeechobee discharges through the Caloosahatchee River.
Report to District Engineer, Jacksonville District, U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers.
1965. A biological investigation of the Caloosahatchee Estuary of
Florida. Gulf Res. Rep. 2(1):1-71.

Hay, W.P.
1917. Preliminary descriptions of five new species of crustaceans from
the coast of North Carolina. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 30:71-74.

Hay, W.P., and C.A. Shore
1918. The decapod crustaceans of Beaufort, N.C., and the surrounding
region. Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish., Vol. 35, for 1915 and 1916. p. 369-
475, pls. 25-39, 20 text-figs. (neeumens 895).

I99

Hedgpeth, J.W.

1950. Notes on the marine invertebrate fauna of salt flat areas in the
Aransas National Wildlife Refuge, Texas. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci.
1(2):103-119.

1953. An introduction to the zoogeography of the northwestern Gulf of
Mexico with reference to the invertebrate fauna. Publ. Inst. Mar.
Sei. 3(1):107-224, 46 text-figs.

1954. Bottom communities of the Gulf of Mexico. In Gulf of Mexico
its origin, waters, and marine life. U.S. Fish Wildlife Serv.

Fish. Bull. 55(89):203-214.

1957. (ed.) Treatise on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. Vol 1.

Ecology. Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. 67.

Henderson, J.R.
1888. Report on the Anomura collected by H.M.S. Challenger during
the years 1873-76. Report on the scientific results of the voyage
of H.M.S. Challenger. Zoology, Vol. 27, pt. 69, p. i-ix, 1-221,
21 pls. London, Edinburgh, and Dublin.

Hildebrand, H.H.
1954. A study of the fauna of the brown shrimp (Penaeus astecus Ives)
grounds in the western Gulf of Mexico. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci.
3(2) :233-366, 7 text-figs.
1955. A study of the fauna of the pink shrimp (Penaeus duorarum)
Burkenroad) grounds in the Gulf of Campeche. Publ. Inst. Mar.
Sei. 4(1):169-232, 1 text-fig.

Holthuis, L.B.
1948. Notes on some Crustacea Decapoda Natantia from Surinam. Proc.
Koninklijke Nederlandsche Akademie van Wetenschappen 51(9):1104-1113.
1959. The Crustacea Decapoda of Surinam (Dutch Guiana). Zoologische
Verhandelingen, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, ter ccths
44:1-296, 16 pls., 67 text-figs.

Hudson, J.J., D.M. Allen, and T.J. Costello
1970. The flora and fauna of a central Florida Bay basin. U.S.
Fish. Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 604. 14 p.

Hulings, N.
1961. The barnacle and decapod fauna from the nearshore area of
Panama City, Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 24(3):215-222.

Ives, J.E.
1891. Crustacea from the northern coast of Yucatan, the harbor
of Veracruz, the west coast of Florida and the Bermuda Islands.
Proc. Acad. Natur. Sci. Philadelphia 43:176-207, pls. 5-6.

200

Kingsley, J.S.

1880. On a collection of Crustacea from Virginia, North Carolina,
and Florida, with a revision of the genera of Crangonidae and
Palaemonidae. Proc. Acad. Natur. Sci. Philadelphia, 1879,

Bis 383-427, pl.

Keith, D., and N. Hulings
1965. Quantitative study of selected near shore infauna between
Sabine Pass and Bolivar Pt., Texas. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci.,
Unive Tex. 102 33=0)

Little, F.J.
1958. The sponge fauna of the St. George Sound, Apalachee Bay,
and Panama City regions of the Florida Gulf Coast. M.S.
Thesis, Fla. State Univ., Tallahassee.

IGN Gols 54 dheo
1939. New crustacean records for the Carolinas and Florida.
J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 55(2):335-338.

Lyons, W.G., S.P. Cobb, D.K. Camp, J.A. Mountain, T. Savage,
L. Lyons, and E.A. Joyce, Jr.
1971. Preliminary inventory of marine invertes collected near
the electrical generating plant, Crystal River, Florida, in
1969. Prof. Pap. Ser. 14, 45 p.

Marland, F.
1958. Ecological study of benthic macro-fauna of Matagorda Bay,
Texas, M.S. Thesis, Texas A & M Univ.

McDougall, K.
1943. Sessile marine invertebrates of Beaufort, North Carolina.
Ecol. Monogr. 13(3):321-374.

McNulty, J.K., J. Work, and H. Moore
1962. Some relations between infauna of the level bottom and the
sediment in south Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. 12:322-332.

Menzel, R., (ed.)
1956. Annotated checklist of marine flora and fauna of the St. George
Sound and Apalachee Bay region of the Florida Gulf Coast.
Oceanogr. Inst., Fla. State Univ., Cont. 61X.

Milne Edwards, A.

1880. Reports on the results of dredging, under the supervision
of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico and in the
Caribbean Sea, 1877, 1878, 1879, by the U.S. Coast Survey
Steamer Blake, Lt. Comdr. C.D. Sigsbee, U.S.N., and Comdr.
J.R. Bartlett, U.S.N., Commanding. VIII. Etudes preliminaires
sur les Crustaces. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard College,
8(1):1-68, pls. 1-2.

201

Milne Edwards, A., and E.L. Bouvier

1893. Reports of the results of dredging under the supervision
of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78), in the
Caribbean Sea (1878-79), and along the Atlantic coast of the
United States (1880), by the U.S. Coast Survey Steamer Blake...
XXXIIIT. Description des Crustaces de la Famille des Paguriens
recueillis pendant 1'Expedition. Memo. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard
College, 14(3):1-172, 12 pls.

1897. Reports on the results of dredging under the supervision of
Alexander Agassiz in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78), in the
Caribbean Sea (1878-79) and along the Atlantic Coast of the
United States (1880), by the U.S. Coast Survey Steamer Blake...
XXXV.. Description des crustaces de la famille des Galatheides
recueillis pendant l'expedition. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zoo., Harvard
College, 19(2):1-141, 12 pls.

1909. Reports on the results of dredging under the supervision of
Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78), in the
Caribbean Sea (1878-79), and along the Atlantic Coast of the
United States (1880) by the U.S. Coast Survey Steamer Blake...
XLIV. he Peneides et Stenopides. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard
College, 27(3):179-274, 9 pls.

1923. Reports. on the results of dredging under the supervision of
Alexander Agassiz in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78), in the
Caribbean Sea (1878-79), and along the Atlantic coast of the
United States (1880), by the U.S. Coast Survey Steamer Blake..
XLVIIT. Les Poreellanides et des Brachyures. Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zool. Harvard College, 47(4):283-395, 12 pls., 22 text-figs.

Parker, R.H.

1956. Macro-invertebrate assemblages as indicators of sedimentary
environments in the east Mississippi Delta region. Bull. Amer.
Ass. Petrol. Geol. 40:295-376.

1959. Macro-invertebrate assemblages of central Texas coastal bays
and Laguna Madre. Bull. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. 43:2100-2166.

1960. Ecology and distributional patterns of marine macro-invertebrates
of northern Gulf of Mexico. In Recent Sediments, northwest Gulf of
Mexico 1951-1958. Bull. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. p. 302-38}.

Pearse, A.S.

1913. On the habits of the crustaceans found in Chaetopterus tubes at
Woods Hole. Biol. Bull. 24(2):102-11).

1934. Inhabitants of certain sponges at Dry Tortugas. Pap. Tortugas
Lab., Carnegie Inst. Wash. 28(7):117-124, 2 pls. (Carnegie Inst.
Wash. Publ. 435.)

1952a. Parasitic crustaceans from Alligator Harbor, Florida. J. Fla.
Acad. Sei. 15(4):187-243.

1952b. Parasitic Crustacea from the Texas coast. Publ. Inst. Mar.
Sei, 202) 7a

Pearse, A.S., and L.G. Williams
1951. The biota of the reefs off the Carolinas. J. Elisha Mitchell

Siem, Saye5, 7(((iL) SS GH

202

Pulddien, > Hi.
1961. A checklist of invertebrate animals, abundance and distribution
with regards to hydrographic conditions (upper Galveston Bay).
Tex. Game Fish Comm., Mar. Fish. Div. Proj. Rep. 1959-1960: ales ie

Rankin, W.M.
1898. The Northrop collection of Crustacea from the Bahamas. Ann.
NeW. Acad. ‘Sei. 21(2):225=-258.

Richmond, EK.
1962. Flora and fauna of Horn Island, Mississippi. Gulf Res. Rep.
1(2):59-106.
1968. Supplement to the flora and fauna of Horn Island, Mississippi.
Gulf Res. Rep. 2(3):213-256.

Rouse, W.L.
1969. Littoral Crustacea from southwest Florida. Quart. J. Fla.
Wead.) Ser. 32(2) 127152"

Schmitt, W.L.

1924. Report on the Macrura, Anomura, and Stomatopoda collected by the
Barbados-Antigua Expedition from the University of Iowa in 1918.
Univ. Iowa Stud. Natur. Hist. 10(4):65-99, 5 pls.

1930. Some observations on the Crustacea of the Tortugas, Florida.
Yearb. Carnegie Inst. Wash. 29:343-346, 10 text-figs.

1933. Four new species of decapod crustaceans from Puerto Rico.
Amer. Mus. Novitates 662:1-9, 4 text-figs.

1935. Crustacea Macrura and Anomura of Puerto Rico and the Virgin
Islands. Scientific survey of Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands.
N.Y. Acad. Sci. 15(2):125-227, 80 text-figs.

1939. Decapod and other Crustacea collected on the presidential
eruise of 1938 (with introduction and station data). Smithson.
Mise. Collect. 98(6):1-29, 3 pls., 2 text-figs.

Stimpson, W.

1860a. Notes on North American Crustacea, in the Museum of the
Smithsonian Institution. No. II. Ann. Lyceum Natur. Hist.
Neve f GleGe)-dsto—2h6. pls es oi

1860b. A trip to Beaufort, North Carolina. Amer. J. Sci. Arts,
Ser. 2, 29(87):442-hus.

1866. Descriptions of new general and species of macrurous Crustacea
from the coasts of North America. Proc. Chicago Acad. Sci.
1:46-48 (2). (Portion of plates and text of Vol. 1 destroyed by
fire before publication; never reset.)

187la. Preliminary report on the Crustacea dredged in the Gulf Stream
in the Straits of Florida by L.F. de Pourtales, assistant, U.S.
Coast Survey. Pt. I, Brachyura. Bull. Mus. Como. Zool. Harvard
College 2(2):109-160.

203

Stimpson, W.
187l1b. Notes on North American Crustacea in the Museum of the
Smithsonian Instituation. No. III. Annals of the lyceum of
Natural History of New York 10:92-136 (119-163) 187).

Tabb, D., D. Dubrow, and R. Manning
1962. Ecology of northern Florida Bay and adjacent estuaries.
Fla. State Board Conserv. Tech. Ser. 39:1-79.

Tabb, D., and R. B. Manning
1961. Checklist of flora and fauna of northern Florida Bay and
adjacent brackish waters of the Florida mainland. Bull. Mar.

Sei. 11(4):552-69.

Tolbert, W., and G. Austin
1959. On the nearshore marine environment of the Gulf of Mexico
at Panama City, Florida. Tech. Pap. 161, U. S. Navy Mine
Defense Lab., Panama City, Fla.

Tolbert, W., and J. Walker
1953. Preliminary report on marine invertebrates exclusive of
annelids in the area of the Gulf Coast Research Laboratory
at Ocean Springs. J. Miss. Acad. Sci. h:(29-30).

Mees Ihe Is
1960. <A quantitative study of certain benthic communities in
Alligator Harbor. M.S. Thesis, Fla. State Univ., Tallahassee.

Weremalll, iNe lh

1869. On the parasitic habits of Crustacea. Amer. Naturalist
3(5):239-250, text-figs. 1-2.

1908. Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda. Pt. I. Brachyura and
Anomura, their distribution, variations, and habits.
Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sei. 13:299-h7h, 67 text-figs.

1922. Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda. Pt. II. Macrura
ems. Coan, Neacl, Meus Seis 2ogl-179, 12 wer—ties.

Wass, M. L.
1955. The decapod crustaceans of Alligator Harbor and adjacent
inshore areas of northwestern Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad.
Sei, 18(3)s129-176, 13 textes.
1961. A revised preliminary checklist of the invertebrate fauna
of marine and brackish waters of Virginia. Va. Fish. Lab.
Sac, Seis Meio, Zh. Gf Do

Weiss hea rieen vis
1961. The fauna of oyster beds, with special reference to the
Saluinw ty, facvor. | Heol Monogr. Bil(3))2389=2668

204

Whitten, H. L., H. F. Rosene, and J. W. Hedgpeth
1950. The invertebrate fauna of Texas coast jetties; a preliminary
Sureveyes, wieUbil.) Mims te Mariw, Sct) slN(2))) 55 —Ole

Williams, A. B.
1965. Marine decapod crustaceans of the Carolinas. U. S. Fish
Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull. 65(1):1-298.

Zimmerman, R., J. Feigl, D. Ballantine, and R. Baird
1971. The benthic community along the proposed discharge canal
for the Anclote River power plant. Tech. Rep. 6, Mvironmental
Status Rep. Fla. Power Corp.

205

ae OSitigalcodsr.

eral, Wo Mog ial Iblo So IP UHL
1962. The distribution of Foraminifera and Ostracoda off the
eulf coast of the Cape Romano area, Florida. Trans. Gulf
Coast Ass. Geol. Soc. 12:303-3)1.

IBSINGOIM, Ik’ Ilo 5 ehatel Cro Ilo COWenena, ILIGIL

196. Recent marine ostracods from the eastern Gulf of Mexico.

Univ. Kan. Paleontol. Contrib., Arthropoda, Art. 2, 52 »p.

Breeichirg) Cio Sog euael Jo) Wo Noxaqmena,
1889. A monograph of the marine and freshwater Ostracoda of
the North Atlantic and northwestern Europe. Section I.
Podocopa. Sci. Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. Ser. 2, 5:621-7)\6.

Cushman, J. A.

1906. Marine ostracoda of Vineyard Sound and adjacent waters,
Sarsiella, Cylindroleberis, Pontocypris, Cytherois,
Xestoleberis, Loxoncha, Cythere, Cytheridea, Cythereis,
Cytherideis, Pseudocytheretta. Proc. Boston Soc. Natur.
Hist. 32(10) :359-385.

Davidson, V. M.
1925. The distribution of certain marine ostracoda in the
Canadian waters of the East Coast. Contrib. Can. Biol.

2(13) :297-306.

Howe, H. V.
1955. Handbook of ostracod taxonomy. Louisiana State
Unsnveue bres sims OOmpr

Hulings, N. C.
1966. Marine ostracoda from the western north Atlantic off
the Virginia coast. Chesapeake Sci. 7(1):)0-56.

IN@ieMLOKEIPS Ibo So
1962. Sarsiella (Ostracoda) in Texas bays and lagoons.

Crustaceans )(1):57-7h.

Levinson, S.
1959. Bibliography and Index to New Genera and Species of
Ostracods for 1957. Micropaleontology 5(2):2h1-260.

Pwr lelo So
1953. Contribution to the study of the Miocene of the Florida
Panhandilen ila State) Geol. Surv-sGeoile Bulli 36. SON pr
1960. Recent Ostracoda from the west coast of Florida. Trans.
Gulf Coast Ass. Geol. Soc. 10:107-1h9.

206

Rothwell, W. T. Jr.
1949. Preliminary report on Ostracoda in bottom samples and
cores of northwestern Gulf of Mexico. Bull. Geol. Soc.
INGZIQ5 Stee py CO\ 2) Balls).

Tressler, W. L.

1939. Onychocythere, a new genus of marine ostracod from
Florida, with a description of one new species. J. Wash.
Acad. Sci. 29(8) :336-339.

190. Ostracoda from Beaufort, North Carolina, sand beaches.
Cytheridea, Cythere, Zenocythere, Cytherura, Xestoleberis,
Cytherois. Amer. Midland Natur. 2)(2) :365-368.

1919. Marine ostracoda from Tortugas, Florida. J. Wash.
Meade 1SCir) 39 9)i3 35-3113.

1954. Marine Ostracoda, Gulf of Mexico. In Galtsoff, P. S.
(ed.), Gulf of Mexico its origin, waters, and marine life.
Fish. Bull. U. S. 95(89):l29-)37.

Tressiler, W. L., and Bh. M. Smith
1948. An ecological study of seasonal distribution of Ostracoda,

Solomons Island, Maryland, Region. Publ. Chesapeake Biol.
Las 5 NOs ike WEY ide

Van Den Bold, W. A.

196a. Contribution to the study of Ostracoda with special
reference to the Tertiary and Cretaceous microfauna of
the Caribbean region. Utrecht Univ. Thesis. 167 p.

19\\6b. Contribution to the study of Ostracoda, with special
reference to the Tertiary and Cretaceous microfauna of
the Caribbean region. Amsterdam: J. H. deBussey. 125 p.

1966. Ostracoda from Colon Harbor, Panama. Caribbean J.

Sci. 6:)3-6).
Waller, R. A.

1961. Ostracoda of the St. Andrew Bay System. M. S. Thesis,
Fla. State Univ.

207

b. Barnacles.

Barnes, H.
1961. Balanus balanoids; recent observations on its southern

limit. Ecology 42(3):592-593

Darwin, C.
1851. A monograph on the sub-class Cirripedia, Lepadidae.
Ray Society, London, i-xi, 1-00, pls 1-10.
185). A monograph on the sub-class Cirripedia, Balanidae,
Verrucidae. Ray Society, London, i-viii, 1-68, text-figs.
iol, jolls, do30.

DePalma, J. R.
1968. An amotated bibliography of marine fouling for
scientists and engineers. J. Ozean. Tech. 2()):33-hh.

Gordon, C. M.
1969. The apparent influence of salinity on the distribution
of barnacle species in Chesapeake Bay (Cirripedia).
Crustaceana 16(2):139-1)2.

emMeay, Do Wo

195. Cirripedia: the barnacles of the Gulf of Mexico.

In Galtsoff, P. S. (ed.), Gulf of Mexico its origin,
waters, and marine life. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv.
Fish. Bull. 55(89):443-hh5.

1959. The distribution of the Amphitrite series of Balanus
in North American waters. In Ray, D. L. (ed.) Marine
boring and fouling organisms. Univ. Wash. Press, Seattle.
pe L90=2ine

LUMI cS ye foe Ole
1961. The barnacles and decapod fauna from the near-shore
area of Panama City, Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad.
Seal, DlheQi5=222 «

Woore, Gl, io, eimcel Wo CG, Inene
1959. The settlement and growth of Balanus improvisus,
B. Eburneus, and B. amphitrite in the Miami area.

Bull, Way Sel, O¢h) aan,

Pearse, Ais).
1947. Observations on the occurrence of certain barnacles
and isopods at Beaufort, N. C. J. Wash. Acad. Sci.
37(9) 3325-328.

208

Pallsjoray7y5 dels IN

1907. The barnacles (Cirripedia) contained in the collection of
the U. S. National Museum. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 60: i-x,
1-122.

1916. The sessile barnacles (Cirripedia) contained in the
collection of the U. S. National Museum; including a
monograph of the American species. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.

93: di=sdi, 11-366.

Richards, B. R., and W. F. Clapp
194. A preliminary report on the fouling characteristics
of Ponce De Leon Tidal Inlet, Daytona Beach, Florida.
J. Mar. Res. 5(3):189-195.

Tomlinson, J. T.
1969. Tne burrowing barnacles (Cirripedia: order Acrothoracia).
Usmsee Nate Mus Bulalpe29onlo2eo.

Vnnezenski, L. S.
1965. A contribution to the knowledge of the deep-water
barnacles of the Straits of Florida. M. S. Thesis, Univ.
Miami, 145 p.

Wells, H. W.
1965. Barnacles of the northeastern Gulf of Mexico. Quart.
J. Fla. Acad. Sei. 29(2):81-95.

Wells, H. W., and J. T. Tomlinson
1966. A new burrowing barnacle from the Western Atlantic.
Ousci, de Milas Neely Seals 2OCL)Se7—sirs

Wells, H. W., M. J. Wells, andl. E. Gray
1960. On the southern limit of Balanus balanoides in the
Western Atlantic. Ecology l1(3):578-580.

Werner, W. E., Jr.
1967. The distribution and ecology of the barnacle Balanus
trigonus. Bull. Mar. Sci. 17(1):64-8h.

VWenbseh,, Cr) 3
1953. Some of the factors influencing distribution of
sessile invertebrates in Alligator Harbor, a neutral
estuary. M. S. Thesis, Fla. State Univ.

AGUNG; Wo Ie
1963. <A preliminary report on systematics and distribution of
parnacles (Cirripedia) of the Cape Cod region. Systematics-
Ecology Program, Mar. Biol. Lab., Woods, Hole, Mass., 33 p.

209

c. Mantis Shrimp.

Bigelow, R. P.

1891. Preliminary notes on some new species of Squilla.
Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. 10:93-94.

1893a. Preliminar:) notes on the Stomatopoda of the Albatross
collections and other specimens in the National Museum.
Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. 12(106):100-102.

1893b. The Stomatopoda of Bimini. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ.
12(106):102-103.

1894. Report on the Crustacea of the Order Stomatopoda
collected by the steamer Albatross between 1885 and 1891
and on other specimens in the U. S. National Museum.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 17:489-550.

1901. The Stomatopoda of Porto Rico. Bull. U. S. Fish.
Comm. 20(2):149-160 (bound volume issued in 1902).

1931. Stomatopoda of the southern and eastern Pacific Ocean
and the Hawaiian Islands. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard,
72(4):105-191.

1941. Notes on Squilla empusa Sa.. J. Wash. Acad. Sci.
31(9):399-403.

Boone, L.

1927. Crustacea from tropical east American seas. Bull.
Bingham Oceanogr. Collect. 1(2):1-147.

1930. Crustacea: Stomatopoda and Brachyura-. Scientific
results of the cruises of the yachts Eagle and Ara,
1921-1928, Wm. K. Vanderbilt commanding. Bull.
Vanderbilt Mar. Mus. 2:1-228.

1934. Crustacea: Stomatopoda and Brachyura. Scientific
results of the world cruise of the yacht Alva, 1931,
Wm. K. Vanderbilt, commanding. Bull. Vanderbilt Mar.
Mus. 5:1-210.

Brooks, W. K.

1878. The larval stages of Squilla empusa Say. Johns
Hopkins Univ., Chesapeake Zool. Lab. Sci. Res. 1878:143-170.

1885. Notes on the Stomatopoda. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ.
5(43):10-11.

1886a. Report on the Stomatopoda collected by H.M.S. Challenger
during the years 1873-76. Rep. Sci. Res. Challenger, Zool.
1G gila1LlG.

1886b. Notes on Stomatopoda. Ann. Mag. Natur. Hist. Ser. 5,
17:166-168.

1886c. The Stomatopoda of the Challenger collection. Johns
Hopkins Univ. Circ. 5(49):83-85.

210

Chace, F. A., Jr.

1939. Preliminary descriptions of one new genus and seventeen
new species of decapod and stomatopod Crustacea. Reports
on the scientific results of the first Atlantis expedition
to the West Indies, under the joint auspices of the University
of Havana and Harvard University. Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist.
Nat. 13(1):31-54.

1942. Six new species of decapod and stomatopod Crustacea from
the Gulf of Mexico. Proc. New England Zool. Club 19:79-92.

1954. Stomatopoda. In Galtsoff, P. S. (ed.), Gulf of Mexico
its origin, waters, and marine life. U. S. Fish Wildlife
Serv. Fish. Bull. 89:449-450.

1958. A new stomatopod crustacean of the genus Lysiosquilla
from Cape Cod, Massachusetts. Biol. Bull. (Woods Hole)
WED) o Wha Whee

Holthuis, L. B.

1941a. Note on some Stomatopoda from the Atlantic coasts of
Africa and America, with the description of a new species.
Zool. Meded., Leiden, 23:31-3.

1941b. The Stomatopoda of the Snellius Expedition. Biological
results of the Snellius Expedition, XII. Temminckia 6:241-29}.

1959. Stomatopod Crustacea of Suriname. Studies on the Fauna
of Suriname 3(10):173-191.

1964. Preliminary note on two new genera of Stomatopoda.
Crustaceana 7(2):140-141.

IVES, do 15
1891. Crustacea from the northern coast of Yucatan, the harbor
at Vera Cruz, the west coast of Florida and the Bermuda
Islands. Proc. Acad. Natur. Sci., Philadelphia, 43(1):176-207.

lin, Go Rog disso
1933. The rediscovery of Squilla neglecta Gibbes. Charleston
(SoCs) wise weet, Heleey
1935. The stomatopods (mantis shrimps) of the Carolinas.
J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 51(1):151-159.
1937. Stomatopoda of the Bingham Oceanographic Collection.
Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Collect. 5(5):1-19.

Manning, R- B.

1959. A checklist of the stomatopod crustaceans of the
Florida-Gulf of Mexico area. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci.
221 )\elhaak.

1961a. Stomatopod Crustacea from the Atlantic coast of northern
South America. Allan Hancock Atlantic Exped. Rep. 9:1-6.

1961b. A new deep-water species of Lysiosquilla (Crustacea,
Stomatopoda) from the Gulf of Mexico. Ann. Mag. Natur.
Hist. Ser. 13(3):693-697.

1962a. A new species of Parasquilla (Stomatopoda) from the
Gulf of Mexico, with a redescription of Squilla ferussaci
Roux. Crustaceana }(3):180-190.

2il

Manning, R.- B.

1962b. Seven new species of stomatopod crustaceans from
the northwestern Atlantic. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 7E:215-222.

1962c. A redescription of Lysiosquilla biminiensis pacificus
Borradaile (Stomatopoda). Crustaceans }4(4):301-306.

1963a. A new species of Lysiosquilla (Crustacea. Stomatopoda)
from the northern Straits of Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci.
13(1):54-57.

1963b. Preliminary revision of the genera Pseudosquilla and
Lvsiosquilla with descriptions of six new genera (Crustacea:
Stomatopoda). Bull. Mar. Sci. 13(2):308-328.

1968. A revision of the family Squillidae (Crustacea. Stomatopoda),
with the description of eight new generae Bull. Mar. Sci.
18(1):105-142.

1969. Stomatopod Crustacea of the Western Atlantic. Inst. Mar.
Sci., Univ. Miami Studies in Tropical Oceanography 8:380 p.

Schmitt, W. L.

1924a. The macruran, anomuran, and stomatopod Crustacea.
Billo Dierks Bs sol s8ilo

1924b. Report on the Macrura, Anomura, and Stomatopoda collected
by the Barbados-Antigua Expedition from the University of Iowa
im) lOlG. VUniv.) Lowal Studs Natu Hist OU ro5=99.

1940. The stomatopods of the west coast of America based on
collections made b. the Allan Hancock Expeditions 1933-1938.
Allan Hancock Found. Pacif. Exped. 5(4):129-225.

2l2

d. Cumaceans.

ipeeaguecl, dig “Iho g ehavol ins lio (Cialyernl
1960. Morphology and ecology of some sublittoral cumacean
crustacea of southern California. Pac. Natur. 2(3):153-165.

Calman, W. T.
1912. The crustacea of the order cumacea in the collection of
the United States Museum. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. )1(1876) :603-676.

Faxon, G. HE. H.
1936. Notes on the natural history of certain sand-dwelling
cumacean. Ann. Mag. Natur. Hist. 10:377-393.

Jones, N. S., and W. D. Burbanck
1959. Almyracuma proximoculi gen. et. sp. nov. (Crustacea,
Cumacea) from brackish water of Cape Cod, Massachusetts.
Brom. Bull, 162115-12)).

S2ie35 Co Os
1900. An account of the Crustacea of Norway. Cumacea 3:1-115.

Salida, So Ie
US795 Was stalk-eyed crustaceans of the Atlantic coast of North
America north of Cape Cod. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci.

5 28-138.

Wieser, W.
1956. Factors influencing the choice of substratum in Cumella
vulgaris Hart (Crustacea, Cumacea). Limnol. Oceanogr.

:27h=285.

213

e. Isopods.

Boone, P. L.
1919. Descriptions of ten new Isopods, Gnathia. Proc. U. S.

Nat. Mus. 5)(2253):591-60).

Bowman, T. E.
1955. The isopod genus Chiridotea, with a description of a new
species from brackish waters. Wash. Acad. Sci. 5{7):22h-229.

Burbanck, W. D. z
1959. The distribution of the estuarine isopod (Cyanthura Seep)
along the eastern coast of the U. S. Ecology hats) 2807 _E11.
1962. An ecological study of the isopod Cynathura polita
(Stimpson) from brackish waters of Cape Cod, Massachusetts.
Amer. Midland Natur. 67(2):h9-l76.

Frankenberg, D.
1965. 4 new species of Cyathura (Isopoda, Anthuridae) from
coastal waters off Georgia, U. S. A. Crustaceana 8(2):206-212.

Hargar, O.
1878. Description of new genera and species of isopods from
New England ahd adjacent regions. Amer. J. Sci. Arts
XV(3):373-379.

Harvey, C. E., M. B. Jones, and HE. Naylor
1973. Some factors affecting the distribution of estuarine
isopods (Crustacea). Estuarine and Coastal Mar. Sci.

1(2)2193=12h.

Menzies, R. J.
1951. A new subspecies of marine isopod from Texas. Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus. 101(3289):575-579.
1957. The marine borer family Limnoriidae (Crustacea, Isopoda).
Bula. Mar. Sei. (2) =101=200.
1962. The isopods of abyssal depths in the Atlantic ocean.
Columbia Univ. Press, Vema Res. Ser. (1):79-2C6.

Menzies, R. J., and D. Frankenberg
1966. Handbook of the common marine isopod crustacea of Georgia.
Univ. Georgia Press, Athens, 93 p.

Menzies, R. J., and P. Glynn

1968. The common marine isopod crustacea of Puerto Rico.
Stud. Fauna Curacao 27:1-133.

214

Miller, M. A., and W. D. Burbanck
1961. Systematics and distribution of an estuarine isopod crustacean,
Cynathura polita (Stimpson, 1855), new comb., from the Gulf and
Atlantic seaboard of the United States. Biol. Bull. 120(1):62-8).

Pearse, A. S.
1952. Parasitic crustacea from the Texas coast. Publ. Inst. Mar.
ScippalUmave ext) 2\(2)) 35-2.

Pearse, A. S., and H. A. Walker
1939. Two new parasitic isopods from the eastern coast of North
America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 87:19-23.

Richardson, H.

1901. Key to the isopods of the Atlantic coast of North America,
with descriptions of new and little-known species. Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus. 23(1222):93-579.

190). Contributions to the natural history of the isopoda. Proc.
Uo. Nav. Muse) 27 l35O))k O98

1905. A monograph of the isopods of North America. Bull. U. 5S.
NEG. Wiss. Siig TAT ase

Schultz, G. A.
1969. How to know the marine isopod crustaceans. Wm. C. Brown
Company, Publishers, Dubuque, Iowa. 359 p.

swan, H. F.

1956. Isopods of the genus Ligia on the New England coast.
Ecology 37(1) :20l-206.

Wowbtetamelys

1962. The systematics and biology of bathyal and abyssal
Tsopoda Asellota. Salathea Rep. 6:7-320.

215

f. Amphipods.

Barnard, J. L.

1954. Amphipoda of the family Ampeliscidae collected by the
Velero III in the Caribbean Sea. Allan Hancock Atl. Exp.
IREWo 7 gilails}s

1958. Index to the families, genera, and species of the
Gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea). Allan Hancock
Foundation Occas. Pap. 19:15 p.

1964. Revision of some families, genera, and species of
gammaridean Amphipoda. Crustaceana Te Oai ts

1969. The families and genera of marine gammaridean
Amphipoda. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 271:535 p.

Bowman, T. E., and L. W. Peterson
1965. Bibliography and list of new genera and species of
amphipoda crustaceans described by Clarence R. Shoemaker.
Crustaceana 9(3):309-316.

Chevreux, E., and L. Fage
1925. Amphipodes. In Faune de France, Paris 9:1-488.

Culpepper, T- J.-, and W. E. Pequegnat
1969. A taxonomic and ecological study of selected benthic
eammarid crustaceans from the northwestern Gulf of Mexico.
Texas A & M Univ. Dep- Oceanogr. Meteorol. Project 286.
Tech. Rep. 69-3T:108 p.

Dexter, D. Ee.
1967. Distribution and niche diversity of haustoriid amphipods
in North Carolina. Chesapeake Sci. 8(3):187-198.

Dougherty, E- C.-, and J. E. Steinberg

1953. Notes on the skeleton shrimps (Crustacea: Caprellidae)
of California. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 66(7):39-50-

1954. Key to the Caprellidae of California. p. 168-171
(igo S2)) iin Thiele, So Bo, Ro Wo Swe, Ge al, materiitdall
Invertebrates of the Central California coast. Univ.
Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles.

Gosner, K. L.

1971. Guide to identification of marine and estuarine
invertebrates. Cape Hatteras to the Bay of Fundy.
Wiley-Interscience, a division of John Wiley and Sons,
Inc., New York. 693 p.

Holmes, S. J.
1903. Synopses of North American invertebrates. 18. The
Amphipoda. Amer. Natur. 37:267-292.
1905. The Amphipoda of southern New England. Bull. U. S.
Fish. Comm. 24:457-529.

216

Holcimeer JiR, and Si. Be) Peck
19-8. A new senus and species of subterranean amphipod
(Gammaridae ) from Puerto Rico. with notes on its ecology.
evolution. and relationship to other Caribbean amphipods.
Crustaceana 15(3):2k49-262.

Kunkel, B. W.
1910. Amphipoda of Bermuda. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci.
GC )yo he alGye

MeCeain, dJo Gs
1965. The Caprellidae (Crustacea: Amphipoda) of Virginia.
Chesapeake Sci. 6(3):190-196.
1968. The Caprellidae (Crustacea: Amphipoda) of the western
Nowe Nelzimeteg Webi, Wo So Wats Muss 27e wat se WI 45.

MMS, 18s the

1962. A new species of Liljeboriid amphipod with notes on its
biology. Crustaceana 4(2):158-162.

1963. A new species of Ampelisca (Crustacea: Amphipoda) from
eastern North America, with notes on other species of the
genus. Camo de “ool. Mil ser/ilaciets).

1966. Deep-sea Amphipoda from the Western North Atlantic
Ocean. I. Ineolfiellidea and an unusual new species in the
gammaridean family Pardaliscidae. Can. J. Zool. 45:347-356.

1967. A reexamination of some species of Ampelisca (Crustacea:
Amphipoda) from the east coast of North America. Can. J.

Zool. 45:635-652.

Pearse, A. S.
1908. Descriptions of four new species of amphipodous Crustacea
from the Gulf of Mexico. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 34(1594):27-32,

tide seu(Picotelillopsi susitebbinedi sp-msO=328 file. 14))le

Shoemaker. C. R.

1927. Amphipods of the familv Bateidae in the collection of the
U. S. National Museum. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 68(2626):1-26.

1932. A new amphipod of the genus Leptocheirus from Chesapeake
Base Je Wash. Acad. Sci. 39(20-B1):5h8-551.

1933a. Amphipoda from Florida and the West Indies. Amer. Mus.
Novitates 598:1-2h.

1933b. A new amphipod of the genus Amphiporeia from Virginia.
J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 23(4):212-216.

1933c. Two new genera and six new species of Amphipoda from
Tortugas. Pap. Tortugas Lab. 28(15):245-256.

1934a. The amphipod cenus Corophium on the east coast of
America. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 47:23-32.

1934b. Three new amphipods. Reports on the collection obtained
b. the first Johnson-Smithsonian deep-sea expedition to the
Puerto Rican Deep. Smithson. Misc. Collect. 91(12):1-6.

All

Shoemaker, C. Re

1935. The amphipods of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands.
Scientific survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands.
N. Y. Acad. Sci. 15(2):229-253, figs. 1-5.

1943. A new amphipod of the genus Corophium from Florida.
Charleston Mus. Leafl. 18:1-7.

1945a. The amphipod genus Photis on the east coast of North
America. Charleston Mus. Leafl. 22:1-17.

1945b. The amphipod genus Unciola on the east coast of North
America. Amer. Midland Natur. 34(2):446-465.

1947. Further notes on the amphipod genus Corophuim from
the east coast of America. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 37(2):47-63.

Stebbing, T. Rs R.

1903. Amphipoda from Costa Rica. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.
1341 925-931.

Steinberg, J.-, and EK. Dougherty
1957. The skeleton shrimps (Crustacea: Caprellidae) of the
Gulf of Mexico. Tulane Stud. Zool. 5(11):267-288.

Wigley, R. L.

1966. Two new marine amphipods from Massachusetts, U.S.A.
Crustaceana 10(3):259-270.

218

g. Penaeid Shrimp.

Alabama Department of Conservation
1965. Shrimp distribution in Mobile Bay and Mississippi Sound.
Ala. Dep. Conserv., Seafoods Div. Mimeo. File Rep. 9 p.

Ausven Da Mer and) 7... Ji Costello
1966. Releases and recoveries of marked pink shrimp, Penaeus
duorarum Burkenroad, in south Florida waters, 1958-6]. U. S.
Filsh) Wildlife Serv., Data Rep. 11, ij + 77 p,. om 2 microfiches.
1969. Additional references on the biology of shrimp, family
Penaeidae. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. 68(1):1C1-13).

Anderson, W. W.

1955. Observations upon the biology, ecology and life history of
the common Penaeus setiferus (Linnaeus ) along the south Atlantic
and Gulf coasts of the United States. Section III. Proc.
Indo-Pacific Fish. Council 1-5.

1956. January to April distribution of the common shrimp on the
South Atlantic continental shelf. U. &. Fish Wildlife Serv.,
Speen sci. Reps 1(aeyil—wh.

1958a. Recognizing important shrimp of the South. U. S. Fish
Wildlife Serv., Fish Leafl. 366 (Revised). 7 p.

1958b. The shrimp and the shrimp industry of the southern United
States. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish Lheafl. 172 (Revised).

9 Pp.

1962. Recognizing important shrimps of the South. U. S. Fish
Wildlife Serv., Fish Leafl. 536 (Revised). 5 p.

1966. The shrimp and the shrimp fishery of the southern United
States. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Leafl. 589 (Revised).
8p.

1970. Contributions to the life histories of several Penaeid shrimp
(Penaeidae) along the South Atlantic Coast of the United States.
U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. 605. 2 p.

Anderson, W. W., J. HE. King, and M. J. Lindner
1949. Early stages of the life history of the common marine shrimp,
Penaeus setiferus (Linnaeus). Biol. Bull. 96(2):168-172.

Anderson, W. W., and M. J. Lindner
1945. A provisional key to the shrimps of the family Penaeidae with
especial reference to American forms. ‘Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
73:28h-319.
1958. Length - weight relation in the common or white shrimp
(Penaeus setiferus). U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep.

Pash 2560 15 pe
Anderson, W. W., M. J. Lindner, and J. E. King

1949. The shrimp fishery of the Southern United States (Penaeus,
Xiphopenaeus). Commer. Fish. Rev. 11(2):1-17.

219

Armstrong, D. M.
NES 3, Slaesinjs itetawliqe, Wo So Waisia Wallkcblike Sei. Walsla, Ieeuell,
Soil, 8 joo

Baxter, K. N.
1963. Abundance of postlarval shrimp - one index of future
shrimping suecess. Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst. 15th
Annu. Sess. p. 79-87.

Bebe, Iko Nog Giacl Wo Go liermtico
1967. Seasonal occurrence and size distribution of postlarval
brown and white shrimp near Galveston, Texas, with notes on
species identification. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish.
Bull. 66:1)9-158.

Broad), Any C:
195C. Identification of the commercial common shrimp species
(Penaeus, Xiphopenaeus). U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish.
Leaf. 366. 1) p.

BULLS. Talo Iho g iho
1956. Preliminary results of deep water exploration for shrimp
in the Gulf of Mexico by the M/V Oregon (195C-56). U. S.
Fish Wildlife Serv. Commer. Fish) Rev. 18(12):1-12.
1957. Royal red shrimp - a new south Atlantic resource. Proc.
Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst. 9th Annu. Sess. p. 56-59.

Iie, lalo Ito, dies 5 ual Wis Io Ienolajjer
1959. Shrimp explorations off southeastern coast of the United
States (1956-1958). Commer. Fish. Rev. 21(6):1-20.

IBOHLIGES| Nelo Niko 5 Wiea, Giael Wa Its Waloimosyoin
1965. Collections by the exploratory fishing vessels Oregon,
Silver Bay, Combat, and Pelican made during 1956-1960 in the
southwestern North Atlantic. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv.,
SSC. Sei, MEO Wisia SO, daa + 130 jo,

Burkenroad, M. D.

193. The Penaeidae of Louisiana with a discussion of their
world relationships. Bull. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. 68(2):77-88.

1936. The Aristaeinae, Solenocerinae and pelagic Penaeidae of the
Bingham Oceanographic Collection. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr.
Collect. 5(2)i:i=15i-

1939. Further observations on the Penaeidae of the northern Gulf
of Mexico. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Collect. 6(6):1-62.

1949. Occurrence and life histories of commercial shrimp.
Science 110:688-689.

220

Chin, E.
1960. The bait shrimp fishery of Galveston Bay, Texas. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 89(2):135-1)1.

Chin, E., and D. M. Allen
1959. A list of references on the biology of shrimp (family
Penaeidae). U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep.
Fish 276:1)3 p.

Christmas, J. Y., G. Gunter, and P. Musgrave
1966. Studies of annual abundance of postlarval penaeid shrimp
in the estuarine waters of Mississippi, as related to subsequent
Gonmercilallscauchese “Gull Rese) Repee2cili7/—=2m2

GoD, So Ps
1971. A new species of Sicyonia (Decapoda, Penaeidae) from the
western Atlantic with notes on S. stimpsoni Bouvier.
Crustaceana 20(1):10-112. io

Copper miaa Ci) hi Hutch. and Da Ke (Camp
1973. The rock shrimp, Sicyonia brevirostris Stimpson, 1871
(Decapoda, Penaeidae). Mem. Hourglass Cruises III(1):1-38.

GOOlk,; lala lke

1966a. A generic key to the protozoean, mysis, and postlarval
stages of the littoral Penaeidae of the northwestern Gulf
of Mexico. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull. 65:)37-hl7.

1966b. Identification and culture of shrimp larvae. In Annual
Report of the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological
Laboratory, Galveston, Texas, fiscal year 1965, p. 12-13.
U. SteFish Wildlife Serv., Circ. 26:

Cook, H. L., and M. A. Murphy
1965. Early developmental stages of the rock shrimp, Sicyonia
brevirostris Stimpson, reared in the laboratory. Tulane
SHG MEEZ OO EMOO=T aie

Costello, T. J., and D. M. Allen

1960. Notes on the migration and growth of pink shrimp (Penaeus
duorarum). Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst., 12th Annu.
Sess. 1959. p. 5-9.

1965. Migrations and geographic distribution of pink shrimp,
Penaeus duorarum, of the Tortugas and Sanibel grounds, Fla.
U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull. 65(2):hh9-)60.

1968. Mortality rates in populations of pink shrimp Penaeus
duorarum, on the Sanibel and Tortugas grounds, Fla. U. S.
Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull. 66(2):91-502.

22)

Cummings, W. C.
1960. A preliminary study of the maturation and spawning of the
pink shrimp, Penaeus duorarum Burkenroad. M. S. thesis, Univ.
Miami, Coral Gables, Fla. 52 p.
1961. Maturation and spawning of the pink shrimp, Penaeus duorarum
Burkenroad. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 90:l62-)68.

Darnell, R. M., and A. B. Williams
1956. A note on the occurrence of the pink shrimp, Penaeus duorarum,
in Louisiana waters. Ecology 37(4):8h-8)6.

DeSylva, D. P.
1954. The live bait shrimp fishery of the northeast coast of Florida.
Bila. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 11:1-35.

Dobkin, S.
1961. Early developmental stages of pink shrimp, Penaeus duorarum,
from Florida waters. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull.
61:321-3h9.

Drucker, B.
1960. Relative growth in the pink shrimp, Penaeus duorarum
Burkenroad. M. S. thesis, Univ. Miami, Coral Gables, Fla. 103 p.

Eldred, B.

1958. Observations on the structural development of the genitalia
and the impregnation of the pink shrimp, Penaeus duorarum
Burkenroad. Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 23. 26 p.

1959a. Notes on Trachypeneus (Trachysalambria) similis (Smith) in
the Tortugas shrimp fishery. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci.
22(1):75-76.

1959b. A report on the shrimps (Penaeidae) collected from the
Tortugas Controlled Area. Fla. State Board Conserv., Spec.
ScapmRepen clo

1960. A note on the occurrence of the shrimp, Penaeus brasiliensis
Latreille, in Biscayne Bay, Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci.
23(2):164-165.

Hldred, B., and R. F. Hutton
1960. On the grading and identification of domestic commercial
shrimps (family Penaeidae) with a tentative world list of
commercial penaeids. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 23:89-118.

Hidred, B., R. M. Ingle, K. D. Woodburn, R. F. Hutton, and H. Jones
1961. Biological observations on the commercial shrimp, Penaeus
duorarum Burkenroad in Florida waters. Fla. State Board
Gomseiars Meir, ikelo, Peo, Rejo, See, 3. i139 jo.

222

Hildredsy Be. J. Walliams, G. IT. Martan, and WH. A. Joyce, Ji:
1965. Seasonal distribution of penaeid larvae and postlarvae of the
Tampa Bay area, Florida. Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab.
Toclag” Seroplling whip or,

Fartanite, 1. P.

1967. A new species and 2 new subspecies of shrimp of the genus
Penaeus from the western Atlantic. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.
80:\83-100.

1969. Western atlantic shrimps of the genus Penaeus. U. S. Fish
Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. 67(3):h61-591.

1972. Tanypenaeus caribeus, a new genus and species of the shrimp
family Penaeidae (Crustacea, Decapoda) from the Caribbean Sea.
Bull, Mere, Siesly 22GL) eile.

Warten, | Ilo) Io 5) elatel Islg Into eyullilauey) ree
1973. Western atlantic shrimps of the genus Solenocera with
description of a new species (Crustacea, Decapoda, Penaeidae).
Smasvsony acon -ZOOln lS 3.e SSD.

PUSS 5° Go Mog dies
196. Observations on burrowing behavior of the pink shrimp,
Penaeus duorarum Burkenroad. Bull. Mar. Sci. 1):62-73.

PUSS Go Woy dieo4 Elacl Ibo ls Osagsia
1966. Pagioia affecting activity and perros habits of the
pink shrimp, Penaeus duorarum Burkenroad. Biol. Bull.
(Woods Hole) 130:170-191.

Futch, C. R., and D. S. Beaumariage
1965. <A report on the bait shrimp fishery of Lee County, Florida.
Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab. FBCML 65-1, 22 p.

Grady, J. R.

1971. The distribution of sediment properties and shrimp catch
on two shrimping grounds on the continental shelf of the Gulf
of Mexico. Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst., 23rd Annu.
Sess., 139-148, 1971.

Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commission

1959. The shrimp fishery of the Gulf of Mexico (Rio Grande River
to St. Marks, Florida). Biological notes and recommendations.
Gulf States Mar. Fish. Comm. Inform. Ser. 2. 5p.

1961. The brown shrimp (Penaeus aztecus), pink shrimp (Penaeus
duorarum), white shrimp (Penaeus setiferus) of the Gulf of
Mexico. Gulf States Mar. Fish. Comm. Res. Prospectus 1. 10 p.

1966. The shrimp fishery of the Gulf of Mexico (Rio Grande River
to Key West, Fla.). Biological notes and recommendations.

Gulf States Mar. Fish. Comm. Inform. Ser. 3. 8 p.

223

Gunter, G.
1950. Seasonal population changes and distributions as related
to salinity, of certain invertebrates of the Texas coast,
including the commercial shrimp. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. 1(2):7-51.
1961. Habitat of juvenile shrimp (family Penaeidae). Ecology
2 (3):598-600.

Gunter, G., and H. H. Hildebrand
195. The relation of total rainfall of the state and catch of
marine shrimp (Penaeus setiferus) in Texas waters. Bull. Mar.
Sei. 4(2):95-103.

Heegard, P. EH.
1953. Observations on spawning and larval history of the shrimp,
Penaeus setiferus (L.). Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Tex.

AGL) s73=1Ose

phiemeimn. Wo Bo 5 Glell Ig, jalalaus
1955. Investigation of sport and commercial fishing activities in
Old Tampa Bay north of Gandy Bridge. Mar. Lab., Univ. Miami,
Rep. to Fla. State Board Conserv., 89 p. ML 55-20.

lailaLeleloneenavel, lala talc
195. A study of the fauna of the brown shrimp (Penaeus aztecus
Ives) grounds in the western Gulf of Mexico. Publ. Inst.
Mar. Sci. 3(2):233-366.
1955. <A study of the fauna of the pink shrimp (Penaeus duorarum
Burkenroad) grounds in the Gulf of Campeche. Publ. Inst.
Meme, Sei, lil )eleo232 -

IOSSS 5 lel, Dh
196C. Juvenile penaeid shrimp in the shallow Gulf of Mexico.
Ecology 1 (3):592-593.

Hughes, D. A.
1968. Factors controlling emergence of pink shrimp (Penaeus
duorarum) from the substrate. Biol. Bull. 13)(1):48-59.

Hutton, R. F., F. Sogandares-Bernal, B. Eldred, R. M. Ingle, and
K. D. Woodburn
1959. Investigations on the parasites and diseases of saltwater
shrimps (Penaeidae) of sports and commercial importance to
Florida. (Prelim. Rep.) Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab.
Wetelag Sere, LO, 38) js

ThAl, C. Ps

1949. Shrimping in Tampa Bay. Report to Fla. State Board
Consens. Ween, See, Mf. Of jd.

224

Gh 5 (Go. sR
1950a. Report on exploratory fishing for shrimp on the Florida
west coast. Mar. Lab., Univ. Miami, Rep. to Fla. State Board
Conserv. 9. 6p.
1950b. The commercial shrimp industry of Florida. Fla. State
Board Conserv., Educ. Ser. 6:1-33. Reissued, 1957.

Hive Combos He wh Koozy, A.C. Jones, M.D. Rinkle, “and Dey Wamarcratow
1961. Identification and distribution of pink shrimp larvae.
Annual Report July 1, 196C - June 30, 1961. U.S. Fish
Wildlife Serv. Mimeo. 1-16.

WiMele, Iho. lila
1957. Intermittent shrimp sampling in Apalachicola Bay with
biological notes and regulatory applications. Proc. Gulf
Caribbean Fish. Inst., 9th Annu. Sess. 1956: 6-17.

ince Me o. seldred.. He dones, and Rei.) Hutton
1959. Preliminary analysis of Tortugas shrimp sampling data
1957-58. Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 32:1-l5.

InellicshA. and EH. Chin
1959. The bait shrimp industry of the Gulf of Mexico. U. S.
Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Leafl. 80. i1h:p.
1966. The bait shrimp fishery in the Gulf of Mexico. U. S.
Base Wilicikiene Serve Fishes) Leati. SO2asMl@spe

Ines, Iho S65 Chocl’(Go Wes) Wehalal
1960. Aspects of the biology of the Tortugas pink shrimp,
Penaeus duorarum. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 89(1):1-8.

iivensen, He o., and A. ©. Jones
1961. Growth and migration of the Tortugas pink shrimp, Penaeus
duorarum, and changes in the catch per unit of effort of the
fishery. Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 3)):1-2h.

Inara. Wie Sag Mo ho Domes elacl Oo. Ieo) IichaLl
1960. Size distrubution of pink shrimp, Penaeus duorarum, and
fleet concentration on the Tortugas fishing grounds. U. S.
Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. 356:1-62.

Jones, A. C., D. Dimitriou, and J. Ewald
1963. Abundance and distribution of pink shrimp larvae. Mar. Lab.,
Univ. Miami, Annu. Rep. July 1962 - June 1963 to U. S. Fish
Wildlife Serv. 5 p.

Jones, A. C., D. E. Dimitriou, J. Ewald, and J. H. Tweedy
1963. Distribution of pink shrimp larvae (Penaeus duorarum
Burkenroad) in waters of the Tortugas shelf, Gulf of Mexico.
Mar. Lab., Univ. Miami, Rep. to U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. 105 p.

225

VOWS tthe Woo des
1965. The commercial shrimps of the northeast coast of Florida.

Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab., Prof. Pap. Ser. 6. 22h p.

VORVES Wo Mog divs 5 Ghmcl Isi, Wilchesyel
1966. The Florida shrimping industry. Fla. State Board Conserv.
Wier, Ielos, Meme, See, 15, My ioc

Kdlamay) Hee He
196). Mark-recapture experiments with brown and white shrimp in the
northern Gulf of Mexico. Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst., 16th

Annu. Sess. p. 52-6l.

IGeUSE, ID), Na
1959. Parasites of the commercial shrimps, Penaeus aztecus Ives,
P. duorarum Burkenroad and P. setiferus (Linnaeus). Tulane
Stud. Zool. 7(4):123-1hh.

Kutkuhn, J. H.
1966a. Dynamics of a penaeid shrimp population and management
implications. | UsiS) Fish WilidlifelSer..)Hsh) Bull 165/313-3368
1966b. The role of estuaries in the development and perpetuation
of commercial shrimp resources. In R. F. Smith, A. H. Swartz,
and W. H. Massman (editors), A symposium on estuarine fisheries,
Do WO=30, Nye. Wisin, Soe,, Ses, plo, 4.

Leary, T. R., and H. Compton
1961. <A study of the bay populations of juvenile shrimp, Penaeus
aztecus and Penaeus setiferus. Tex. Game Fish Comm., Mar.

Fish. Div. Proj. Rep. 1959-1960.

Lindner, M. J., and W. W. Anderson
1956. Growth, migrations, spawning and size distribution of shrimp
Penaeus Setaterus.2 U.S. Fash Willidiiite Servi, Failshy Bull:
56553-6115.

ILGOSSE]lQ, late

196C. Sporadic mass shoreward migrations of demersal fish and
crustaceans in Mobile Bay, Alabama. Ecology 11:292-298.

1962. Ecological observations on penaeid shrimp in Mobile Bay,
Alabama. Ph.D. diss., Agr. Mech. Coll. Tex., College Station,
Mex, I2ZO jo.

1965. Distribution and growth of penaeid shrimp in Mobile Bay,
Malye. lebloll., ins, Neie, Seal, Wicks Wee, WOcli—58\,

Matias, A. D.
1966. Seasonal variation in the size of larvae of the pink shrimp,
Penaeus duorarum Burkenroad, from Florida waters. M. S. thesis,

Univ. Miami. Coral Gables, Fla. 56 p.

226

Mock, C. R. |
1966. Natural and altered estuarine habitats of penaeid shrimp.
Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst., Proc. 19:86-98.

Moffett, A. W.

196). A study of the Texas Bay populations of juvenile shrimp,
Penaeus aztecus, Penaeus setiferus, and Penaeus duorarum.
Tex. Parks Wildlife, Coastal Fish. Proj. Rep. 1963. p. 1-9.

196. A study of the juvenile shrimp populations of the Galveston
Bay system. Tex. Parks Wildlife, Coastal Fish. Proj. Rep.
1963. p. 51-67.

1965a. A study of the Texas Bay populations of juvenile shrimp,
Penaeus aztecus, Penaeus setiferus, and Penaeus duorarum.
Tex. Parks Wildlife, Coastal Fish. Proj. Rep. 196). p. 1-45.

1965b. A study of the juvenile shrimp populations of the Galveston
Bay system. Tex. Parks Wildlife, Coastal Fish. Proj. Rep.
1964. p. 7-70.

1966. A study of the Texas shrimp populations. Tex. Parks
Wildlife, Coastal Fish. Proj. Rep. 1965. p. 1-30.

Munro, J. L., A. G. Jones, and D. Dimitriou
1965. Abundance and distribution of the larvae of the pink shrimp
(Penaeus duorarum) on the Tortugas Shelf of Florida. Inst.
Mar. Sci., Univ. Miami, Final Rep. to U. S. Bur. Commer.
igh, 52 Foo

Ieehesorls dig (Ge
1939. The early life histories of some American Penaeidae,
chiefly the commercial shrimp, Penaeus setiferus (Linn. ).
U. S. Bur. Fish. XLIX(3):1-73.

Renfro, W. C., and H. L. Cook

1963. Early larval stages of the seabob, Xiphopeneus krgyeri
(Heller). U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull. 63:165-177.

Ringo, R. D., and G. Zamora, Jr.
1968. A penaeid postlarval character of taxonomic value. Bull.
Mar. Sci. 18(2):71-l76.

Roe, R.
1969. Distribution of royal red shrimp Hymenopenaeus robustus on
3 potential commercial grounds off southeastern United States.
U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish Ind. Res. 5(h):161-17).

Saloman, C. H.
1964. The shrimp Trachypeneus similis in Tampa Bay. Quart. J.
Fla. Acad. Sci. 27:160-16].
1965. Bait shrimp (Penaeus duorarum) in Tampa Bay, Florida--biology,
fishery economics, and changing habitat. U. S. Fish Wildlife
Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 520. 16 p.

2a

Saloman, C. H.
1968. Diel and seasonal occurrence of pink shrimp, Penaeus duorarum
Burkenroad, in two divergent habitats of Tampa Bay, Florida.
U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 5 Gil tsicias + LOmpr.

Saloman, C. H., D. M. Allen, and T. J. Costello
1968. Distribution of three species of shrimp (Genus Penaeus) in
waters contiguous to southern Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. 18(2)343-350.

Springer, S., and H. R. Bullis
1952. Exploratory shrimp fishing in the Gulf of Mexico 1950-51. U. S.
Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Leafl. 06. p. 1-3).
1956. Collections by the Oregon in the Gulf of Mexico. U. S. Fish
Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 196, ii + 13 p.

Sigg Nieto, Ibs S55! Mo, Go OoOmlabins, ial Jo Cis skeen
1963. Studies on growth dynamics of the brown shrimp, Penaeus aztecus,
in Louisiana waters. Proc. Gulf Caribbean Fish. Inst., 15th Annu.
Sess. 1962: 1-26.

Subrahmanyam, C. B.
197la. Descriptions of shrimp larvae (family Penaeidae) off the
Mississippi coast. Gulf Res. Rep. 3(2):2h1-258.
1971b. The relative abundance and distribution of penaeid shrimp
larvae off the Mississippi Coast. Gulf Res. Rep. 3(2):291-3h5.

Tabb, D. C., D. L. Dubrow, and A. E. Jones
1962. Studies on the biology of the pink shrimp, Penaeus duorarum
Burkenroad, in Everglades National Park, Florida. Fla. State
Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 37:1-31.

Temple, R. F., and C. ©. Fischer
1965. Vertical distribution of the planktonic stages of penaeid
Slaigaini, IbaksiGa Wene, Seals 5 lsbieile 10:59-67.

WOSS5 Co the
1955. A key to the commercial and potentially commercial shrimp
of the family Penaeidae of the Western North Atlantic and the
Gulf of Mexico. Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 1:1-22.

Weymouth, F. W., M. J. Lindner, and W. W. Anderson
1933. Preliminary report on the life history of the common shrimp,
Penaeus setiferus (linn.). U. S. Bur. Fish., Bull. 48:1-26.

Williams, A. B.
1955. A contribution to the life histories of commercial shrimps
(Penaeidae) in North Carolina. Bull. Mar. Sci. 5(2):116-146.
1958. Substrates as a factor in shrimp distribution. Limnol.
Oceanogr. 3(3):283-290.

228

Woodburn, K. D., B. Eldred, E. Clark, R. F. Hutton, and R. M. Ingle
1957. The live bait shrimp industry of the west coast of
Florida (Cedar Key to Naples). Fla. State Board Conserv.,
Mechiaser. Cis 33)5 -

Young, J. H.

1959. Morphology of the white shrimp, Penaeus setiferus (Linnaeus
1758). U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull. 59:1-168.

229

h. Caridean Shrimp.

Armstrong, J. C.

1940. New species of Caridea from the Bermudas. Amer. Mus.
Novitates, 1096: 10 p., figs.

191. The Caridea and Stomatopoda of the Second Templeton
Crocker-American Museum Expedition to the Pacific Ocean.
Amer. Mus. Novitates, 1137: 14 p., 4 figs.

1949. New Caridea from the Dominican Republic. Amer. Mus.
Nowaivenes, IUIMOs 27 i965 9 ialess

Boone, L.
1927. Crustacea from tropical east American seas. Scientific
results of the first oceanographic expedition of the Pawnee,
1925. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Collect. 1(2):1-1h7,
33 text-figs.

Broad, A. C.

195C. The North Carolina shrimp survey. Univ. N. C. Inst.
Fish. Res. Annu. Rep. 1950. p. 1-62.

1957a. Larval development of Palaemonetes pugio Holthuis.
Biol. Bull. 112(2):144-161, pls. 1-].

1957b. The relationship between diet and larval development
of Palaemonetes. Biol. Bull. 112(2):162-170, ) text-figs.

1957c. Larval development of the crustacean Thor floridanus
Kingsley. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. (3@) sal BOS,
15 text-figs.

Bryce, G. W., dr.
1961. Larval development of Tozeuma carolinense Kingsley,
including ecological notes on adults. Univ. N. C.,
Chapel Hill, Thesis. p. 1-59, 9 text-figs.

Glaaee, 1s Mog di®s

192. Six New Species of Decapod and Stomatopod Crustacea
from the Gulf of Mexico. Proc. New England Zool. Club
19:79-92, pl. 23-28.

195). Two New Subterranean Shrimps (Decapoda: Caridea)
from Florida and the West Indies, with a Revised Key to
the American Species. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. (10) :318-32h,
2 figs.

1958. <A New Shrimp of the Genus Periclimenes from the West
Inches, Paes Eile, See, Wasing (USIASSLSO, 17 ties.

1969. A New Genus and Five New Species of Shrimps (Decapoda,
Palaemonidae, Pontoniinae) from the Western Atlantic.
Crustaceana 16(3):251-272, 11 figs.

230

Glaae@, Wo Wop diag Glael Ss Wig isl, Wwulalere
1971. A New Shrimp of the Genus Gnathophyllum (Decapoda,
Caridea) from Puerto Rico. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.

83(44):493-504, 7 figs.

Coutiere, H.
1909. The American Species of Snapping Shrimps of the Genus
Symalpheus. | Proc. Us. S. Nate Muss) 50659) Ooms) ier ce
1910. The Snapping Shrimps (Alpheidae) of the Dry Tortugas,
iMLomigas Rees Us So News Miss SAAS )eliisoinisy 3) sree,

Dei, Wo lale
1901. Synopsis of the family Cardiidae and of the North
American speeless |) Proc. U.S. Nat. suse m2 3) Gia) Boia 92e

Dawson, C. E.

1963. Notes on Stenopus scutellatus Rankin and Neopontonides
beaufortensis (Borradaile) from the northern Gulf of Mexico.
Crustaceana 5(2):155-157.

1967. Notice of the occurrence of the Alpheid Shrimp
Leptalpheus forceps Williams in the Northern Gulf of
Mexico. Crustaceana 12(2):2h.

Ewald, J. Jd.

1969. Observations on the Biology of Tozeuma carolinense
(Decapoda, Hippolytidae) from Florida, with Special
Reference to Larval Development. Bull. Mar. Sci.
(Miami), 19(3):510-5h9, 20 figs.

Gurney, R.

1936a. Notes on some decapod crustaceans of Bermuda. I.
The larvae of Leptochela and Latreutes. Proc. Zool.
Soc. London 1935. h(L9):785-793, 6 pls.

1936b. Notes on some decapod crustacea of Bermuda. II.
The species of Hippolyte and their larvae. Proc.
Zool. Soc. London ES: 1(2):25-32, 5 pls.

1936c. Notes on some decapod Crustacea of Bermuda. III.
The larvae of the Palaemonidae. (Anchistiodes,
Periclimenes, Mesocaris.) IV. A description of
Processa bermudensis Rankin, and its larva. V. The
first zoea of Heteractaea ceratopsus Stimpson. Proc.
Zool. Soc. London 1936. 3(37):619-630, 6 pls.

1939. A late larval stage of the sargassum prawn,
Leander tenuicornis Say, and a note on the statocyst
OMmrthevadultt. Anne Mags Natur. Hist... Ser. ail) 3(@l3)i20—126-

1943. Notes on Periclimenes americanus and the growth of the
cheliped in this and other palaemonid prawns. Ann. Mag.
Natur. Hist., Ser. 11, 1C(67):495-50), 2 text-figs.

23)

eb Milo Woy etatcl Go No Slaeiee
1918. The Decapod Crustaceans of Beaufort, N. C., and the
Surrounding Region. Bull. Bur. Fish. 35:371-h75, 20
figs, pl. 25-39.

Hazlett, B. A.
1962. Aspects of biology of snapping shrimp (Alpheus and
Synapheus). Crustaceana )(1):82-83.

Holkbhuaksiy lems

197. The Decapoda of the Siboga--Expedition. Part IX. The
Hippolytidae and Rhynchocinetidae collected by the Siboga
and Snellius Expeditions with SMES on other species.
Siboga--Expeditie, Monographie 39a’, p. 1-1(0, 15 text-figs.

198. Note on some Crustacea Decapoda Natantia from Surinam.
Proc. Koninklijke Nederlandsche Akademie van Wetenschappen,
51 (9) :11C4-1113.

1949. Note on the species of Palaemonetes (Crustacea Decapoda)
found in the United States of America. Proc. Koninklijke
Nederlandsche Akademie van Wetenschappen, 52(1):87-95,

2 text-figs.

1951a. A general revision of the Palaemonidae (Crustacea
Decapoda Natantia) of the Americas. I. The Subfamilies
Kuryrhynchinae and Pontoniinae. Allan Hancock Found.

Poll, Ocecas, Raj, Wilsil-332., joie, Ios}.

1951b. The caridean crustaces, of tropical west Africa.
Atllantide Rep. 2:7-187, 3) text-figs.

1952. A general revision of the Palaemonidae (Crustacea
Decapoda Natantia) of the Americas. II. The Subfamily
Palaemoninae. Allan Hancock Found. Publ. Occas. Pap.
12:1-396, pls. 1-55.

1955. The recent genera of Caridean and Stenopodidean
shrimps (Class Crustacea, Order Decapoda, Supersection
Natantia) with keys for their determination. Zoologische
Verhandelingen, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie,
Leiden, 26:1-157, 10) text-figs.

Ives, J. E.
1891. Crustacea from the Northern Coast of Yucatan, the
Harbor of Vera Cruz, the West Coast of Florida and the
Bermuda Islands. Proc. Acad. Natur. Sci. Philadelphia
(CGSIoaL) sao =2OG 5) ills). 55 Oc

Jenner, C. E.
1955. A field character for distinguishing Palaemonetes
vulgaris from Palemonetes pugio. Biol. Bull. 109(3):360-361.

aoe

Kingsley, J. S.

1878a. Notes on the North American Caridea in the Museum
of the Peabody Academy of Science at Salem, Massachusetts.
Proc. Acad. Natur. Sci. Philadelphia 1878:89-98.

1878b. A Synopsis of the North American Species of the
Genus Alpheus. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. ):189-199.

188C. On a Collection of Crustacea from Virginia, North
Carolina, and Florida, with a Revision of the Genera of
Crangonidae and Palaemonidae. Proc. Acad. Natur. Sci.
Philadelphia 1879:383-27, pl. 1h.

Knowlton, R. E.

1960. The biology of the snapping shrimps Alpheus (Crangon)
and Synalpheus, with particular attention to the structure
and function of the snapping claw and the sounds produced
by the claw. Bowdoin College, Brunswick, Maine, Thesis.
Do Desde, das

Limbaugh, C., H. Pederson, and F. A. Chace, Jr.

1961. Shrimps that Clean Fishes. Bull. Mar. Sci. 11 (2):237-257,
Q) sealers}c

Manning, R. B.

196la. Notes on the Caridean Shrimp, Rhynchocinetes rigens
Gordon (Crustacea, Decapoda), in the Western Atlantic.
Notulae Naturae (Philadelphia), 38. 7p., 2 figs.

1961b. A Redescription of the Palaemonid Shrimp, Leander
paulensis Ortmann, Based on Material from Florida.
Bm Mar’ ‘Sei. Ia (p)3525=536, 2 figs.

1963. The East American Species of Gnathophyllum (Decapoda,
Caridea), with the Description of a New Species.
Crustaceana 5(1):h7-63, 6 figs.

Manning, Ro B., and F. A. Chace, Jr.

1971. Shrimps of the family Processidae (Crustacea, Decapoda,
Caridea) from the Northwestern Atlantic. Smithson. Contrib.
Zeck. WS lnk ty. , AO) sales,

Rathbun, M. J.

1900. The Decapod and Stomatopod Crustacea. Part I. In
Results of the Branner-Agassiz Expedition to Brazil.
PRO lelslag MNeezIcl, Sxerls 2ails\sjloy, oil [she

19C1. The Brachyura and Macrura of Porto Rico. Preprint
U. S. Fish. Comm. Bull. 1900 (1902), 20(2):1-127,
129-137 (preprint index); 2) figs., 2 pls.

2335

Saloman, C. H.
1971. The shrimp Leptalpheus forceps in old Tampa Bay, Florida.
Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sei. 34(1):67-77.

Schmitt, W. L.

192). Report on the Macrura, Anomura, and Stomatopoda collected
by the Barbados-Antigua Expedition from the University of
Towa in 1918. Univ. Iowa Stud. Natur. Hist. 10()65-99, 5 pls.

1930. Some observations on the Crustacea of the Tortugas,
Florida. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Year B. 29:33-3h6, 10 text-figs.

1933. Four new species of decapod crustaceans from Porto Rico.

Amer. Mus. Novitates 662:1-9, ) text-figs.

1935. Crustacea Macrura and Anomura of Porto Rico and the Virgin
Islands. Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin
Islands. N. ¥. Acad. Sci. 15(2):125-227, 80 text-figs.

Wass, M. L.
1955. The decapod crustaceans of Alligator Harbor and adjacent
inshore areas of northwestern Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad.
Sei. 18(3):129-176, 13 text-figs.

Williams, A. B.

1955. The Genus Ogyrides (Crustacea: Caridea) in North Carolina.
J. Wash. Acad. Sci. (2) sS5—59., sme, IL.

1965a. A New Genus and Species of Snapping Shrimp (Decapoda:
Alpheidae) from the Southeastern United States. Crustaceana
9(2):192-198, 2 figs.

1965b. Marine Decapod Crustaceans of the Carolinas. U.S. Fish
Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. 65(1):xi + 298 p., 252 figs.

Wood, C. E. :
1965. Effects of environmental factors on certain aspects of
biology of grass shrimp, Palaemonetes pugio in shore zone
of the Galveston Bay estuarine system. M.S. Thesis.
Texas A & M Univ.

234

i. Spiny Lobster.

Butler, J. A., and N. L. Pease
1965. Spiny lobster explorations in the Pacific and Caribbean
waters of the Republic of Panama. U. S. Fish Wildlife
Serv. Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. No. 505:1-26.

Chace, F. A., Jr., and W. H. Dumont
1949. Spiny lobsters --identification, world distribution, and
Wapsseerade. » Comms eFilshseReva) aal\(S))ea—12%

Cope, G. EH.
1959. Spiny lobster gear and fishing methods. U.S. Fish Wildlife
Seiav, lWkislag Imbel, (G7 sla.

Costello, T. J., D. M. Allen, and C. H. Saloman
1962. Marking spiny lobsters, Panulirus argus, and blue crabs,
Callinectes sapidus, with biological stains. U. S. Fish
Wildlife Serv. Circ. 161:83-85.

Crawford, D. E., and W. J. J. DeSmidt
1922. The spiny lobster, Panulirus argus, of southern Florida:
Its natural history and utilization. Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish.
38:281-310.

Dawson, C. E.
1954. <A bibliography of the lobster and spiny lobster. Families
Homaridae and Palinuridae. Fla. State Board Conserv., 86 p.

Dawson, C. E., and C. P. Idyll
1951. Investigations on the Florida spiny lobster, Panulirus
argus (Latreille). Fla. State Board Conserv. Tech. Ser.
Nos 2s dso

Holthuis, L. B.

1946. The Decapoda Macrura of the Snellius Expedition. I. The
Stenopodidae, Nephropsidae, Scyllaridae and Palinuridae.

Biol. Res. Snellius Exp. 14. Temninckia, 7:1-178.

1960. Preliminary descriptions of the one new genus, twelve new
species and three new subspecies of scyllarid lobsters
(Crustacea Decapoda Macrura). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 73:1)7-15h.

1963. Preliminary descriptions of some new species of Palinuridea
(Crustacea Decapoda Macrura Reptantia). Konink. Nederl. Akad.
van Wetenschappen Amst., Proc. Ser. C, 66(1):5)-60.

1969. A new species of shovel-nose lobster, Scyllarus planorbis,
from the southwestern Caribbean and northern South America.
Bull. Mar. Sci. 19(1):1)9-158.

Ingle, R. M., B. Eldred, H. W. Sims, Jr., and E. A. Eldred
1963. On the possible Caribbean origin of Florida's spiny
lobster populations. Fla. State Board Conserv. Tech. Ser.
No. 40:1-12.

235

Lewis, J. B.
1951. The phyllosoma larvae of the spiny lobster Panulirus argus.
Bull. Mar. Sci. 1(2):89-103.

Lewis, J. B., He Bei Moores jandy iW.) Baloats
1952. Post-larval stages of the spiny lobster Panulirus argus.
Buia.) Marwocus Ge) Ber oane

Lyons, W. G.
1970. Scyllarid lobsters (Crustacea, Decapoda). Mem. Hourglass
Cruises. Mar. Res. Lab. Fla. Dep. Natur. Res., St. Petersburg,
Mas, IG), dum 1970. Th we

Manning, R. B.
1969. A new genus and species of lobster (Decapoda, Nephropidae )
from the Caribbean Sea. Crustaceana, 17(3)303-309.

Moore, D. R.
1962. Notes on the distribution of the spiny lobster, Panulirus,
in Florida and the Gulf of Mexico. Crustaceana, 3(h) 2310-319.

Pearson, J. C., and W. W. Anderson
1946. Spiny lobsters. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish Leafl. No. 12.

Provenzano, A. J., Jr.
1968. Recent experiments on the laboratory rearing of tropical lobster
larvae. Proc. Gulf Carib. Fish. Inst. 21st Ann. Sess., Nov. 1968:
152-157.

Robertson, Pia Be

1968a. The larval development of some western Atlantic lobsters of
the family Scyllaridae. Thesis, June 1968, Univ. Miami: 513 p.-

1968b. The complete larval development of the sand lobster, Scyllarus
americanus (Smith), (Decapoda, Scyllaridae) in the laboratory,
with notes on larvae from the plankton. Bull. Mar. Sci. 18(2):29)-3h2.

1968c. A giant scyllarid phyllosoma larva from the Caribbean Sea, with
notes on smaller specimens (Palinuridea). Crustaceana, Suppl. 2
(Studies on decapod larval development): 83-97.

Robinson, R. K. and HK. H. Dimitrou
1963a. The status of the Florida spiny lobster fishery, 1962-1963.
Fla. State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. No. )2:1-30.
1963b. Length frequencies of adults of Panulirus argus and occurrence
of phyllosoma larvae in south Florida. Rep. Inst. Mar. Sci.,
Univ. Miami, to Fla. State Board Conserv. Mimeo.

ROS, oy Be
1966. Potentially commercial Nephropsids from the western Atlantic.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95(1):92-98.

236

Smimls, ilo Weg kes

1964. Four giant scyllarid phyllosoma larvae from the Florida
Straits with notes on smaller similar specimens.
Crustaceana 7():259-266.

1965a. The phyllosoma larvae of Parribacus. Quart. J. Fla.
Acad. Sei. 28(2)1h2-172.

1965b. Notes on the occurrence of prenaupliosoma larvae of
spiny lobsters in the-plankton. Bull’; Mar. Sea. 15(1):223-227.

1965c. The commercial aspects of spiny lobster farming. Fla.
State Board Conserv. Mimeo. 1-7.

1966a. An annotated bibliography of the spiny lobsters, families
Palinuridae and Scyllaridae. Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar.
Lab., Tech. Ser. No. 48:1-8).

1966b. Notes on the newly hatched phyllosoma of the sand lobster
Scyllarus americanus (Smith). Crustaceana 11(3):288-290.

1966c. The phyllosoma of the spiny lobster Palinurellus
gundlachi von Martens. Crustaceana.

1968. Notes on spiny lobster larvae in the North Atlantic.
@uerte) Je Ella) Acad.) Sei. 29 ()e57—26h.

SHHGS., lnls Wog dheoh Chavel (Go lbs ieisovaly die
1967. A giant phyllosoma (spiny lobster) larva taken north of
Bermuda. Navy Underwater Sound Lab., Rep. No. 853:1-6.

SHUM, Ilo Wo Wieog Glalel Into Wks lates
1966a. Caribbean recruitment of Florida's spiny lobster population.
Quae, do Mle, Acad Sel, 29139) s207—2n2.
1966b. Further evidence of the possible Caribbean origin of Florida's
spiny lobster populations. Quart J. Fla. Acad. Sci.

Smith) Es (Gi Ww.
1954. Biology of the spiny lobster. In Galtsoff, Gulf of Mexico.
U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. 55(89):63-))65.
1958. The spiny lobster industry of Florida. Fla. State Board
Conserv., Ed. Ser. No. 11:1-36.

SMALWA, So dl
1869. Descriptions of a new genus and two new species of Scyllaridae
and a new species of Aethra from North America. Amer. J. Sci.
18 (142) :118-121.

SUACIAEe, We ilo 5 die,

1952. Some observations of the breeding and migration of the
Bermuda spiny lobster, Panulirus argus. Proc. Gulf. Carib.
Fish. Inst. ):64-68.

1953. Notes on the biology of a spiny lobster, Panulirus guttatus,
in Bermuda. Ecology 3():79h-796.

1953. Further observations on the breeding and migration of the
Bermuda spiny lobster, Panulirus argus. J. Mar. Res. 12(2):173-183.

es

Sweat, D. E.
1968. Growth and tagging studies on Panulirus argus (Latreille) in
the Florida Keys. Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab., Tech.
Ser. No. 57:1-30.

Williams, V. O.
198. Lobster research, 3-year Florida tagging reveals some
interesting data. Southern Fisherman, 8(8):0-l1, 72-73.

Witham, R., R. M. Ingle, and E. A. Joyce, Jr.
1968: Physiological and ecological studies of Panulirus argus
from the St. Lucie estuary. Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar.
Lab., Tech. Ser. No. 53:1-31.

Witham, R., R. M. Ingle, and H. W. Sims
196. Notes on postlarvae of Panulirus argus. Quart. J. Fla.
Acad. Sci., 27(4):289-297.

238

aj Mud Snisaiampy.

Bikiiars, Tj A.
Three new species of Callianassid shrimp (Decapoda,
Proc.) Biloile

1970.
Thalassinidea) from the Western Atlantic.
Soc. Wash. 83(3):35-50.
Tnalassinidea )

1971la. New species of Callianassa (Decapoda,
from the Western Atlantic. Crustaceana 21(3):225-236.
1971b. The genus Callianassa (Crustacea, Decapoda,
Tnalassinidea) in south Florida, with keys to the
bo ZiL(3})/sOs/ TAB.

Western Atlantic species. Bull. Mar. Sci.
The taxonomic status of Callianassa occidentalis

UO So
Bate, 1883, and C. batei Borradaile, 1903 (Decapoda,
Crustaceana 2)(2):22)-230.

Gis ance oes

Boesch, De F., and A. EH. Smalley
1972. A new Axiid (Decapoda, Thalassinidea) from the northern
Gulf of Mexico and tropical Atlantic. Bull. Mar. Sei.

22(1):45-52.

Dawson, C. E.
Callianassa latispina (Decapoda, Tnalassinidae), a

LIS

new mud shrimp from the northern Gulf of Mexico.
Crustaceana 3(2):190-196.

DeMann, J. G.

1927. A contribution to the knowledge of 21 species of the
genus Upogebia Leach. Capita Zoologica II(5):1-58.
1928. The decapoda of the Siboga Expedition. Part VII.

Tne Thalassinidae and Callianassidae collected by the
Siboga Expedition, with some remarks on the Laomediidae.

Siboga-Expedite, Monogr. 39(VII):1-183.

Hoyt, J. H., and R. J. Weimer
1963. Callianassa major Burrows, geologic indicators of

littoral and shallow neritic environments. Bull. Ga.
Moeacl, Seals wWaAlsile all

Ibjpiaw, Go Ie 5 die
LOS ions on Callianassa major Say. Charleston Mus.

heath ACh Sir

MacGinitie, G. E.
Tne natural history of the mud shrimp U foes

LOSO.
pregettensis (Dana). Ann. Mag. Natur. Hist. -h.
193). Natural history of Callianassa Sees (Dana)

Amer. Midland Natur. 15:165-177.

239

Pearse, A. S. (
195. Ecology of Upogebia affinis (Say), North Carolina.
Ecology 26(3):3C3=305.

Pohl, M. E.
1946. Ecological observations on Callianassa major (Say),
at Beaufort, North Carolina. Ecology 27(1):71-80.

Rathbun, M. Jd.
1935. Fossil crustacea of the Atlantic and Gulf coastal
plain. Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Pap. 2:1-160.

"> Sandabhcren i remrAre

1973. Larvae of the burrowing shrimp, Upogebia affinis
(Crustacea, Decapoda, Upogebiidae) from Virginia
plankton. Chesapeake Sci. 1)(2):98-10).

Schmitt, W. L.
1935a. Mud shrimps of the Atlantic Coast of North America.
Smithson. Mise. Collect. 93(2):21 p.
1935b. Crustacea,Macrura and Anomura of Porto Rico and the
Virgin Islands. Scientific survey of Porto Rico and
the Virgin Islands. N. Y. Acad. Sei. 25(2):125-227.

Wass, M.
1955. The decapod crustaceans of Alligator Harbor and
adjacent inshore areas of northwestern Florida. Quart.
dig Mlle, Negls Stal, I3((3})) leo -lS.

Williams, A. B.
1965. Marine decapod crustaceans of the Carolinas. U. S.
Fish. Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. 65(1):298 p.

Willis, E. R.

192. Some mud shrimps of the Louisiana coast. Occas. Pap.
Mar. Lab. La. State Univ. 2:1-6.

240

ka Giese

Beach, N. W.
1969. The oyster crab, Pinnotheres ostreum Say, in the
Vicinity of Beaufort, N. C. Crustaceana 17(2):187-199.

Benedict, J. E.

1892. Preliminary descriptions of 37 new species of hermit
crabs of the genus Hupagurus in the U. S. National Museum.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 15(887):1-26.

1901. The Anomuran collections made by the Fish Hawk
Expedition to Porto Rico. Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1900,
ies Leieoakis, jails, Bo.

1902. Descriptions of a new genus and 1\6 new species of
crustaceans of the family Galatheidae, with a list of
known marine species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 26(1311):2)3-3hh,
textefigs. 1-7.

1903. Revision of the crustacea of the genus (Lepidopa)
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 26(1337):889-895.

Benedict, J. f., and M. J. Rathbun
1891. The genus Panopeus. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,

14(858), pp. 355-385, pls. 19-2).

Breve spp Cy eli.
1927. Occurrence of the marine crab Callinectes ornatus

in brackish and fresh water. Amer. Natur. 61(677)566-568.

Chace, F. A., Jr.

192. Reports on the scientific results of the Atlantis
expeditims to the West Indies, under the joint auspices
of the University of Havana and Harvard University.
The Anomuran Crustacea. I. Galatheidae. Torreia, Havana,
Woe dil. joo, Weil.

1951. The oceanic crabs of the genera Planes and Pachygrapsus.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 101(3272):65-103, 8 text=filgs.

Christensen, A. M., and J. J. McDermott
1958. life-history and biology of the oyster crab, Pinnotheres
ostreum Say. Biol. Bull. 11)(2):146-179.

Clawsr@lastIl, Iho 65 dies
1O19. tife history of the biue crab. Build. U. o. Bur. Hash.
1917-18, 36:95-128, col. frontis., pls. 7-55, 2 text-figs.
(Document 870).

Costlow, J. D., Jr., and C. G. Bookhout
1959. The larval development of Callinectes sapidus Rathbun
reared in the laboratory. Biol. Bull. 116(3):373-3%,
11 text-figs.

241

Crichton, O. W.
1960. Marsh crab, intertidal tunnel-maker and grass-eater.
Estuarine Bull., Univ. Del. 5(4):3-10, illus.

(Creal, Ing “Nhe 5 Wo Ao Weta MineSil ID, CG. Caieeo, eincl Po Ja Wo jealk
1957. <A partial bibliography of the genus Callinectes.
Weis Wisin. lel, , Goees Seic kis. Ggila2il,

Dar~newlsl ir: uM:
1959. Studies of the life history of the blue crab (Callinectes
sapidus Rathbun) in Louisiana waters. Trans. Amer. Fish.

Soc. 88()):294-30).

Daugherty, Ha MM. 7s:
1952. Notes on Callinectes danae Smith in Aransas Bay, Texas,
ancyadjacent aia verse LexelemnScl NN(2))) Zoe own

DeMan, J. G.
1922. The decapods of the Siboga Expedition: Pt. 5, Macrura.
Siboga Exped., mon. 39al:1-51.

DilLevey, Do Gos aiacl IL, Wo Ixmeajojo
1970. Longshore movements of the sand crab, Hmerita analoga.
(Decapoda, Hippidae). Crustaceana 18(3):233-2)0.

Dunham, F.
IW72>. K swuchy ot wae lollue ere: stikslacrey; aia) IvowsLSieimel, ILe\o
HICSS Wisla, Comm. Weelio Bw, 36 Sf ide

wwEla,s Go ls
1965. The blue crab in Florida. Fla. State Board Conserv.
Meres bald, Selo Wewee milsla, eet, Ils il jo.
1966. The stone crab in Florida. Fla. State Board Conserv.
Mar. Lab., Salt Water Fish. Leafl. 2.

Glesseilil, So Ms
1936. New Porcellanids and Pinnotherids from tropical North
America waters. Trans. San Diego Soc. Natur. Hist.
8(2):277-36).
1937. Pinnixa lunzi a new commensal crab from South Carolina.
Charleston Mus., Leafl. 9:3-8, text-figs.

Gmabtiternky hehe andy Ree M- Women!
1953. Crabs from the asiland of St. Thomas. Proce. Pa. Acad:
Sci. 27:261-272. 18 text-figs.

Gordon, J.

1956. A bibliography of pagurid crabs, exclusive of Alcock,
1905. Bull. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. 108(3):256-352.

242

Goreme, He
1970. Pachycheles cristobalensis, sp. nov., with notes on the
porcellanid crabs of the southwestern Caribbean. Bull. Mar.

Sci. 20(4):957-97C.

(Gerseuae Wie Cre gh dite.
1963. Notes on the ecology - behavior of the hermit crab,
Pagures aradianus. Ecology 4h(h):767-771.

Hartnoll, R. G.
1965. Notes on the marine grapsid crabs of Jamaica. Proc.
Limnol. Soe. Lond. 176(2) :113-1h7.

Hay, W. P.
1905. The life history of the blue crab, Callinectes sapidus.
Rep. U. S. Comm. Fish., 190. p. 395=hi3:

IOI Wawals)5 Ig Iso
1958. West Indian crabs of the genus Calappa, with a
description of three new species. Stud. Fauna Curacao
8(7):146-186, text-figs. 28-5).

ISB, So Ie
196). The crabs of Texas. Tex. Parks Wildlife Dep. Bull. 3,
Seie, ‘75 CoasSvell Wilsing ido IES i.

Iulia, Cio lnboy dies
1937. Xanthidae (mud crabs) of the Carolinas. Charleston
Mus. Leafl. 9:9-27.

WACK Z5 1D). Clo (Cra
1943. Temperature and the world distribution of crabs of the
genus Cancer. Ecology 2h(1):113-115.

Manning, R. B.
1961. Some growth changes in the stone crab, Menippe mercenaria
Sah, Omen dis mle Neatls Seals 23M e2(s=27 7, I veSaisaie

McDermott, J. J., and F. B. Flower
1952. Preliminary studies of the common mud crabs on oyster
beds of Delaware Bay, Xanthidae, Opsanus, Crassostrea.
Pao. News Sieliiciain Ness jos Pesce

McRae, E. D., Jr.

1950. Ecological study of Xanthid crabs in the Cedar Key area.
Meo -wenne sis.) Univ la Gaines vader scujilaoe

243

Milne Edwards, A-, and E. L. Bouvier

1893. Reports of the results of dredging under the supervision
of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78) in the
Caribbean Sea (1878-79), and along the Atlantic coast of the
United States (1880), by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer
Blake ... XXXIII. Description des Crustaces de la Famille
des Paguriens recueillis pendant 1'Expedition. Mem. Mus.
Comparative Zool. Harvard College 14(3):1-l/fe.

1897. Reports on the results of dredging under the supervision
of Alexander Agassiz in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78) in the
Caribbean Sea (1878-79) and along the Atlantic coast of the
United States (1880), by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer
Blake. . . XXXV. Description des crustaces de la famille
des Galatheides recueillis pendant l'expedition. Mem.

Mus. Comparative Zool. Harvard College 19(2):1-1l1, 12 pls.

1923. Reports on the results of dredging under the supervision
of Alexander Agassiz in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-78) in the
Caribbean Sea (1878-79), and along the Atlantic coast of
the United States (1880) by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer
Blake . .. XLVII. les Porcellanides et des Brachyures.
Mem. Mus. Comparative Zool. Harvard College )7(l):283-395,
12 pls., 22 text-figs.

Nelson, M. L.
1971. The Blue Crab (Callinectes sapidus). Its ecology and
mortality. U. S. Dep. Interior Office Library Serv., p. 1-16.

Noes Go De
1967. Contribution to the life history of the stone crab
Menippe mercenaria Say with emphasis on the reproductive
eyele. M. S. Thesis, Univ. Miami, 55 p.

Ordway, A.
1863. Monograph of the genus Callinectes. J. Boston Soc.
Natur. Hist. 7(13):567-583.

Perle. do Ito
1969. <A preliminary study of portunid crabs in Biscayne Bay.
Guess dg Mla, Meas, Sea, 32) 912-20.

Pearse, A. S.
1929. The ecology of certain estuarine crabs at Beaufort,
North Carolina. J. Hlisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. h(2):230-237.

Pequegnat, W. E.

1970. Deep-water brachyuran crabs. Oceanogr. Stud. Texas
A&M Univ. 1:171-20).

244

Pequegnat, W. H., and L. H. Pequegnat
1970. Deep-sea anomurans of the superfamily Galatheoidea with
descriptions of two new species. Oceanogr. Stud. Texas
A&M Univ. 1:125-170.

Provenzano, A. J., Jr.

1959. The shallow-water hermit crabs of Florida. Bull. Mar.
Sci. 9(h):349-20, 21 text-figs.

1960. Notes on Bermuda hermit crabs (Crustacea, Anomura).
Bull. Mar. Sei. 9(h):3h9-20.

1961. Pagurid crabs (Decapoda,Anomura) from St. John, Virgin
Islands, with descriptions of three new species.
Crustaceana 3(2):151-166, 3 text-figs.

1965. Two new west Indian hermit crabs of the genus
Paguristes (Crustacea,Diogenidal). Bull. Mar. Sci.

15 (3) :726-736.

Rathbun, M. J.

1892. Catalogue of the crabs of the family Perceridae in
the U. S. National Museum. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.
15(901):231-277, pls. 28-0.

189la. Notes on the crabs of the family Inachidae in the
U. S. National Museum. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 17(98)):)3-75,
jolla: dba

189lb. Catalogue of the crabs of the family Maiidae in the
U. S. National Museum, Hyas, Maia, Pelia, Nibilia.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1893, 16(927 ):63-103.
1896a. The genus Callinectes. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.
18 (1070) :3h49-375, pls. 12-28.

1896b. Description of a new genus and four new species of
crabs from the West Indies. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.
19(110),):141-1h).

1898. The Brachyura of the biological expedition to the
Florida Keys and the Bahamas in 1893. Bull. Lab. Natur.
Hist., State Univ. Iowa )(3):250-29), pls. 1-9.

19COa. Synopsis of North American invertebrates: XI. The
catometopous or grapsoid crabs of North America. Amer.
Natur. 3)(403):583-591.

1901. The Brachyura and Macrura of Porto Rico. Bull. U. S.
Fish Comm. 1900, 20(2):1-127, 2 col. pls., 26 text-figs.

1913. Descriptions of new species of crabs of the families
Grapsidae and Ocypodidae. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.

4.6( 2030 ): 353-358.

191). New species of crabs of the families Grapsidae and
Ocypodae. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 47(20))) :69-85.

1915. New genus and some new species of crabs of the family
Goneplacidae. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. )8(2067):137-15h.

1916. Description of three species of crabs (Osachila)
from the eastern coast of North America. Proc. U. S.

Nat. Mus. 50(2138):67-652, pl. 36.

245

Rathbun, M. Jd.

1918. The grapsoid crabs of America. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 97,
p. i-xxii, 1-61, pls. 1-161, 172 text-figs.

1920. New species of spider crabs from the straits of Florida
and Caribbean Sea. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 33:23-2h.

192). New species and subspecies of spider crabs. Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus. 64(14):1-5.

1925. The spider crabs of America. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 129,
p. i-xx, 1-613, 283 pls., 153 text-figs.

1930. The cancroid crabs of America of the families Euryalidae,
Portunidae, Atelecyclidae, Cancridae and Xanthidae. U. S.
Nat. Mus., p. i-xvi, 1-609, pls. 1-230, 85 text-figs.

1933. Brachyuran crabs of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands.
Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands.

N. ¥. Acad. Sei. 15(1):1-121, 107 text-figs.

1937. The oxystomatous and allied crabs of America. U. S.

Nat. Mus. Bull. 166, p. i-vi, 1-278, 86 pls., 47 text-figs.

Ryan, EH. P.
1956. Observations on the life histories and the distribution
of the Xanthidae (mud crabs) of Chesapeake Bay. Amer.
Midland Natur. 56(1):138-162, 2 pls., 12 text-figs.

Salmon, M.
1967. Coastal distribution, display, and sound production
by Florida fiddler crabs (Genus Uca). Anim. Behav.
15 (4) :hh9-h59.

Sandoz, M., and S. H. Hopkins
197. Early life history of the oyster crab Pinnotheres
ostreum Say. Biol. Bull. 93(3):250-258, 23 text-figs.

Savage, T., and M. R. McMahan
1968. Growth of early juvenile stone crabs Menippe mercenaria
Say (1819). Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab., Spec.
Sci. Rep. 21.

Schmitt, W. L.
1935a. Crustacea Macrura and Anomura of Porto Rico and the
Virgin Islands. Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the
Virgin Islands. N. ¥. Acad. Sei. 15(2):125-227,
80 text-figs.

Schwartz, B., and S. W. Safir
1915. The natural history and behavior of the fiddler crab,
(Uca). Monogr. Cold Spring Harbor, No. 8, 2h p.

Schwartz, F. J., and D. G. Cargo
1960. Recent records of the Xanthid crab, Panopeus herbsti,
from Maryland and Virginia waters. Chesapeake Sci.

1 (3/4) :201-203.

246

Sassy Wo Won dies

1950. Observations on the natural history of the American
Horseshoe Crab (Limulus polyphemus). Div. Mar. Fish.
Mass. Dep. Conserv., Rep. Invest. Shellfish 3. p. 18-23.

1957. Xiphosura with especial reference to Limulus polyphemus.
Bibliography. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.) Treatise on Marine
Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology, Mem. Geol. Soc.
Amer. 67:1171-1173.

Snodgrass, R. E.
1952. The sand crab Bnerita talpoida (Say) and some of its
relatives. Smithson. Misc. Collect. 117(8):1-3h, 11
text-figs.

Tagatz, M.E.

1965. The fishery for blue crabs in the St. Johns River,
Florida, with special reference to fluctuation in yield
between 1961 and 1962. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec.
Seiio feo Malsing GOS aah jos

1968. Biology of the blue crab, Callinectes sapidus, in the
St. Johns River, Florida. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv.,
Fish. Bull. 67():17-3).

Weel do Ile
1958. Distribution of fiddler crabs in Georgia salt marshes.

Ecology 39(2):185-193.

Van Engel, W. A.
1958. The blue crab and its fishery in Chesapeake Bay.
Commer. Fish. Rev. 20(6):6-17.

Weigel, JNo 1b
1908. Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda. Pt. I. Brachyura and
Anomura, their distribution, variations, and habits.
Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 13:299-h7h.
1922. Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda. Pt. II. Macrura.
Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 26:1-179.

Wass, M. L.
1963. New species of hermit crabs (Decapoda) Paguridae
from the western Atlantic. Crustaceana 6(2):133-157,

Wee Inte (Cia
1969. Notes and bibliography on the larvae of Xanthid crabs.

Pacific Sci. 2h(1):8h-89.

Wharton, G. W.
19,2. A typical sand beach animal, the mole crab, Emerita
talpoida (Say). In Pearse, Humm, and Wharton, 19]2,
Ecol. Monogr. 12(2):135-190.

247

Williams, A. B.
1966. The western Atlantic swimming crabs Callinectes ornatus,
CG. danae and a new, related species (Decapoda, Portunidae).
Tulane Stud. Zool. 13(3):83-9).

Williams, A. B., L. R. McCloskey, and I. H. Gray
1968. New records of brachyuran decapod crustaceans from
the continental shelf off North Carolina, U.S.A.
Crustaceana 15(1):h1-66.

248

17. Echinoderms.

Agassiz, A.
1869. Preliminary report on the Echini and starfishes dredged
in deep water between Cuba and the Florida reef. Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard 1:253-308.
1877. North American starfishes. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Harvard) 5at=3o.

Ayres, W. O.
1854. Observation upon the holothurians of our coast.
Boston Soc. Natur. Hist. 4, p. 200.

Boone, L.

1928. Scientific results of the First Oceanographic
Expedition of the Pawnee 1925. Echinodermata fron
Tropical East American Seas. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr.
Collect., New York, 1():22 pages, 8 pls.

Chester, R. H.
1972. A new Paraster (Echinoidea: Spatangoidea) from the
Caribbean. Bull. Mar. Sci. 22(1):10-25.

(Galenalicy WNG slo

1916. A new starfish (Lydiaster americanus) from the Gulf
of Mexico. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 6(6):1-1hh.

193). A new starfish from Puerto Rico. Smithson. Misc.
Collec, Saale. 3) jon5 dl tole

1938. A new genus of starfishes from Puerto Rico. Smithson.
Maisc'a Collect, 91(29))s) (ip. g) pile

1939. Echinoderms of the Smithsonian-Hartford Expedition,
1937, with other West Indian records. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus. 86:41-l55, pls. 53, Sh.

1945. A new starfish of the genus Luidia from the coast of
Georgia. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 35:19-21.

198. Two new starfishes and a new brittle-star from Florida
and Alabama. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 61:55-56, 1 pl.

195). Echinoderms (other than Holothurians) of the Gulf of
Mexico. Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 55:373-379.

Clark, A. M., and A. H. Clark
195. A revision of the sea-stars of the genus Tethyaster.
Smitthsone Mase.wC oldlect..122\(il))32/ep same soiis\.

Clark, H. L.
1898. The Echinoids and Asteroids of Jamaica. Johns Hopkins
Univ. Cire. 18(137):-6.
1901. Bermudian Echinoderms. Proc. Boston Soc. Natur. Hist.

29:339-hhh.

249

Galena Ilo Iho

1902. The Echinoderms of the Woods Hole Region. Ball.
U. S. Fish Comm, p. 55-576, 1) pls.

1907. The apodous holothurians. Smithson. Gontrib.
SqAePsil), joliss Wa}, Ml

1910. The development of an apodous holothurian (Chiridota
rotifera). J. Exp. Zool. 9(3)):496-516, 6 figs.

1919. Distribution of the littoral echinoderms of the
West Indies. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 281:)9-7), pls. 1-3.

1922. The holothurians of the genus Stichopus. Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool. 651(3))39=74, pls: 1-2:

1933. Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands,
Volume 16, Part I. A Handbook of the Littoral Echinoderms
of Porto Rico and the Other West Indian Islands. N. Y.
Mozel, Seis Wh joo. 7 jailse

1935. The Holothurians of the genus Caudina. Ann. Mag.
Natur. Hist. 10(15):257-28).

191. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Atlantis
Expeditions to the West Indies, under the Joint Auspices
of the University of Havana and Harvard University. The
Echinoderms (Other than Holothurians). Memoiras de la
Sociedad Cubana de Historia Natural Felipe Poey,

IS (L)s US joo, WO wiles.

1944. The Echinoderm Fauna of Bermuda. Bull. Mus. Comp.

Zool. Harvard, 89(19h2):357-391, pl.

Deichnann, E.

1925. Report on the holothurians collected by the Barbados-
Antiqua Expedition. Univ. Iowa, Stud. Natur. Hist.

NM) s9-Siks iwilss 13.

1930. The holothurians of the western part of the Atlantic
Osean. Bull. Mus. Comp: Zool!: 71/:4il-226, pilss 1-2).

1938a. New holothurians from the western coast of North
America and some remarks on the genus Caudina. Proc.
New England Zool. Club 16:103-115, text-figs.

1938b. Holothurians from Biscayne Bay, Florida. Proc.
Fla. Acad. Sei. 3:128-136, text-figs. 1-25.

1940. Report on the holothurians collected by the
Harvard-Havana Expeditions, 1938 and 1939, with a
revision of the Molpadonia of the Atlantic Ocean.
Contrib. 28, Woods Hole Oceanogr. Inst. p. 183-20,
pls. 31-1.

1945. A new species of Tnyone from the Gulf of Mexico.
Occas. Pap. Mar. Lab. La. State Univ., Baton Rouge, La.
Wedl=h, text-fig.

1947. The fusus-like Toyone from the West Indian waters.
Proc. New England Zool. Club 2):83-90, pls. 1-2.

195. The holothurians of the Gulf of Mexico. In Galtsoff,
P. S. (ed. ) Gulf of Mexico, its origin, waters, and marine
life. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. 89:381-10.

250

Deichmann, E.

1957a. Holothurians. Bibliography. In Hedgoeth, J. W. (ed.),
Treatise on Marine Life Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology.
Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. (67):1193-1195.

1957p. Asteroids and Ophuiroids. Bibliography. In Hedgpeth,
J. W. (ed.), Treatise on Marine Life Ecology and Paleoecology.
I. Ecology. Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. (67) :1187-1190.

1963. Shallow water holothurians from the Caribbean waters.
Stud. Fauna Curacao and other Caribbean Islands XIV(63):100-118.

DePourtales, L. F.
1851. On the Holothuriae of the Atlantic coast of the United
States. Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci., 5th Meeting, p. 8-16.
1868. Contributions to the fauna of the Gulf Stream at great
depths. Bull; Mus. Comp. Zool. d:ai2i=a)i2.
1869. List of Holothuriidae from the deep sea dredgings of
the U. &. Coast Survey. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 1:529-361.

Downey, M. E.

1968. A Note on the Atlantic Species of the Starfish (Genus
Linckia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 51:41-hh.

1970a. Drachmaster bullisi, New Genus and Species of Ophidiasteridae
(Echinodermata: Asteroidea), with a Key to the Caribbean Species
of the Family. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 83:77-82, 6 figs.

1970b. Zorocallida, New Order, and Doraster:constellatus, New
Genus and Species, with Notes on the Zoroasteridae. (Echinodermata:
Asteroidea). Smithson. Contribs. Zool. 6:18 p., 11 figs.

1970c. Marsipaster acicula, New Species (Asteroidea:
Echinodermata) from the Caribbean and Gulf of Mexico. Proc.
Biol oc Wwasiits

1971la. Two New Species of the Genus Tamaria (Echinodermata:
Asteroidea) from the Tropical Western Atlantic. Proc.
Biol. Soc. Wash. 8:)3-50.

1971b. Ampheraster alaminos, a New Species of the Family
Asteriidae (Echinodermata: Asteroidea) from the Gulf of
Mexico. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 8:51-5).

197ic. Migardia xandaros, New Genus, New Species, a Large
Brisingid Starfish from the Gulf of Mexico. Proc. Biol.
Soc. Wash. 84:421-26.

1973. Starfishes from the Caribbean and the Gulf of Mexico.
Smithson. Contribs. Zool. 126:1-158.

Dragovich, A. V., and J. A. Kelly
195. Ecological Observations of Macro-Invertebrates in Tampa
Bay, Florida 1961-62. Bull. Mar. Sci. 14:74-102, 1 fig.

Engel, H.

1939. Echinoderms from Aruba, Curacao, Bonaire, and Northern
Venezuela. Capita Zoologica ('sGravenhage), Ser. 8, h():12 p.

251

Fontain, A.

1953a. The shallow echinoderms of Jamaica. Part I. The
Starfishes. Natur. Hist. Notes, Natur. Hist. Soc.
Jamaica, 59:p. 179.

1953b. The shallow water echinoderms of Jamaica. Part III.
The Sea Jrchins (Class Echinoidea). Natur. Hist. Soc.
Jamaica, 61:3-9.

1953¢. The shallow water echinoderms of Jamaica. Part IV.
The Sea Sucumbers (Holothuroidea). Natur. Hist. Soc.
Jamavea, 62) andl o3snp. 29).

Gray, I. E., M. E. Downey, and M. J. Cerame-Vivas
1958. Sea-Stars of North Carolina. Fish. Bull. 67(1):127-163,
O figs.

Halpern, J. A.

1968. Biological Investigations of the Deep Sea. 38. A New
Western Atlantic Dipsacsaster (Echinodermata, Asteroidea)
with the Distribution of Known Species. Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash. 81(27):231-2h0.

1969a. Biological Investigations of the Deep Sea. 6. The
Genus Litonotaster (Echinodermata, Asteroidea). Proc.
Biol. Soe. Wash. 82:129-1)2, 8 figs.

19590. Biological Investigations of the Deep Sea. 5C. The
Validity and Generic Position of Pentagonaster parvus
Perrier (Echinodermata, Asteroidea). Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wasn. 82:503-506, fig. 1.

1970a. Biological Investigations of the Deep Sea. ol.
Goniasteridae (Echinodermata: Asteroidea) of the Straits
of Florida. Bull. Mar. Sei. 20(1):193-286.

1970b. A Monographic Revision of the Goniasterid Sea Stars
of the North Atlantic. Pn.D. Dissertation, Univ. Miami.
253 p., 8 figs. (Published! im Part).

1970¢c. Biological Investigations of the Deep Sea. 53. New
Species and Genera of Goniasterid Sea Stars. Proc. Biol.
SOs, WEisiio Oscl2 jog. Gy stiles.

Harvey, kh. B.
1955. The American Arbacia and Other Sea Urchins. Princeton
Una, Riess, Waiineevom, Ne dio 2g ioe

Hyman, L. H.
1955. The Invertebrates. Vol. IV Echinodermata. McGraw-Hill
BOOK GOo5 dias, INe Wo

2O2Z

Ives, J. E.

1889. Catalogue of the Asteroidea and Ophiuroidea in the
Collection of the Academy of Natural Science of
Philadelphia. P. 169-179.

1890. Echinoderms from the Northern Coast of Yucatan and
the Harbor of Vera Cruz. Proc. Acad. Natur. Sci.,
Philadelphia, Ser. 3(2):317-30.

1891. Echinoderms from the Bahama Islands. Proc. Acad.
Natur. Sei. Philadelphia 1891:337-3l1, pl. 16.

TGL@Ie.5, IPs Mls oi GEaChMlay Wig. ACapekane,
1965. Echinoid distribution and aabits, Key Largo Coral
Reef Preserve, Florida. Smithson. Misc. Collect. 19(6):68 p.

Koshler, R.
191). A contribution to the study of ophiurans of the U. 5S.
National Miseum. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 8:173 p.

McPherson, B. F.
1958. Contribution to the biology of the sea urchin Eucidaris
tribuloides (Lamarck). Bull. Mar. Sci. 18(2): :,CO-Lh3.
1959. Studies on the biology of the tropical sea urchins,
Echinometra lucunter and Echinometra viridis. Bull. Mar.

Sel, LOS Sey ie ae aa a

Mortensen, T.
1927. Echinoderms of the British Isles. P. I-Viii, 1-71,
text-figs. 1-269.
1951. Monograph of the Echinoidea. 5(2):593 p. C. A. Reitzel,
Copenhagen.

Pearson, J. F. W.
1935. Studies on the life zones of marine waters adjacent to
Miami. I. The distribution of the Ophuiroidea. Proc.
Migs Neely Sei, W355 Ds CS=7/2s

TOMES 5 he Tes

1959. <A systematic study of the shallow water brittle stars
of the family Amphiuridae of Florida. M. 5S. Thesis, Univ.
MGLeralibe 5 IU5{S) joe

1961. Distribation and salinity tolerance in the amphiurid
brittle star, Ophiophragnus filograneus (Lyman 1875).
BRILL . Mewe's Sei. Oy ies o3.

96, Wha Shaewloyy pies amphiurid brittle stars (Echinodermata,
Ophiuroidsa) of Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. 12()):623.

255

Thomas, L. P.
1965. A monograph of the amphiurid brittle stars of the
western Atlantic. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Miami. 89 p.

1966. A revision of the tropical species of Amphipholis
(Echinodermata, Ophiuroidea. Bull. Mar. Sci. 16 )2827.
Ummels, F.
1963. Asteroids from the Netherlands Antilles and Other
Caribbean Localities (Oreasteridae, Ophidiasteridae,

Asterinidae, Luidiidae). Stud. Fauna Curacao 15:72-101,
3) sialasi5 jollsg Sill,

Verrill, A. E.

1899. North American Ophiuroidea. I. Revision of certain
families and genera of West Indian Ophiurans. II. A
faunal catalogue of the known species of West Indian
Ophiurans. Trans. Conn. .Acad. Arts Sci. 10(7):301-385.

1915. Report on the Starfishes of the West Indies, Florida,
and Brazil, including those obtained by the Bahama
Expedition from the University of Iowa in 1893. Bull.
State Univ. Iowa 7:232 p., 29 pls.

254

18. Urochordates.

Abbott, Di. P.
ISS. Agiesickleins, 4 5 sllollaloerecyolny, | dha ielsleocilin dic Ties, (Cela ))
Treatise on Marine Ecology and paleoecology. I. Keology.
Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. 67:1197-1199.

Barrington, EH. J. W.
1965. The Biology of Hemichordata and Protochordata. Oliver and
Boyd. Edinburgh and London.

IXereresLILIL ING. ake
1932- Ascidians of the Bermudas. Biol. Bull. 62:77-88, figs. 1-5.
1950. The Tunicata. London, Ray Society. 35) p.

Brooks, W. K.
1908. The pelagic tunicata of the Gulf Stream. Salpa floridana.
Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 1C2:75-80.

Brooks, W. K., and C. Kellner
1908. The pelagic Tunicata of the Gulf Stream. Carnegie Inst.
esla.. wel, IWCL5 joo. 7 3=o)h.

Hopkinson, J. A.
1913. <A bibliography of the Tunicata 1)69-191C. xii, 288 p.
London, The Ray Society.

Metcalf, M. M.
1918. The Salpidae: a taxonomic study. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.
100, 2(2):5-193.

Metcalf, M. M., and H. S. Hopkins
1919. Pyrosoma - A taxonomic study based upon the collections of
the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries and the United States National
Museum. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 100, 2(3):195-275.

Plough, H. H., and N. Jones
1939. Ecteinascidia tortugensis, species nova. With a review
of the Perophoridae (Ascidiacea) of the Tortugas. Carnegie
Imsite Washi) (rubiks Suis pe ly —6O%

Van Name, W. G.
1910. Compound ascidians of the coasts of New England and
neighboring British Provinces. Proc. Boston Soc. Natur.
Hist. 3(11):339-h2h.
1912. Simple ascidians of the coasts of New England and
neighboring British Provinces. Proc. Boston Soc. Natur.

Hist. 34 (13) :439-619.

255

Van Name, W. G.

1921. Ascidians of the West Indian region and Southeastern
United States. Bull. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. 4l:283-l9).

1930. Ascidians of Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands.
Sci. Surv. Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands 10:)03-512.

1945. The North and South American Ascidians. Bull. Amer.
Mus. Natur. Hist. 8: vii + 76 p.

195. The Tunicata of the Gulf of Mexico. In Galtsoff, P. S.
(ed. ) Gulf of Mexico its origin, waters, and marine life.

Fish. Bull. U. S. 55(89):h95-97.

256

19. Cephalochordates.

Bigelow, H- B-, and I. P. Farfante
1948. Fishes of the Western North Atlantic. Chapter I.
Lancelets. Sears Foundation for Marine Research 1(1):1-28.

Boschung, H- T., and G. Gunter
1962. Distribution and variation of Branchiostoma caribaeum in

Mississippi Sound. Tulane Stud. Zool. 9(5):245-257.

Boschung. He T., and J. C. Mallory
1956. A record of the lancelet, Branchiostoma caribaeum, from
the stomach of a sturgeon from the gulf coast of Alabama.
Copeia 2:116.

Chavez, H.
1964. Branchiostoma caribaeum in Mexican waters of the Gulf
of Mexico. Copeia 3705.

Gory, R- L., and E. L. Pierce
1967. Distribution and ecology of lancelets (order amphioxi )
over the continental shelf of the southeastern United
States. Limnol. Oceanogr. 12(4):650-656.

Dawson, C. Ee
1965. Rainstorm induced mortality of lancelets, Branchiostoma,
in Mississippi Sound. Copeia 4:505-506.

Hedgpeth, J. We
1954. The Lancelets. Branchiostoma. Gulf of Mexico. In
Galtsoff, P. S. (ed.), Gulf of Mexico its origin, waters,
and marine life. U. S$. Fish. Bull. 55(89):499.

Hefley, He M-, and H. Shoemaker
1952. The occurrence of Branchiostoma (amphioxus ) in Mississippi

and Louisiana. Science 115(2975):48.

Hubbs, C. L.
1922. A list of the lancelets of the world with diagnoses of
five new species of Branchiostomae- Occas. Pap. Mus. Zool.,
Univ. Mich. 105:1-16.

Jordan, D. S., and C. H. Gilbert
1883. I. Branchiostoma Costa 1834. Lancelets. Bull. U. S.
Nat. Mus. 16:3.

Kelly, J. A., and A. Dragovich
1967. Occurrence of macrozooplankton in Tampa Bay, Florida,
and adjacent Gulf of Mexico waters. U. S. Fish Wildlife
Serv., Fish. Bull. 66:209-221.

257

Michigian, I.
1970. An ecological study of Branchiostoma caribaeum in
Tampa Bay, Floridae Unpublished Senior Project.
Kalamazoo College, Michigan. 73 p-

Mock, C. R.e
1966. A new locality record for the lancelet, Branchiostoma
caribaeum (Sundevall) on the Texas coast. Tex. J. Sci.
18(1):90-91.

Nelson, G. E.
1969. Amphioxus in Old Tampa Bay, Florida. Quart. J. Fla.
Acad. Sci. 31(2):93-100.

Pierce, E. L.
1965. The distribution of lancelets (amphioxi) along the
coasts of Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. 15(2):480-hoh.

Springer, Ve G-, and K. D. Woodburn
1960. An ecological study of the fishes of the Tampa Bay
area. Fla. State Board Conserv. Mar. Lab. Prof. Pap.
Ser. 1:10) p.

Tavlor, J. L., and C. He Saloman

1966. Benthic project. In Report of the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries Biological Station, St. Petersburg Beach, Florida,
Fiscal vear 1965. p. 4-11. U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv.

Circ. 2he.

1967. Benthic project. In Report of the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries Biological Laboratory, St. Petersburg Beach.
Florida, Fiscal year 1966, p. 4-8. U. S. Fish Wildlife
Serve Circ. 257.

1968. Benthic project. In Report of the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries Biological Laboratory, St. Petersburg Beach,
Florida, Fiscal year 1967, p. 3-8. U. S. Fish Wildlife
Serv. Circ. 290.

Wright, A. A.
1890. Amphioxus in Tampa Bay. Amer. Natur. 24:1085.

258

20. Bibliographies.

Abbott, D. P.
1957. Ascidians Bibliography. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.), Treatise
on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology. Mem. Geol.
Soc. Amer. (67), 1197-1199.

Aion Drw Ms and dT J. Costello
1969. Additional references on the biology of shrimp, family
Penaeidae. U. S. Dep. Interior, Fish. Wildlife Serv., Fish.
Byola, (ors}((AL)) Bal@aleal syn.

MEAS iho “de
1926. A selected bibliography of marine bionomics and fishery
investigations. Part I. Physical and Biological Conditions
iin “Une? SSEIG dio Comss GL) S776.

Anonymous

1966a. list of circulars of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service.
U. S. Dep. Interior, Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Leafl. 596.
3} 196

1966b. List of fishery bulletins of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife
penmvace). U-es., Dep.) Imbterion.. Hash Wadldiime Servs, Halsin.
Letts BOo) aby ide

1968. List of publications. Fla. State Board Conserv., Marine
Research Lab., Maritime Base, Bayboro Harbor, St. Petersburg,
Mla 9) 22 196

1969a. Separates from the Commercial Fisheries Review. U. S.
Dep. Interior, Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Leafl. 622. 8 p.

1969b. List of special scientific reports and special scientific
report - fisheries of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service.
U. S. Dep. Interior, Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish. Leafl. 62).
52 p.

1970a. Available fishery bulletins of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service. U. S. Dep. Interior, Fish Wildlife Serv., Fish.
Sze OLE TL joe

1970b. List of publications. Fla. State Dep. Natur. Resour.,
Bure Geol), whaldlahnasscer. Halaw 22.)

Atzin dle) We
1971. Dean bibliography of fishes. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist., New
Yaoraes GLA),

Baughman, J. L.
1948. An annotated bibliography of oysters with pertinent material
on mussels and other shellfish and an appendix on pollution.
Texas Agriculture and Mining Res. Found., Rockport Pilot,
College Station. 79) p.

259

Bennett, G. F., and J. W. Hostman
1969. <A bibliography of books on the environment - air, water, and
solid wastes. Univ. Toledo, Dep. Chem. Eng., Toledo, Ohio, for
the Amer. Inst. Chem. Eng. 52 p.

Bigelow, H. B.
1927. Physical oceanography of the Gulf of Maine. Bull. U. S.
Boe, Wisins, (MOAh) MoO) esialno27

Bohart, R. M.
1928. Bibliography of marine bacteria. Publ. Puget Sound Mar.
Biol. Stas 5369-318)

Briggs, J. C.
1958. A list of Florida fishes and their distribution. Bull.
Fla. State Mus. Biol. Sci. 2(8):223-318.

Butler, P. A.
1959. Annotated bibliography of unpublished estuarine research in
the Gulf of Mexico, 1925-1959. Publ. Gulf State Mar. Fish
Comm. 51 p. (mimeo).

Clapp, W. F., and R. Kenk
1963. Marine borers. An annotated bibliography. Office of Naval
Research. Dep. of Navy, Washington, D. C., ACR-74. 1136 p.

Cooper, G. A.
1957. Brachiopods. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed. ), Treatise on Marine
Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology. Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer.
(67) 21113-1116.
Costello, T. J., and D. M. Allen
1970. Synopsis of biological data on the pink shrimp Penaeus
duorarum Burkenroad, 1939. Proc. World Sci. Conf. on the Biology
and Culture of Shrimps and Prawns, Rome, Italy. FAO Fish Rep.
57 (4) :1h99-15 37.

Coutant, C. C.
1969. Thermal pollution - biological effects. A review of the
literature of 1968. Battelle Mem. Inst., Pacific Northwest
Lab., Richland, Wash., Publ. BNWL-SA-2376. 3 p., Appendix.
1970. Thermal pollution - biological effects. A review of the
literature of 1969. Battelle Mem. Inst., Pacific Northwest
Lab., Richland, Wash., Publ. BNWL-SA-3255. 90 p.

DSSS. los Wo

1961. United States Fish and Wildlife Service Papers on Physical
and Chemical Oceanography. Fish. Leafl., Wash. (515). 1h p.

260

Dees, lio ike
1962. A list of fishery bulletins of the United States Fish and
Wildlife Service. U. S. Dep. Interior, Fish Wildlife Serv.,
Waisiag Wecunl, Ssi/4 9 ilo qos

Deichmann, E.
1957a. Holothurians. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.), Treatise on Marine
Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology. Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer.
(67 ):1193-1195.
1957b. Asteroids and Ophuiroids. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.), Treatise
on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology. Mem. Geol.
Soc. Amer. (67):1187-1190¢.

DeLaubenfels, M. W.
1957. Marine Sponges. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed. ), Treatise on
Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology. Mem. Geol.
Soc. Amer. (67):1083-1086.

Egler, F. E.
1961. A cartographic guide to selected regional vegetation
literature - where plant communities have been described.
II. Southeastern U. S. Sarracenia 6:1-87.

Geological Society of America
1957. Annotated bibliography of Paleoecology. In Ladd, H. S.
(ed. ), Treatise on Marine Ecology (Paleoecology). Mem. Geol.
Soc. Amer. 2(67):691-1032.

Geyer, R. A.
198. Annotated bibliography on marine geophysical and geological
surveys. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 59(7):671-695.
195C. A bibliography on the Gulf of Mexico. Tex. J. Sci.
2(1):hh-93.

Gait, A We
1971. The literature on mangroves: an incomplete compilation of
titles. Fairchild Botanical Garden Research Library, Coral
Gables, Fla., Cat. No. X12-N9-675. 62 p. (typescript).

Gordan, J.
1956. <A bibliography of pagurid crabs, exclusive of Alcock,
1905. Bull. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. 108(3):253-352.
1957. <A bibliography of the order Mysidacea. Bull. Amer.
Mus. Natur. Hist. 112():279-393.

Gosner, K. L.
1971. Guide to identification of marine and estuarine invertebrates.
Cape Hatteras to the Bay of Fundy. Wiley-Interscience, Inc.,

New York, New York. 693 p.

261

Gunter, G.
1957. Marine fishes (other than Cyclostomes). In Hedgpeth, J. W.
(ed. ), Treatise on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology.
Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. (67):1205-1210.

Gutsell, J. S.
1931. Natural history of the bay scallop. Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish.
(1930) 6:569-632.

Hartman, O.
1951. Literature of the polychaetous annelids. Vol. I. Edwards
Brothers, Inc., Ann Arbor, Michigan. 290 p.
1957. Marine worms. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.), Treatise on Marine
Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology. Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer.
(67 ):1117-1127.

Hay, W. P., and ©. A. Shore
1918. The decapod crustaceans of Beaufort, N. C., and surrounding
region. Bula. U. S. Bur. Fish. (1915-116), 35:369=75.

Hedgpeth, J. W.
1957. Miscellaneous arthropods. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.), Treatise

on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. 1. Ecology. Mem. Geol.
Soc. Amer. (67):1175-1176.

Hewatt, W. G., and J. W. Hedgpeth
1957. Mollusca (except oysters and nautilus). In Hedgpeth, J. W.
(ed. ), Treatise on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology.
Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. (67) :11))3-1150.

Holliman, R. B.
1960. Trematode cercarial from the Apalachee Bay area, with a
summary of the literature on marine cercarial of the world.
Fla. State Univ., Ph.D. Dissertation.

Hopkins, S. H.
1957. Oysters. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.), Treatise on Marine
Ecology and Paleoecology. 1. Ecology. Mem. Geol. Soc.
Amer. (67):1129-1133.

Houde, E. D.
1971. Survey of the literature relating to sport and commercial
fishes of south Florida. Univ. Miami, Rosenstiel School
Mar. Atmosph. Sci., Final Rep. to Nat. Mar. Fish. Serv.,
St. Petersburg Beach, Fla. 95 p. (mimeo).

Hoyt, W. D.

1921. Marine algae of Beaufort, N. C., and adjacent regions.
Bulle Ul S. Bure Hushe (@1920)) 36s367—55o.

262

Humm, H. J.
1962. Bibliographic data useful in the study of marine algae.
Soe Sealy REI Weil Weljg (25))5 dal jos

Hutton, R. F.
1956. An annotated bibliography of red tides occurring in the
marine waters of Florida. Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 19(2-3):
12h-1h6.

Ingle, R. M.
1969. Selected references concerning Florida's marine resources.
Pla otave Depe NaburwwhResolin.)sSpeC 4 1SCl cli Re Dene) ama liln/lgor

Ingram, W. M., and K. M. Mackenthun
1963. Water pollution control. Sewage treatment, water treatment.
Selected biological references. U. S. Dep. Health, Educ., and
Welfare, Public Health Serv., Div. Water Supply and Pollution
Controls, Wash. Ds C.,. Publsic Health Serv.) Publ. 1053-5 i2ip.

Johnson, M. W.
1957. Copepods. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.), Treatise on Marine
Heology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology. Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer.
(67 ):1165-1169.

Johnson, R. I.
1946. Joseph Pitty Couthouy - a bibliography and catalogue of
his species. Occas. Pap. Mollusks, Harvard, 1(5):33-h0.
1949. Jesse Wedgwood Mighels with a bibliography and a
catalogue of his species. Occas. Pap. Mollusks, Harvard,
1 (14) :213-232.

Joseph, R. B., and F. HE. Nichy
1955. Literature survey of the Biscayne Bay area. Part II.
Algae, marine fouling and boring organisms. Fla. State
Univ., Tallahassee, Fla., Oceanogr. Inst. Rep. 33 p.

Joyce, H. A., dx.
1972. <A partial bibliography of oysters, with annotations.
Fla. Dep. Natur. Resour., Spec. Sci. Rep. 3). 86 p.

Kellogg, R., and F. C. Whitmore, Jr.
1957. Marine mammals. In Hedgpeth, J. W., (ed.), Treatise on
Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology. Mem. Geol.
Soc. Amer. (67):1223:1225.

263

Kennedy, V. S., and J. A. Mihursky
1967. Bibliography on the effects of temperature in the aquatic
environment. Univ. Maryland, Natur. Resour. Inst., Hallowing
Point, Lab., Contrib. 326. 89 p. (mimeo).

Lauff, G. H. (ed.)
ISG, Hsbesles, | nee, Nssic Mehyo Seito, Wesiac, Dn Go, Ruleils 63)
157 Dp.

Lawrence, J. M.
1962. Aquatic herbicide data. U. S. Dep. Agr., Agr. Res. Serv.,
Mei, Weletacl)g @Q3ILo i333} jos

Linton, E.
1925. Notes on cestode parasites of sharks and skates. Proc.
Wo Ss Wate, Wins. Ol(2}), Daj.

Livingstone, R., dr.
1965. A preliminary bibliography with KWIC Index on the ecology
of estuaries and coastal areas of the eastern United States.
U. S. Dep. Interior, U. S. Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec. Sci.
WEOo Misia, GO/7> 352 id.

Lohman, R. E.
1957. Marine diatoms. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.), Treatise on
Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology. Mem. Geol.
Soc. Amer. (67):1C59-1067.

MacDonald, R. M. E.
1921. An analytical subject bibliography of the publications of
the Bureau of Fisheries 1871-1920. Rep. U. S. Comm. Fish.
(1920), Appendix 5. 306 p.

Mansueti, R. Jd.
1955. Maryland Natural Resource bibliography. A guide to key
works dealing with the zoology, botany, geology, and related
subjects. Rep. Chesapeake Biol. Lab. (7). 27 p.

McKee, J. E., and H. W. Wolf (eds. ) ;
1963. Water quality criteria. Second edition. Calif. State
Water Quality Control Board, Resources Agency of Calif.,
Sacramento, Calif. 58 p.

Morriidil, J. B., Jm., and F. ©. W. Olson
1955. Literature survey of the Biscayne Bay area. Fla. State
Univ., Oceanogr. Inst., Tallahassee, Fla., Rep. for U. S.
Navy Hydrographic Office, Wash., D. C.

264

Morrill, J. B., Jr., and F. C. W. Olson
1966. Literature survey of the Biscayne Bay area. Fla. State
Univ., Oceanogr. Inst., Tallahassee, Fla. 13) p.

Moul, E. T., and R. W. Brown
1957. Nonalgal marine plants. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.), Treatise
on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology. Mem. Geol.
Soc. Amer. (67):1051-1058.

Myers, E. H., and W. S. Cole
1957. Foraminifera. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.), Treatise on Marine
Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology. Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer.
(67) :1075-1081.

Neill, W. T.
1957. Historical biogeography of present-day Florida. Bull. Fla.
State Mus. Biol. Sci. 2(7):175-220.
1958. The occurrence of amphibians and reptiles in saltwater
areas, and a bibliography. Bull. Mar. Sci. 8(1):1-97.

Nichols, M. M.
1962. Bibliography of the physical, chemical, and geological
’ oceanography of Chesapeake Bay. Spec. Sci. Rep., Va. Fish.
aids (Bio ls i96 :

Gilsom., I> Co Wes etatel aio 135. WerersIoh die.
1955. literature survey of the Tampa Bay area. Oceanogr. Inst.,
Fla. State Univ., Contr. N62306S-S-287, U. S. Navy Hydrographic
Office. “66 p.

Osburn, R. C.
1957. Marine bryozoa. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.), Treatise on
Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology. Mem. Geol.
Soc. Amer. (67):1109-1111.

Raney, HE. C.
1957. Marine cyclostomes. In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.), Treatise
on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. I. Ecology. Mem. Geol.
Soc. Amer. (67):1203-120).

Raney, HE. C., and B. W. Menzel

1967. A bibliography. Heated effluents and effects on aquatic
life with emphasis on fishes. Philadelphia Electric Co. and
Ichthyol. Ass., Philadelphia, Penn. Bull. 1. 89 p.

1969. Heated effluents and effects on aquatic life with
emphasis on fishes. A bibliography. Cornell Univ. Water
Resour. Mar. Sci. Center, Philadelphia Electric Co. and
Ichthyol Ass., Philadelphia, Penn. Bull. 2. 70 p.

265

Reintjes, J. W., J. Y. Christmas, Jr., and R. A. Collins
196C. Annotated bibliography on biology of American menhaden.
Meslae) GULL, Win Sy COMIC 297 ss22-

Rounsefell, G. A., and W. R. Nelson
1966. Red tide research summarized to 196) including an annotated
bibliography. U. S. Dep. Interior, Fish Wildlife Serv., Spec.
Seis Rejo5 Wasa, 535, 85 jo.

Scattergood, L. W.
1949. A bibliography of lobster culture. Spec. Sci. Rep, U. S.
Fish Wildlife Serv. (6h), 26 p.

1957. A bibliography of the herring (Clupea harengus and C.
pelagHsl, Deja, Sea Wisia, Me, (25). LON we

Schmitt, W. L.
1957. Marine crustacea (except ostracods and copepods ). alia
Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.), Treatise on Marine Ecology and
Paleoecology. I. Ecology. Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. (67):1151-1159.

Schwartz, F. J.
1961. <A bibliography. Effects of external forces on aquatic
organisms. Contrib. Chesapeake Biol. Lab. (168). 85 p.

Sherk, J. A., Jr., and Lk. BE. Cronin
197C. The effects of suspended and deposited sediments on
estuarine organisms. An annotated bibliography of selected
references. Nat. Res. Inst., Univ. Maryland, Chesapeake
Biol. Lab. Solomons, Maryland. NeRal.) Ret.) (G=0 9 moemp>

Sherman, H. B.
1952. A list and bibliography of the mammals of Florida, living
Eine EdquliaGw, Cmercc, Jo Mile, Megcls Sel, M5 (2) sos,

Shuster, ©. N., Jr.
1957. Xiphosura (with special reference to Limulus polyphemus ).
In Hedgpeth, J. W. (ed.), Treatise on Marine Ecology and
Paleoecology. I. Ecology. Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. (67):1171-1173.

Snhis5 slo Wo dies
1966. An annotated bibliography of the spiny lobsters. Fla.
State Board Conserv., Tech. Ser. 8. 3h p.

Spencer, J. W.

1905. Bibliography of submarine valleys off North America.
Amer. J. Sci. (4 ser.) 19(113):31-3h).

266

Spitzer, P. R., M. C. Kolipinski, and A. L. Higer
1969. Annotated bibliography on pesticides in Florida. U. S.
Dep. Interior, Geol. Surv., Water Resour. Div., Open-file
Rep. 69006. 79 p.

Sumner, F. B., R. C. Osburn, and L. J. Cole

1913a. A biological survey of the waters of Woods Hole and
vicinity. Section I. Physical and Zoological. Bull. U. S.
Bur. Fish. (1911), 32:3-))1.

1913b. <A biological survey of the waters of Woods Hole and
vicinity. Section III. A catalogue of the marine fauna of
Woodsulolle and vacalmityen | Bull 209) Bureuebsssine ss Gliill)e
BIn(2) 5-79.

Tabb, D. C., and &. S. Iversen
1971. <A survey of the literature relating to the south Florida
ecosystem (with pertinent references from outside the
geographic boundaries of the subject area). Rosenstiel
School of Marine and Atmospheric Science., Univ. Miami,
Final Rep. to U. S. Dep. Interior, Nat. Park Serv.
Contract 1)-10-6-99C-Cl43. 205 p.

Townsend, C. H.
1901. Dredging and other records of the United States Fish
Commission Steamer Albatross, with bibliography relative
to the work of the vessel. Rep. U. S. Comm. Fish. (1900)
26:387-562.

WweAshe, IPS We
1939. Statement of progress in studies of recent marine
sediments, 1939-1954. In Trask, P. D. (ed.), Recent
marine sediments, a symposium. The Amer. Ass. Petrol.
Geol., Tulsa, Okla., XI-LVI p.

Twinem, J. C.
1958. Bibliography on marine geology 1836 - 1957. Dep.
Economic Development, Augusta, Maine. 13 p.

U. S. Army, Corps of Engineers
1959. Bibliography on tidal hydraulics. Rep. Comm. Tid.
Hy drauile Us) Se eArmy) (2) Supplies 5.) OO mp.

Van Campen, W. G., and E. EK. Hoven

1957. Tunas and tuna fisheries of the world. An annotated
bibliography, 1930-53. Fish. Bull., U. S. 57 (111 ):173-2h9.

267

Wiegel, R. L., and J. W. Johnson
196C. Ocean currents, measurement of currents, and analysis of
data. In Pearson, E. A. (ed.), Proceedings of the First
International Conference on Waste Disposal in the Marine
Environment, Berkeley, California, 1959. Pergamon Press,
Inc., New York. p. 175-2h5.

Wise, J. P.

1963. Bibliography on the biology cf the cod, Gadus morrhua
and related species. Fish. Bull., U. S., 62(215):]83-538.

268

dui gcn* £09 GL-G ~ou dui gcn* £07201

(settes) “STIFL “I
*SydeirZ0tTqtg — epTztoTd *¢ ‘“AydeadotTqtgd “y *IsPOD SEM BPTIOTA *€
*kydea8ot~qtg — A8otoog *z ‘*Aydea80t~Tqtg — BupieeuTsue TejseoD *|

*Sutpesy qoefqns yoea uTYyzZIM toy Ine Aq

Peztaeqeydte pue joafqns hq pednois aie sadueteyay ‘*}SeOD Jsem epTsOTY

ay. JO JUaMUOTTAUS sIOYSiveU oY 07 paqzetTet szoOefqns BuTrseuTsua
Teqyseoo pue TeOTZoToOIe uo saduetTeyeI 0YQ6SZ TAAO FO UOTIIeTTOO V

*(GZ-¢ ‘ou aeded
SNOSsUeTTOOSTW ‘aque YOTResey ButiesuT3uq Teqyseop *s*n) *d ggz

"GL6L ‘Ie UeDO YoTeesey ButrsaeuTZuq
Teaseop ‘sn S*eA SAtoATeg 4YAo0g ‘ueWOTeS *H T4zeD Aq pet tduod ‘seo
qseM epTioTy :}uewuorTAUa szo0ysieeu ay. Jo AydeirZ0TTqtq pejoeTes y

“H Tae9 ‘SuewoTes

dw gcn* L£e9 GL-G “ou dup gcn* £0720L
(settes) “eTITL “I

“AydeaZoTTqtg — eptioTd *¢ “AydeasoTTqtTd *y “IseOD 3SeM eBpTIOTA “€

*Ayder80tT qtgq — A8oToog *z ‘AydeaSotTTqtg — 3uTiseuTsue TeqseoD *|

: *Zutpesy qoefqns yoea uTYITA azoYyANe Aq

Ppeztjeqeydte pue jzoefqns Aq padnoi3 ere saduetayey ‘*Jseod 4JSaM epTioTy

ay. JO JUoWUOTTAUS e10YSIeeU ayj 0} pezetTea sqoelqns ZutiseuT3ue
yTeqseoo pue TeoTZoTOI9 uo sadUetTezet 006‘Z T@AO FO UOTIDIeTTOO V

"(G¢Z-¢ ‘ou raded
SNOSUPTTAOSTW *Taqzue) Yoieesey SuTiseuTsuqg Teyseoy *s*n) *d ggz

"C/6| ‘1e}UeD YyYOIeesey ZuTIaeUTsUy
Teaseop *s'n ‘*eA SATOATeg JAoqg ‘uewoTes *H T1eD Aq potTtdmod ‘y4se09

sem BPTIOTY :JuewuoATAUS sroysiesu 9y} Jo AyderZoTTqQTq paqyoetes Vy

“H Tae9 ‘uewoTtes

dui gcn* L729 dui gcn* £0701

(S9F19S) “S8TIFL “I
*AydeaZ0tTqtg — eptaoTa *G ‘“Ayudeasoy{qtg *h ‘*‘IseoD ISAM BpyzoTaA °F
*Aydeasottqtg — A’ojoog *z ‘*Aydeasoz{tqtg — BuprzvouzSua Teqseog *|

*duTpeay qyoafqns yore uzyITM szoyane Aq

peztjieqeydte pue yoefqns Aq pednoags sie soouatayay *3SROD JSamM BpyAOTY

ay} JO JUeWUOATAUS JIOYSIPAU 9Y OF PpaadeTer sjoefqns Zuyssauysua
Teyseod pue TeoTZoToOIa UO sadUetaFaI 00G‘Z TAAO JO UOT ADaTT[OD y

*(GL-G ‘ou azaded
SNOsUeTTeDSTj] ‘1aqUeQ yo1eesey Bupyiveutdugq Teqyseog *s*n) *d ggz

“CGL6| ‘193Ua9 YOARasoy BupyszseutTsuq
Teaseop “s'n S*eA fATOATag 320g “ueWOTeS *}] Tz1eD Aq paTtduos ‘4seoD
3S PPpTAoT yA :JUsWUOCATAUS sTOYSieau ayq Jo AydezZo0tTqQtq pajIeTes VY

*I] Tae9 ‘uewoTes

dup gcn* £9 Silt, OOK dugcn” £072OL
(SeTies) “eTITL “I

*syderasotTqtg — eptazoTg *¢ “AydeasoTTqtg “y “*3seoD Asaf BpTzCTA “E

*AudeaZo0tTqtg — Adotooq *z ‘Audeasottqtg — ZutzaeutZue Teqyseog “|

*Surpeey qyoefqns yoro utTyatA zoy3ne Aq

peztzeqeydte pue yoelqns Aq padnozZ aie saduetayay *4seod 4Jsem epTIOTA

ay} JO JueuluoTTAUS s10YSiRaU BY} OF pezeTea sqoalqns SuTiseuTsue
yTeyseod pue TedTYoToOo.e uo saduaetTeyet Q0QG6‘Z AeAO JO UoTIDeTTOO y

"(G£-¢ ‘ou toded
snoosueTTeo0sty] ‘1ejqueg yoieesey dutieeutTsduq ~Teqseog -s*n) *d ggz

“CG/6| ‘teqUaD yoAvesoy BuTiseutTsuq
Teaseop ‘s°n Sea SITOATegG 340g ‘“uUeWOTeS “}y] T1eD Aq petTtTduos ‘3seo0D
3Sef]| EPTIOTY :JuUowuoATAUS szoYysiesu 3} Jo AydeavotTqtrq pajoeTes V

"l] Tae9 ‘uewoTtes

dui gcn* ae) ¢L£-¢ ‘ou dug cn * €070L

(settes) “STIFL “I
*Xyder80tTqtg — eprtoTg *G ‘AydeasoTTqtg “y ‘*IseOD 3SeM EPTIOTA *¢
*Aydea80ttqtg — A80Toog *z ‘Aydea8ottqtg — Buptreeutsue TeqseoD *|

*Sutpeey qoefqns yore uTYy_IM azoyqne Kq

Peztjzeqeydte pue qoafqns Aq pednoi8 are saoueteyay *3SeOD Sem epTIOTY

ay JO JUSWUOTTAUSa sIOYsSiesU oq OF paqeter sqoefqns BuyrseuT3ue
Teqseod pue TeITSOTOIS uo SadUaTeFeI QQG‘SZ A9AO FO UOTIIeTTOO V

"(¢Z-¢ ‘ou iteded
SNOSsURTTA9STW 4 *1aqUeD YOTReesey ButTiesuTsuq TeqseoD *s‘n) *d ggz

"C/6[| ‘1eqUeD YoTeeSey ZutrsaeuT3uq
Teaseop “sn S*eq SATOATag JAoq ‘ueWOTeS *H TIeD Aq patTtdwos ‘3seo9
3samM BpTioTy :JuewmuorTAua sioysiesu ay jo AydeaZotTqtq pajoetes vy

“H Tae9 ‘uewotTes

dw} gcn* £79 GL£-¢ ‘ou du, gcn* €0zOL

(seTtes) “eTIFL “I
*AydeaZ0tT qtg — epttoTd *¢ ‘AydeasoTTqtg *y *ISseOD 3SeM epToTA “¢
*Aydea80tTqtg — A8ojTooy *z ‘*Audea8otTqtg — ButTisveuTsue TeqIseoD ‘|

E *Sutpeey qoefqns yore uTYIIA azoyqAne Aq

peztieqeydte pue yoelqns Aq padnozZ oie saouateyoy ‘3seOD 4sem epTA0oTy

ay. JO JuewUOTTAUS aTOYSIeSU ay. 0} pozetTert sqoelqns ZutiseuTZue
TeIseod pue TedTZoToOIe uo sadUeTeyeI QQG‘Z IaAO FO uoTADeTIOO V

“(G/-¢ ‘ou 1teded
SNOsUPTTSOSTW] + *lequeD YyoAeesey SuTieeuTZuq Teyseoy *s‘n) *d gaz

“C/6, ‘ieqUaeD YyoIeesey BuTiseuTsuq
Teqyseop “sin **eA SAPOATeg Jioqg ‘uewoTes *H T1eD Aq pettdmos ‘4se09

sem EPTAOTY :JuewuorTAue szoysieseu ay, Jo AyderZ0TTqQtq peqoeTes V

"H Tae) ‘uewoTtes

duigcn* £09 dui gon* £0ZOL

(S9F19s) “STIFL “I
*Aydeasottqtgd — eptaoTa *G ‘“AydeasotTqtg *h ‘*aseoD 3894 BpTzoTA *¢
*Aydeasottqtg — Adotooq *z ‘AydeaZoz—qtg — BupsraouzZua Teqseog *|

‘Sutpeay Joofqns yora upyaTM zoyjne Aq

peztieqeydte pue joalqns hq padnoaz aie soduetezay *IsROD 4JsaM BpTAOCTY

ay2 Fo JUeWUOTTAUS |atOYSIeeU 9YyQ OF peqetTar sqoefqns duyszseuyzsue
~Teyseod pue TeITZOTOIa UO SsadUeteteI Y06‘Z TaAO Jo uoTIDaTTOO y

*(Gi-¢ ‘ou aaded
SNOSURTTaIISTj{ ‘*ejueD yO1eesey Buyisveutdug Teqyseog *s*n) *d ggz

“CL6| ‘itequeD \yaPasoy ZuysaseuTsuq
qTeaseop “sn **ea SaToOATeg 310g ‘ueWOTeS *}] Tz1eD Aq paetTtTduos ‘3seo9
JSON EPTAoTY :JUowUuoATAUS airoysieeu ayy Jo AydeaZorTTqtTq pajoeTeas VY

"I] TaeD ‘uewoTes

du} gcn* Le9 GE= GeO dupgcn- £0ZOL
(Set479S) “eTITL ‘I

“kydeasottqtg — eptazoTg *¢ “Aydezsot~qtg “y *3seog 4sSef\ epTzoTA “¢

-Aydeazotyqtg — A8otooq *z ‘Aydeadsot—Tqtg — ZutzaeutTsua Teqyseog “1

*dutpeey yoolqns yoro uty yt z0yjne Aq

peztieqeydte pue jyoefqns Aq padnoig oie saduetayay *4seod 4Jsam epTacTy

ey} JO JUSWUOTTAUS sTOYSieeU By OF pazeTe1 sqoafqns BZutiseuTsua
Teqseod pue TedTsoToOI9 Uo sadUeTeteI QOGSZ 19AO JO UOTIDeTTON y

"(G£-¢ *ou taded
snoosueTTeosq{ ‘1tequep) yoieesey duriseutduq Teqseog *s‘n) “d ggz

“C/6| ‘1eqUa9 YyDAeesey BuTiseutTsuq
Te3seoD “s‘n ‘*eA SITOATeg JIOq “uUeWOTeS *]] Tx1eD Aq petTrdwuod ‘3seoD
389] PpTIoTY :JUswUuoATAUS osz0YszeeU 3 Jo AydeadotTqtq pejIeTes VY

"Hy Tae ‘uewoTes

ie
ent